WO2012136021A1 - Pvc锁扣地板和锁扣地板块 - Google Patents

Pvc锁扣地板和锁扣地板块 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2012136021A1
WO2012136021A1 PCT/CN2011/076495 CN2011076495W WO2012136021A1 WO 2012136021 A1 WO2012136021 A1 WO 2012136021A1 CN 2011076495 W CN2011076495 W CN 2011076495W WO 2012136021 A1 WO2012136021 A1 WO 2012136021A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
tongue
floor
elastic double
groove
adjacent
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2011/076495
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
葛跃进
Original Assignee
Ge Yuejin
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN2011100844904A external-priority patent/CN102146727B/zh
Priority claimed from CN2011100844957A external-priority patent/CN102182293B/zh
Application filed by Ge Yuejin filed Critical Ge Yuejin
Publication of WO2012136021A1 publication Critical patent/WO2012136021A1/zh

Links

Classifications

    • E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E04—BUILDING
    • E04F—FINISHING WORK ON BUILDINGS, e.g. STAIRS, FLOORS
    • E04F15/00—Flooring
    • E04F15/02—Flooring or floor layers composed of a number of similar elements
    • E04F15/10—Flooring or floor layers composed of a number of similar elements of other materials, e.g. fibrous or chipped materials, organic plastics, magnesite tiles, hardboard, or with a top layer of other materials
    • E04F15/107—Flooring or floor layers composed of a number of similar elements of other materials, e.g. fibrous or chipped materials, organic plastics, magnesite tiles, hardboard, or with a top layer of other materials composed of several layers, e.g. sandwich panels
    • E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E04—BUILDING
    • E04F—FINISHING WORK ON BUILDINGS, e.g. STAIRS, FLOORS
    • E04F15/00—Flooring
    • E04F15/02—Flooring or floor layers composed of a number of similar elements
    • E04F15/02038—Flooring or floor layers composed of a number of similar elements characterised by tongue and groove connections between neighbouring flooring elements
    • E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E04—BUILDING
    • E04F—FINISHING WORK ON BUILDINGS, e.g. STAIRS, FLOORS
    • E04F2201/00—Joining sheets or plates or panels
    • E04F2201/01—Joining sheets, plates or panels with edges in abutting relationship
    • E04F2201/0138—Joining sheets, plates or panels with edges in abutting relationship by moving the sheets, plates or panels perpendicular to the main plane
    • E04F2201/0146—Joining sheets, plates or panels with edges in abutting relationship by moving the sheets, plates or panels perpendicular to the main plane with snap action of the edge connectors
    • E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E04—BUILDING
    • E04F—FINISHING WORK ON BUILDINGS, e.g. STAIRS, FLOORS
    • E04F2201/00—Joining sheets or plates or panels
    • E04F2201/03—Undercut connections, e.g. using undercut tongues or grooves
    • E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E04—BUILDING
    • E04F—FINISHING WORK ON BUILDINGS, e.g. STAIRS, FLOORS
    • E04F2201/00—Joining sheets or plates or panels
    • E04F2201/04—Other details of tongues or grooves
    • E04F2201/041—Tongues or grooves with slits or cuts for expansion or flexibility
    • E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E04—BUILDING
    • E04F—FINISHING WORK ON BUILDINGS, e.g. STAIRS, FLOORS
    • E04F2201/00—Joining sheets or plates or panels
    • E04F2201/04—Other details of tongues or grooves
    • E04F2201/043—Other details of tongues or grooves with tongues and grooves being formed by projecting or recessed parts of the panel layers
    • E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E04—BUILDING
    • E04F—FINISHING WORK ON BUILDINGS, e.g. STAIRS, FLOORS
    • E04F2203/00—Specially structured or shaped covering, lining or flooring elements not otherwise provided for
    • E04F2203/02—Specially structured or shaped covering, lining or flooring elements not otherwise provided for having particular shapes, other than square or rectangular, e.g. triangular, hexagonal, circular, irregular
    • E04F2203/023—Specially structured or shaped covering, lining or flooring elements not otherwise provided for having particular shapes, other than square or rectangular, e.g. triangular, hexagonal, circular, irregular having triangular shapes
    • E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E04—BUILDING
    • E04F—FINISHING WORK ON BUILDINGS, e.g. STAIRS, FLOORS
    • E04F2203/00—Specially structured or shaped covering, lining or flooring elements not otherwise provided for
    • E04F2203/02—Specially structured or shaped covering, lining or flooring elements not otherwise provided for having particular shapes, other than square or rectangular, e.g. triangular, hexagonal, circular, irregular
    • E04F2203/026—Specially structured or shaped covering, lining or flooring elements not otherwise provided for having particular shapes, other than square or rectangular, e.g. triangular, hexagonal, circular, irregular having hexagonal shapes

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a body portion of a lock floor and a lock floor. Background technique
  • the PVC lock floor is a PVC lock floor
  • the PVC lock floor is a kind of lock floor.
  • the lock floor As a kind of building decoration material, the lock floor has been widely used in homes and various public places. From the perspective of environmental protection and convenient installation, when paving the floor system, the interconnection between the floors is basically no glue, and the setting is adopted. The concave and convex portions on the head portion and the tongue and groove portion are interlocked and fixed to each other. In the following description, the concept of the lock floor block is proposed. The meaning of the lock floor block is different from the meaning of the lock floor.
  • the first meaning of the lock floor block is a single block lock floor
  • the second meaning of the floorboard refers to the body portion of the lock floor.
  • the lock plate without the surface decoration coating such as the unfinished solid wood floor defined in the national standard GB/T15036.1-2001
  • the grounding plate in the floor also known as the plain plate
  • the unpainted bamboo flooring in the bamboo flooring defined in the industry standard LY/T 1573-2000.
  • the bamboo flooring adopts the locking type groove it is a lock-type unpainted bamboo floor, which also belongs to the lock floor.
  • lock floor refers to the plain plate with the lock type groove.
  • Layered composite lock floor including solid wood composite floor complying with Chinese national standard GB/T18103-2000 and impregnated paper laminated wooden floor conforming to Chinese national standard GB/T18102-2000 (trade name: laminate flooring).
  • the second meaning of the lock floor block refers to the main part of the lock floor first obtained, and then the lower half of the lock floor obtained by mechanically processing the lock type groove on the main part, at this time
  • the lock floor piece is only a semi-finished product; the upper layer material which functions as a surface decorative layer is pasted and fixed on the lower half of the lock floor to obtain a finished lock floor.
  • the large sheet of material is pasted and fixed with the upper layer material functioning as a surface decorative layer, and then cut into a sheet of a size corresponding to the lock floor, and then mechanically processed on the sheet to open the lock type tongue and groove.
  • the resulting lock floor is
  • the second meaning of the lock floor panel is included as a main body part in the finished lock floor; therefore, the second meaning of the lock floor panel of the present invention means that the lock type groove is opened.
  • the body portion of the lock floor regardless of whether the body portion is in the form of a semi-finished product or a form contained in the finished lock floor, belongs to the lock floor panel of the second meaning of the present invention.
  • the first meaning of the lock floor block can be directly paved by the user.
  • the user can also use the surface after the paving.
  • the paving of the lock floor panel of the second meaning is carried out in the form of being contained in the lock floor.
  • the locking floor block is a plate-like member whose upper and lower surfaces are parallel to each other.
  • the walking surface of the floor is also the upper surface
  • the walking surface of the V-shaped groove floor is a part of the upper surface, that is, the V-shaped groove floor.
  • the running surface and the inclined surface of the four side edges together constitute an upper surface, and for the locking floor surface having a three-dimensional pattern on the surface, the locking floor is adhered to according to the principle that the reference surface and the lower surface of the running surface are parallel to each other.
  • the upper surface is designed.
  • the material of the block can be made of the same material or mixed material, or it can be made of composite sheets with several layers of sheets.
  • the shape of the walking surface of the floorboard may be a rectangle, a square, a diamond, a hexagon, or the like.
  • the size of the boring head and the gutter on the normal lock floor is small (generally no more than 3 mm), so the accuracy of the boring head and the gutter is relatively high, and the cooperation between the hoe and the gutter is determined.
  • the quality of the laying of the floor For example, an existing rectangular solid wood lock floor (hereinafter referred to as a lock floor block) is laid on a rectangular room floor, and the front and rear sides are short sides.
  • the lock floor block is provided with a boring head on one side of the left and right sides, and a grooving groove is provided on the other side of the left and right sides, the lock floor block is also provided with a boring head on one side of the front and rear sides, and a grooving groove is provided on the other side of the front and rear sides.
  • the lock floor panel is provided with a groove on the left side and the front side, and a hoe is provided on the right side and the rear side, so that the groove on the left side is a long groove, and the head on the right side is long.
  • the hoe is a short groove in the groove on the front side, and the hoe on the back side is a short hoe.
  • the lock floor block at the corner of the room is machined in-situ and cut to the required size. In the process of laying a rectangular floor system, each block of floor blocks located at the corner of the floor of the room needs to be horizontally fixed to the adjacent 2 or 3 blocks of floor blocks, and the locks around the perimeter of the room floor.
  • the buckle floor block needs to be horizontally fixed with the adjacent four lock floor blocks, and each block floor block located in the middle of the room floor needs to be horizontally fixed with the adjacent six lock floor blocks.
  • the lock floor block is locked by the front half of the right long hoe and the second half of the left long sipe of a lock floor block adjacent to the right side.
  • the lock floor panel is also lockedly connected by a rear half of the right long hoe and a front half of the left long sipe of another lock floor block adjacent to the right side;
  • the lock floor block All of the rear short boring heads are connected to all the front shackles of the front side short slats of a block floor panel adjacent to the rear side;
  • the lock floor slab is adjacent to the front side by all of its front side short sipe
  • One of the locks on the back side of the block of the floor block is fully latched;
  • the lock on the floor block is made up of the left side of the long groove on the left side of the block by the left side of the block
  • the half block is connected by a lock, and the lock floor block is also lockedly connected by the rear half of the left long groove of the left side by the front half of the right long head of the other adjacent block floor block on the left side.
  • the specific paving steps are as follows: 1 Place a piece of lock floor block that needs to be paved (called the floor in the pavement) with two blocks that are adjacent to the right side of the right side and that are adjacent to the right side.
  • the left side long groove of each half of the lock floor block (referred to as the right half floor) performs a common lock connection, and in the process of performing the common lock connection, the surface of the floor is first Left high right low state, will be paved
  • the right long hoe is inserted into the corresponding groove section of the left long groove of the right half of the floor, and then slammed down to the left end of the floor, so that the surface of the floor is changed from the inclined state to Horizontal state, so that the right long hoe is engaged with the two right half-floors; 2 the one that has been laid on the rear right side of the paving floor with its short hoe and the rear side
  • the front side short groove of the floor block (referred to as the rear side half floor) is locked and connected, and in the process of performing
  • the horizontal force in the front-rear direction of the floor causes the floor to move rearward relative to the right half-floor, so that the short side of the back side of the floor and the short side of the back side of the floor are The connection, while completing the active paving of the paving floor, at this time the paving floor becomes the new semi-paved floor that completed the active paving process; the original 2 pieces of the right half-floored floor are behind The right half-floor is fastened to other floors because of the surrounding area. For the whole flooring; and said new semi flooring tongue and groove portion is exposed to the outside on both sides, passively waiting for the other floor pavement after it in order to become full flooring. 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 above until all the lock floor blocks in the entire room have been laid.
  • the above method installs the right side long hoe of a floor, not only to perform the snap fitting with the adjacent floor in the left and right direction, but also to slide the distance horizontally relative to the right floor in the front and rear direction after completing the buckle, It is considered that the installation is in place, so the installation is more troublesome.
  • a Chinese patent document CN101415893B (Application No. 200680054224.4) discloses a floorboard, a floor system and a method of laying a flooring system. It is stated that: "The object of the present invention is to provide a novel 'concave-convex' structure which not only ensures the lateral connection and the horizontal locking between the convex portion and the concave portion, but also is very convenient to install and is not easy to loosen. It is convenient even if it is installed at the corner.” It can be seen from the description of the specification and the drawings of the specification that the "concave-convex" structure is actually equivalent to the commonly used locking structure of the boring head and the tongue and groove.
  • the concave portion of the structure is equivalent to the tongue and groove, and the convex portion structure is It is equivalent to a hoe.
  • Figure 2A, Figure 2B and Figure 5 in the drawings of the specification It can be seen that when the convex portion and the concave portion are completely matched, the first convex portion transition surface 190, the transition surface 191 and the second convex portion transition surface 192 of the convex end surface 100 and the first concave portion of the corresponding concave end surface 200 are transitioned. There is a certain gap between the surface 290, the transition surface 291 and the second concave transition surface 292.
  • the first object of the present invention is to provide a PVC lock floor which is simple in structure, simple and convenient to lay, safe and reliable, and high in laying quality.
  • a second object of the present invention is to provide a lock floor panel which is simple in structure, simple and convenient to lay, safe and reliable, and high in laying quality.
  • a PVC lock floor is a block-shaped PVC material lock floor, and the walking surface of the PVC lock floor has a quadrangular shape, and the quadrilateral is a rectangle, a square or a diamond.
  • the structural feature is as follows:
  • the PVC lock floor comprises a main body portion, two seat portions and two elastic double tongue portions.
  • the main body portion is a quadrangular prism having an upper surface shape corresponding to a quadrangular shape of a running surface of the floor panel, and the body portion has a thickness of 3.5 mm to 30 mm.
  • Each of the above-described housing portions has substantially the same structural shape, and one end of each of the housing portions is adjacent to each other, and the adjacent two end portions extend along the longitudinal direction of the respective housing portions and overlap each other.
  • the two elastic double tongues have substantially the same structural shape, one end of which is adjacent, and the ends of the two elastic double tongues extend along the length of the respective elastic double tongues and overlap each other.
  • the structural shape of each of the elastic double tongues corresponds to the structural shape of the seat portion on the opposite side.
  • the two seat portions are connected to the main body portion from the side faces of the adjacent sides on the four sides of the main body portion by the inner side limit portions, and the two elastic double tongue portions are separated from the main body portion by the respective limit portions.
  • the sides of the adjacent other sides of the periphery of the four sides are connected to the main body portion.
  • Each of the elastic double tongues is a portion provided with a limiting portion, an upper connecting portion, a double tongue, an elastic deformation groove and a locking auxiliary groove; the double tongue is divided into an inner tongue and an outer tongue according to a distance from the main body portion. .
  • the upper connecting portion is connected above the outer side portion of the limiting portion from a side close to the main body portion.
  • the inner and outer tongues are respectively connected from below in order of the distance from the main body
  • an elastic deformation groove having an opening downward is formed between the outer tongue, the upper connecting portion and the inner tongue, and an opening downward slot is formed between the inner tongue, the upper connecting portion and the limiting portion.
  • the limiting portion, the locking sub-groove, the inner tongue, the elastic deformation groove and the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue are also sequentially arranged in order from the near side to the corresponding side of the main body portion.
  • the inner lower portion of the inner tongue is provided with an inwardly convex inner convex portion.
  • the outer lower portion of the outer tongue is provided with an outwardly convex outer convex portion.
  • Each of the above-described housing portions is a portion having an inner limiting portion, a lower connecting portion, and an outer limiting portion.
  • the lower connecting portion is connected below the outer portion of the inner limiting portion from a side close to the main body portion, and the outer limiting portion is connected to the lower connecting portion by a lower portion of the side close to the main body portion, thereby connecting the outer limiting portion and the lower connecting portion
  • An opening main groove is formed between the portion and the inner limiting portion, and an outwardly facing end surface of the inner limiting portion is provided with an outer tongue having an outer shape corresponding to the shape of the outer convex portion of the outer tongue.
  • an inwardly facing end surface of the outer limiting portion is provided with an inner tongue limiting groove having an opening inwardly corresponding to the shape of the inner convex portion of the inner tongue.
  • Both the outer tongue limiting groove and the inner tongue limiting groove belong to a part of the locking main groove.
  • Each of the above-mentioned PVC lock floor portions of the PVC lock floor is a portion that can be interlocked with the elastic double tongue portions of the adjacent corresponding PVC lock floor from below, and the adjacent corresponding PVC lock floor is referred to as abbreviated. It is an adjacent floor, and the PVC lock floor is referred to as the floor.
  • the structural shape of the adjacent floor is the same as or corresponds to the structural shape of the floor.
  • the seat portion of the floor is interlocked with the elastic double tongue of the adjacent floor, and the seat portion of the floor is covered by the outer tongue limiting groove of the main groove of the floor.
  • the elastic double tongue of the adjacent floor maintains the elastic clamping sliding limit of the outer limiting portion of the seat portion of the floor by the limiting portion and the inner convex portion of the inner tongue in the direction of the inner and outer directions of the side portion
  • the elastic double tongue of the adjacent floor maintains elastic contact sliding on the outwardly facing surface of the inner limiting portion of the seat portion of the floor by the outer convex portion of the outer tongue in the direction of the inner and outer directions of the side portion Limit.
  • Each of the elastic double tongues of the above-mentioned floor is a portion that can be interlocked with the corresponding seat portions of the corresponding lock floor from above when in use, and the adjacent corresponding lock floor is simply referred to as adjacent floor.
  • the structural shape of the adjacent floor is the same as or corresponds to the structural shape of the floor.
  • the elastic double tongue of the floor is interlocked with the seat portion of the adjacent floor, and the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue of the floor is in the inner upper and lower directions.
  • the floor and the adjacent floor are in a horizontal state during the mutual locking connection, and the upper floor is moved by the main body portion from the upper to the lower direction relative to the adjacent floor, and the floor is
  • the elastic double tongue portion maintains the elastic clamping sliding limit of the outer limiting portion of the adjacent floor portion of the adjacent floor by the limiting portion and the inner convex portion of the inner tongue in the direction of the inner and outer directions of the side portion.
  • the elastic double tongue portion of the floor panel maintains an elastic contact sliding limit on the outwardly facing surface of the inner limiting portion of the seat portion of the adjacent floor in the direction of the inner and outer directions of the side portion by the outer convex portion of the outer tongue Bit.
  • a further technical solution based on the above basic technical solution is: the limiting portion, the upper connecting portion, the inner tongue and the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue are extended along the length direction of the elastic double tongue, and the limiting portion and the upper portion The lengths of the connecting portion, the inner tongue and the outer tongue are the same, and the locking auxiliary groove and the elastic deformation groove of the elastic double tongue penetrate the elastic double tongue from the longitudinal direction of the elastic double tongue, and the cross-sectional shape of the elastic deformation groove is Invert u-shaped groove.
  • the lower connecting portion of the above-mentioned housing portion is composed of a connecting portion main body and a positioning boss.
  • the positioning boss is convex upward and is connected to the connecting portion main body from above.
  • the inner limiting portion, the lower connecting portion and the outer limiting portion of the slot portion extend along the longitudinal direction of the slot portion, and the lengths of the inner limiting portion, the lower connecting portion and the outer limiting portion are the same, and the lower connecting portion is The length of the connecting portion main body and the positioning boss are also the same, and the locking main groove of the housing portion penetrates the housing portion from the longitudinal direction of the housing portion.
  • the positioning boss is provided with an inner support surface facing the inner upper side and an outer support surface facing the outer upper side.
  • the inner support surface and the outer support surface of the positioning boss are symmetrically disposed with respect to the vertical plane provided along the longitudinal direction of the housing portion.
  • An inner groove that penetrates the seat portion from the longitudinal direction is formed between the inner support surface of the positioning boss of the lower connecting portion, the connecting portion main body of the lower connecting portion, and the inner limiting portion, and the inner groove is a part of the locking main groove, and
  • the outer tongue limit groove is part of the inner groove.
  • An outer groove that penetrates the seat portion from the longitudinal direction is formed between the outer support surface of the positioning boss of the lower connecting portion, the connecting portion main body of the lower connecting portion, and the outer limiting portion, and the outer groove is a part of the locking main groove.
  • the inner tongue limit groove is part of the outer groove.
  • the outwardly facing surface of the inner limiting portion of the housing portion is further provided with an opening outwardly and corresponding to the shape of the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue portion, and penetrates the housing portion from the longitudinal direction of the housing portion
  • the positioning guide groove is located above the outer tongue limiting groove.
  • the positioning guide groove is a part of the inner groove.
  • the seat portion of the floor is interlocked with the elastic double tongue of the adjacent floor, and further comprises the elasticity of the outer support surface of the seat portion of the floor by the positioning boss and the adjacent floor.
  • the elastic double tongue of the adjacent floor and the seat portion of the floor are interlocked with each other, the outer end surface of the outer limiting portion of the seat portion and the elastic double tongue of the adjacent floor are limited.
  • a fitting gap of 0.03-0.1 mm is provided between the upper end faces of the bit portions facing outward.
  • the elastic double tongue of the floor is interlocked with the seat portion of the adjacent floor, and the elastic double tongue of the floor is covered by the outer lower part of the inner tongue and the seat of the adjacent floor.
  • the mutual contact limit of the outer support surface of the positioning boss, and the elastic double tongue of the floor are defined by the inner lower part of the outer tongue and the positioning boss of the seat portion of the adjacent lock floor The mutual contact limit of the support surface.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue is a triangular shape with a pointed corner inward.
  • the angle ⁇ between the inner upper surface of the inner convex portion and the horizontal surface is 40 to 60 degrees.
  • the angle between the inner lower surface of the inner convex portion and the horizontal plane is 45 to 65 degrees.
  • the inner and outer directions L of the inner convex portion are 0.2 to 1 mm.
  • the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue has a cross-sectional shape with a pointed corner facing outward.
  • the angle ⁇ 1 between the outer upper surface of the convex portion and the horizontal plane is 40 to 60 degrees.
  • the angle between the outer lower surface of the convex portion and the horizontal plane ⁇ 1 is 45 to 65 degrees.
  • the length L1 of the inner and outer directions of the convex portion is 0.2 to 1 mm.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the inner tongue limiting groove of the locking main groove of the above-mentioned housing portion corresponds to the cross-sectional shape of the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue, and is a V-shaped opening inward, the V-shaped
  • the inner tongue limiting groove is composed of an outer lower supporting surface formed on the outer limiting portion and an outer upper limiting surface located above the outer lower supporting surface.
  • the outer lower support surface is a slope facing inward and upward
  • the outer upper limit surface is a slope facing inward and downward.
  • the angle ⁇ 2 between the outer lower support surface and the horizontal plane is the same as the angle ⁇ between the inner lower surface of the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue and the horizontal plane.
  • the angle ⁇ 2 between the outer upper limit surface and the horizontal plane is the same as the angle ⁇ between the inner upper surface of the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue and the horizontal plane.
  • the inner upper portion of the outer limiting portion is provided with an outer positioning guiding surface, and the outer positioning guiding surface is a slope facing the inner upper portion.
  • the angle between the outer lower support surface and the horizontal plane ⁇ 2 minus the angle between the outer positioning guide surface and the horizontal plane ⁇ 4 is 0 to 15 degrees.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the outer tongue limiting groove of the locking main groove of the above-mentioned housing portion corresponds to the cross-sectional shape of the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue, and is an outwardly outward V-shape, the V-shaped outer tongue
  • the limiting slot is composed of an inner lower supporting surface formed on the inner limiting portion and an inner upper limiting surface located above the inner lower supporting surface.
  • the inner lower support surface is an inclined surface facing outward and the inner upper limit surface is a slope facing outward and downward.
  • the angle ⁇ 3 between the inner lower support surface and the horizontal plane is the same as the angle ⁇ 1 between the outer lower surface of the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue and the horizontal plane.
  • the angle ⁇ 3 between the inner upper limit surface and the horizontal plane is the same as the angle ⁇ 1 between the outer upper surface of the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue and the horizontal plane.
  • the positioning guide groove is an open-out V-shaped shape, and the V-shaped positioning guide groove is composed of an inner positioning guiding surface formed on the inner limiting portion and an inner positioning surface located above the inner positioning guiding surface.
  • the inner positioning guide surface is a slope facing outward and the inner positioning surface is a slope facing outward and downward.
  • the degree of the angle ⁇ between the inner positioning surface and the horizontal plane is greater than the degree of the angle ⁇ 1 of the outer upper surface of the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue from the horizontal plane by 5 to 20 degrees.
  • the seat portion of the floor is separated from the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue of the adjacent floor by the position of the outer tongue limiting groove of the locking main groove in the inner upper direction thereof.
  • the contact limit is a mutual contact limit between the inner upper limit surface of the inner limit portion of the seat portion of the floor and the outer upper surface of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue portion of the adjacent floor.
  • the seat portion of the floor is restricted by the contact portion of the outer tongue limiting groove of the locking main groove in the inner lower part thereof and the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue of the adjacent floor.
  • the inner lower support surface of the inner side limit portion of the seat portion of the floor is in contact with the outer lower surface of the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue portion of the adjacent floor.
  • the seat portion of the floor is separated from the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue of the adjacent floor by the position of the inner tongue limiting groove of the locking main groove in the outer upper direction thereof.
  • the contact limit is a mutual contact limit between the outer upper limit surface of the outer limit portion of the seat portion of the floor and the inner upper surface of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue portion of the adjacent floor.
  • the seat portion of the floor is limited by the mutual contact between the inner tongue of the locking main groove and the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the adjacent double floor of the adjacent floor.
  • the outer lower support surface of the outer limit portion of the seat portion of the floor is in contact with the inner lower surface of the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue portion of the adjacent floor.
  • the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue of the floor is in contact with the portion of the inner tongue limiting groove of the locking main groove of the seat portion of the adjacent floor in the inner upper direction thereof.
  • the limit position is a mutual contact limit between the inner upper surface of the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue of the floor and the outer upper limit surface of the outer limit portion of the seat portion of the adjacent floor.
  • the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue of the floor is in contact with the inner contact portion of the inner tongue of the locking main groove of the adjacent seat portion of the floor, and is
  • the inner lower surface of the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue of the floor is in contact with the inner lower support surface of the inner limiting portion of the seat portion of the adjacent floor.
  • the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue portion of the floor is in contact with the portion of the outer tongue limiting groove of the locking main groove of the seat portion of the adjacent floor in the outer upper direction.
  • the limit position is a mutual contact limit between the outer upper surface of the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue portion of the floor and the inner upper limit surface of the inner limit portion of the seat portion of the adjacent floor.
  • the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue of the floor is in contact with the outer portion of the outer tongue of the locking main groove of the seat portion of the adjacent floor.
  • the outer lower surface of the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue of the floor is in contact with the inner lower support surface of the inner limiting portion of the seat portion of the adjacent floor.
  • a further technical solution based on the above technical solution is that the angle ct between the inner upper surface of the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue and the horizontal plane is 46 to 56 degrees.
  • the angle ⁇ between the inner lower surface of the inner convex portion and the horizontal plane is 50 to 60 degrees.
  • the length L of the inner convex portion is 0.3 to 0.6 mm.
  • the angle ⁇ 1 between the outer upper surface of the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue and the horizontal plane is the same as the angle ⁇ .
  • the angle ⁇ 1 between the outer lower surface of the convex portion and the horizontal plane is the same as the angle ⁇ .
  • the length L1 of the convex portion is the same as the length L.
  • the angle ⁇ 4 between the outer positioning guiding surface of the outer limiting portion of the socket portion and the horizontal plane is equal to the angle ⁇ 2 between the outer lower supporting surface and the horizontal plane.
  • the degree of the angle ⁇ between the inner positioning surface of the inner limiting portion of the housing portion and the horizontal plane is greater than the angle 11 to 13 degrees of the angle ⁇ 1 between the outer upper surface of the outer convex portion and the horizontal surface.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue is an arcuate shape with the convex direction facing inward.
  • the inner and outer directions of the inner convex portion are 0.24 to 1 mm.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue is an arcuate shape in which the convex direction faces outward.
  • the distance between the inside and the outside of the convex portion is 0.24 to 1 mm.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the inner tongue limiting groove of the locking main groove of the above-mentioned housing portion is an arcuate shape inward in the opening direction corresponding to the sectional shape of the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue portion.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the outer tongue limiting groove of the locking main groove of the housing portion is an arcuate shape in which the opening direction corresponding to the sectional shape of the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue portion faces outward.
  • the positioning guide groove of the locking main groove of the housing portion has an arcuate shape, and the positioning guide groove penetrates the inner limiting portion along the longitudinal direction of the housing portion and is horizontally disposed.
  • a further technical solution based on the above corresponding technical solution is that the outer lower corner of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue is a guiding outer lower corner of the outer circumference of the cross section, and the radius R of the guiding outer lower corner It is 0.25 mm to 0.75 mm.
  • the inner lower corner portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue portion is a guide inner lower corner portion having a circular arc shape on the outer circumference of the cross section, and the radius R1 of the guide inner lower corner portion is 0.25 mm to 0.75 mm.
  • a further technical solution based on the above respective technical solutions is that the distance between the upper end surface of the upper connecting portion of the elastic double tongue portion and the lower end surface of the inner tongue is 3/5 to 7/10 of the thickness of the main body portion.
  • the ratio of the distance S1 between the upper and lower sides of the upper connecting portion of the elastic double tongue portion and the upward and downward distance S2 of the inner tongue is 1:0.8 to 1:1.2.
  • the outer tongue and the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue are symmetrically disposed with respect to a vertical plane disposed along the longitudinal direction of the elastic double tongue.
  • the distance D1 between the upper and lower sides of the outer limiting portion of the housing portion is 11/25 to 14/25 of the thickness of the main body portion.
  • the distance D2 between the upper and lower sides of the lower connecting portion of the housing portion is 1/2 to 3/5 of the thickness of the main body portion.
  • the overall thickness of the two at the buckle is the same as the thickness of the main body of the floor, and the floor is
  • the lower end surface of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue has an inner tongue cushioning gap of 0.1 mm to 0.3 mm in the up and down direction between the lower end surface of the lower joint portion of the seat portion of the adjacent floor.
  • the lower end surface of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue of the floor has an outer tongue cushioning gap in the up and down direction between the lower end surface of the lower joint portion of the seat portion of the adjacent floor, and the outer tongue buffer gap is large.
  • the size of the small and inner tongue buffer gaps is equal.
  • the inner lower end surface of the upper connecting portion of the elastic double tongue portion of the floor panel also has a buffer gap of 0.1 mm to 0.3 mm in the up and down direction between the upper end surface of the outer limiting portion of the seat portion of the adjacent floor.
  • a further technical solution based on the respective respective technical solutions described above is that the main body portion of the floor has a thickness of 6 to 18 mm.
  • the PVC lock floor comprises a floor body, a decorative pattern layer and a transparent wear layer.
  • the decorative pattern layer is completely covered and fused on the upper surface of the floor main body, and the transparent wear-resistant layer is completely covered and fused on the upper surface of the decorative pattern layer, and the floor main body is a PVC-integrated material.
  • the basic technical solution for realizing the second object of the present invention is: a lock floor piece, the lock floor piece is a single piece of the same material, a composite plate one piece or a mixed material one piece, and the shape of the walking surface of the lock floor piece is a polygon, the polygon is an isosceles triangle, a quadrangle or a regular hexagon; the quadrilateral is an isosceles trapezoid or a parallelogram; the parallelogram is a rectangle, a square or a diamond, or a non-equal non-orthogonal parallelogram.
  • the structural feature is that the above-mentioned lock floor panel comprises a main body portion, a seat portion and a corresponding elastic double tongue portion.
  • the main body portion is a polygonal prism having an upper surface shape corresponding to a polygonal shape of a running surface of the lock floor panel.
  • the body portion has a thickness of 4 mm to 30 mm.
  • the sum of the number of the seat portions and the number of the elastic double tongues is equal to the number of sides of the polygon.
  • the number of the seat portions is one or two, and the corresponding elastic double tongue portions are two or one.
  • the shape of the running surface of the lock floor block is a regular hexagon
  • the seat portions are three and are disposed adjacent to each other, and the corresponding elastic double tongue portions are also three and are also disposed adjacent to each other.
  • the shape of the running surface of the locking floor block is rectangular or square
  • the seat portion is one or two or three
  • the corresponding elastic double tongue is three or two or one.
  • the number of the seat portions is two, the two seat portions are adjacent to each other, and the corresponding two elastic double tongue portions are also disposed adjacent to each other.
  • the seat portions are two and adjacently disposed, and the corresponding elastic double tongue portions are also two and also adjacently disposed.
  • the seat portion is one or two or three, and the corresponding elastic double tongue is three or two or one.
  • the number of the seat portions is two, the two seat portions are adjacent to each other, and the corresponding two elastic double tongue portions are also disposed adjacent to each other.
  • each of the above-mentioned lock floor blocks is substantially the same, and when the lock floor block includes two or three adjacent seat portions, the ends of the adjacent two seat portions are respectively The seat portions extend in the longitudinal direction and overlap each other.
  • the structural shape of each elastic double tongue of the locking floor block is substantially the same, and when the locking floor block comprises two or three adjacent elastic double tongues, the ends of two adjacent elastic double tongues Along the respective elastic double tongues The lengths extend and overlap each other.
  • the structural shape of each elastic double tongue corresponds to the structural shape of each corresponding seat portion.
  • Each of the above-mentioned housing portions is connected to the main body portion from a side surface of one side of the main body portion by the inner side limiting portion, and each of the elastic double tongue portions is supported by the respective limiting portion from the side of the remaining periphery of the main body portion.
  • the side is attached to the body portion.
  • Each of the elastic double tongue portions described above is a portion provided with a limiting portion, an upper connecting portion, a double tongue, an elastic deformation groove, and a latching auxiliary groove.
  • the double tongues are divided into an inner tongue and an outer tongue according to the distance from the body portion.
  • the upper connecting portion is connected to the outer side portion of the limiting portion from a side close to the main body portion, and the inner tongue and the outer tongue are respectively connected to the upper connecting portion from below according to the distance from the main body portion, thereby connecting on the outer tongue and the upper tongue.
  • An elastic deformation groove having an opening downward is formed between the portion and the inner tongue; and a locking sub-groove having an opening downward is formed between the inner tongue, the upper connecting portion and the limiting portion, and the limiting portion of the elastic double tongue is also
  • the latching auxiliary groove, the inner tongue, the elastic deformation groove and the outer tongue are sequentially disposed in order from the near side to the corresponding side of the main body portion.
  • the inner lower portion of the inner tongue is provided with an inwardly convex inner convex portion.
  • the outer lower portion of the outer tongue is provided with an outwardly convex outer convex portion.
  • Each of the above-described housing portions is a portion having an inner limiting portion, a lower connecting portion, and an outer limiting portion.
  • the lower connecting portion is connected below the outer portion of the inner limiting portion from a side close to the main body portion, and the outer limiting portion is connected to the lower connecting portion by a lower portion of the side close to the main body portion, thereby connecting the outer limiting portion and the lower connecting portion
  • An opening main groove is formed between the portion and the inner limiting portion, and an outwardly facing end surface of the inner limiting portion is provided with an outer tongue having an outer shape corresponding to the shape of the outer convex portion of the outer tongue.
  • an inwardly facing end surface of the outer limiting portion is provided with an inner tongue limiting groove having an opening inwardly corresponding to the shape of the inner convex portion of the inner tongue.
  • Both the outer tongue limiting groove and the inner tongue limiting groove belong to a part of the locking main groove.
  • Each of the above-mentioned locking floor blocks is a portion that can be interlocked with the elastic double tongues of the adjacent corresponding locking floor blocks from below, and the adjacent corresponding locking floor blocks are referred to as abbreviations. It is an adjacent floorboard, and the said lock floorboard is simply referred to as a floorboard.
  • the structural shape of the adjacent floorboards is the same as or corresponds to the structural shape of the floorboard.
  • the seat portion of the floorboard is interlocked with the elastic double tongue of the adjacent floorboard, and the portion of the seat block of the floorboard is locked by the outer tongue of the main groove.
  • the mutual contact limit of the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue of the adjacent floorboard in the two directions of the inner upper direction and the inner lower direction, and the seat portion including the floor panel are locked by the same
  • the portion of the inner tongue limiting groove of the main groove is in contact with the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue portion of the adjacent floor block in the two directions of the outer upper direction and the outer lower direction.
  • the adjacent floorboard and the floorboard are horizontally in the process of interlocking connection with each other, and the adjacent floorboards located above are opposed to the floorboard located below from the upper and lower directions of the main body.
  • the elastic double tongue portion maintains elastic contact sliding restriction on the outwardly facing surface of the inner limiting portion of the seat portion of the floor panel by the outer convex portion of the outer tongue in the direction of the inner and outer directions of the side portion.
  • Each of the elastic double tongues of the above floorboard is a portion that can be interlocked with the seat portions of the adjacent corresponding locking floorboards from above when in use, and the adjacent corresponding locking floorboards are simply referred to as phases.
  • a neighboring floorboard the structural shape of the adjacent floorboard is the same as or corresponding to the structural shape of the floorboard; the elastic double tongue of the floorboard and the seat of the adjacent floorboard are used Interlocking connection, including the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue of the floorboard in the inner direction and the inner lower direction, and the locking main groove of the seat portion of the adjacent floorboard
  • the mutual contact limit of the portion where the inner tongue limiting groove is located, and the outer convex portion of the outer tongue including the elastic double tongue portion of the floorboard block and the adjacent floorboard in the two directions of the outer upper direction and the outer lower direction The mutual contact limit of the position of the outer tongue limiting groove of the main groove of the locking seat portion.
  • the floorboard and the adjacent floorboard are in a horizontal state during the interlocking connection, and the upper floorboard is moved by the main body portion from the upper to the lower direction relative to the adjacent floorboard, and
  • the elastic double tongue portion of the floorboard member is elastically clamped and slides on the outer limiting portion of the seat portion of the adjacent floorboard by the limiting portion and the inner convex portion of the inner tongue in the direction of the inner and outer directions of the side portion.
  • the limit, and the elastic double tongue of the floorboard are elastic in the direction of the inner and outer directions of the side portion by the outward convex portion of the outer tongue to the outwardly facing surface of the inner limiting portion of the seat portion of the adjacent floor panel Contact sliding limit.
  • a further technical solution based on the above basic technical solution is: the limiting portion, the upper connecting portion, the inner tongue and the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue are extended along the length direction of the elastic double tongue, and the limiting portion and the upper portion The lengths of the connecting portion, the inner tongue and the outer tongue are the same, and the locking auxiliary groove and the elastic deformation groove of the elastic double tongue penetrate the elastic double tongue from the longitudinal direction of the elastic double tongue, and the cross-sectional shape of the elastic deformation groove is Invert the U-shaped groove.
  • the lower connecting portion of the above-mentioned housing portion is composed of a connecting portion main body and a positioning boss.
  • the positioning boss is convex upward and is connected to the connecting portion main body from above.
  • the inner limiting portion, the lower connecting portion and the outer limiting portion of the slot portion extend along the longitudinal direction of the slot portion, and the lengths of the inner limiting portion, the lower connecting portion and the outer limiting portion are the same, and the lower connecting portion is The length of the connecting portion main body and the positioning boss are also the same, and the locking main groove of the housing portion penetrates the housing portion from the longitudinal direction of the housing portion.
  • the positioning boss is provided with an inner support surface facing the inner upper side and an outer support surface facing the outer upper side.
  • the inner support surface and the outer support surface of the positioning boss are symmetrically disposed with respect to the vertical surface provided along the longitudinal direction of the housing portion.
  • An inner groove that penetrates the seat portion from the longitudinal direction is formed between the inner support surface of the positioning boss of the lower connecting portion, the connecting portion main body of the lower connecting portion, and the inner limiting portion, and the inner groove is a part of the locking main groove, and
  • the outer tongue limit groove is part of the inner groove.
  • An outer groove that penetrates the seat portion from the longitudinal direction is formed between the outer support surface of the positioning boss of the lower connecting portion, the connecting portion main body of the lower connecting portion, and the outer limiting portion, and the outer groove is a part of the locking main groove.
  • the inner tongue limit groove is part of the outer groove.
  • the outwardly facing surface of the inner limiting portion of the housing portion is further provided with an opening outwardly and corresponding to the shape of the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue portion, and penetrates the housing portion from the longitudinal direction of the housing portion Positioning guide groove, and the positioning guide groove is located at the outer tongue limit groove Above.
  • the positioning guide groove is a part of the inner groove.
  • the seat portion of the floorboard is interlocked with the elastic double tongue of the adjacent floorboard, and further comprises an outer support surface of the seat block of the floorboard by the positioning boss and the adjacent floorboard.
  • the outer end surface of the outer limiting portion of the seat portion and the elastic double tongue of the adjacent floorboard is provided with a fitting gap of 0.03-0.1 mm.
  • the elastic double tongue of the floorboard is interlocked with the seat portion of the adjacent floorboard, and the elastic double tongue of the floorboard is covered by the outer lower part of the inner tongue and the adjacent floorboard.
  • the mutual contact limit of the outer support surface of the positioning boss of the seat portion, and the positioning of the elastic double tongue portion of the floor panel by the inner lower portion of the outer tongue and the seat portion of the adjacent lock floor panel The mutual contact surface of the table is in contact with each other.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue is a triangular shape with a pointed corner inward.
  • the angle between the inner upper surface of the inner convex portion and the horizontal plane a a is 40 to 60 degrees.
  • the angle P a between the inner lower surface of the inner convex portion and the horizontal plane is 45 to 65 degrees.
  • the inner and outer directions La of the inner convex portion are 0.2 to 1 mm.
  • the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue has a cross-sectional shape with a pointed corner facing outward.
  • the angle between the outer upper surface of the outer convex portion and the horizontal plane ct al is 40 to 60 degrees.
  • the angle between the outer lower surface of the convex portion and the horizontal surface ⁇ a is 45 to 65 degrees.
  • the length of the inner and outer directions of the convex portion Lai is 0.2 to 1 mm.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the inner tongue limiting groove of the locking main groove of the above-mentioned housing portion corresponds to the cross-sectional shape of the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue, and is a V-shaped opening inward, the V-shaped
  • the inner tongue limiting groove is composed of an outer lower supporting surface formed on the outer limiting portion and an outer upper limiting surface located above the outer lower supporting surface.
  • the outer lower support surface is a slope facing inward and upward
  • the outer upper limit surface is a slope facing inward and downward.
  • the angle between the outer lower support surface and the horizontal plane ⁇ a2 is the same as the angle P a between the inner lower surface of the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue and the horizontal plane.
  • the angle between the outer upper limit surface and the horizontal plane ct a2 is the same as the angle ct a between the inner upper surface of the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue and the horizontal plane.
  • the outer upper portion of the outer limiting portion is provided with an outer positioning guiding surface, and the outer positioning guiding surface is a slope facing inward and upward.
  • the angle between the outer lower support surface and the horizontal surface is ⁇ a2 minus the angle between the outer positioning guide surface and the horizontal plane.
  • the difference between the degrees of ct a4 is 0 to 15 degrees.
  • the V-shaped outer opening of the V-shaped outer tongue is formed by an inner lower supporting surface formed on the inner limiting portion and an inner upper limiting surface located above the inner lower supporting surface.
  • the inner lower support surface is a slope facing the outer upper side
  • the inner upper limit surface is a slope facing outward and downward.
  • the angle P a3 between the inner lower support surface and the horizontal plane is the same as the angle P al between the outer lower surface of the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue and the horizontal plane.
  • the angle ⁇ a3 between the inner upper limit surface and the horizontal plane is the same as the angle ct al between the outer upper surface of the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue and the horizontal plane.
  • the positioning guide groove is an open-out V-shaped shape, and the V-shaped positioning guide groove is composed of an inner positioning guiding surface formed on the inner limiting portion and an inner positioning surface located above the inner positioning guiding surface.
  • the inner positioning guide surface is a slope facing outward and the inner positioning surface is a slope facing outward and downward.
  • the angle between the inner positioning surface and the horizontal plane Y a is greater than the angle between the outer upper surface of the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the double tongue and the horizontal plane a al 5 to 20 degrees.
  • the seat portion of the floorboard is covered by the outer tongue of the outer tongue of the main groove of the locking main groove in the inner upper direction thereof and the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue of the adjacent floorboard
  • the mutual contact limit is a mutual contact limit between the inner upper limit surface of the inner limit portion of the seat portion of the floor panel and the outer upper surface of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue portion of the adjacent floor block.
  • the spacing between the seat portion of the floor panel and the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue of the adjacent floor panel is limited by the position of the outer tongue limiting groove of the locking main groove.
  • the position is a mutual contact limit between the inner lower support surface of the inner limit portion of the seat portion of the floor panel and the outer lower surface of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue portion of the adjacent floor panel.
  • the seat portion of the floor panel is located in the outer upper direction of the inner tongue of the locking main groove and the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue of the adjacent floor block.
  • the mutual contact limit is a mutual contact limit between the outer upper limit surface of the outer limit portion of the seat portion of the floor panel and the inner upper surface of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue portion of the adjacent floor block.
  • the seat portion of the floor panel is in contact with the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue portion of the adjacent floor panel by the position of the inner tongue limiting groove of the locking main groove at the outer lower side thereof.
  • the outer lower support surface of the outer limit portion of the seat portion of the floor panel and the inner lower surface of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue portion of the adjacent floor panel are in contact with each other.
  • the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue portion of the floor panel is in the inner upper direction and the portion of the inner tongue limiting groove of the locking main groove of the seat portion of the adjacent floor panel
  • the contact limit is a mutual contact limit between the inner upper surface of the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue portion of the floorboard and the outer upper limit surface of the outer limit portion of the seat portion of the adjacent floor panel.
  • the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue portion of the floorboard is in contact with the position of the inner tongue lowering groove of the locking main groove of the seat portion of the adjacent floor block. It is a mutual contact limit between the inner lower surface of the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue portion of the floor panel and the inner lower support surface of the inner side limit portion of the seat portion of the adjacent floor panel.
  • the convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue of the floorboard is in the outer upper direction and the adjacent ground.
  • the mutual contact limit of the position of the outer tongue limiting groove of the locking main groove of the seat portion of the block is the outer upper surface of the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue of the floor block and the adjacent floor block.
  • the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue portion of the floorboard is in contact with the outer portion of the outer tongue limiting groove of the locking main groove of the seat portion of the adjacent floor block, It is a mutual contact limit between the outer lower surface of the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue portion of the floor panel and the inner lower support surface of the inner side limit portion of the seat portion of the adjacent floor panel.
  • a further technical solution based on the above technical solution is that the inner surface of the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue has an angle ct a from the horizontal plane to 46 to 56 degrees.
  • the angle between the inner lower surface of the inner convex portion and the horizontal plane ⁇ a is 50 to 60 degrees.
  • the length of the inner convex portion is La to 0.3 to 0.6 mm.
  • the outer surface of the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue is at the same angle as the angle ct a from the horizontal plane.
  • the angle P al between the outer lower surface of the convex portion and the horizontal plane is the same as the angle P a .
  • the length Lai of the convex portion is the same as the length La.
  • the angle between the outer positioning guide surface of the outer limiting portion of the socket portion and the horizontal plane a a4 is equal to the angle P a2 between the outer lower supporting surface and the horizontal plane.
  • the degree of the angle Y a between the inner positioning surface of the inner limiting portion of the housing portion and the horizontal plane is greater than the angle ct al of the outer upper surface of the outer convex portion from the horizontal plane by 11 to 13 degrees.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue is an arcuate shape with the convex direction facing inward.
  • the inner and outer directions of the inner convex portion are 0.24 to 1 mm.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue is an arcuate shape in which the convex direction faces outward.
  • the distance between the inside and the outside of the convex portion is 0.24 to 1 mm.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the inner tongue limiting groove of the locking main groove of the above-mentioned housing portion is an arcuate shape inward in the opening direction corresponding to the sectional shape of the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue portion.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the outer tongue limiting groove of the locking main groove of the housing portion is an arcuate shape in which the opening direction corresponding to the sectional shape of the outer convex portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue portion faces outward.
  • the positioning guide groove of the locking main groove of the housing portion has an arcuate shape, and the positioning guide groove penetrates the inner limiting portion along the longitudinal direction of the housing portion and is horizontally disposed.
  • outer lower corner of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue is a guiding outer lower corner portion whose outer peripheral shape is a circular arc shape, and the radius Ra of the guiding outer lower corner portion It is 0.25 mm to 0.75 mm.
  • the inner lower corner portion of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue portion is a guide inner lower corner portion having a circular arc shape on the outer circumference of the cross section, and the radius Ral of the guide inner lower corner portion is 0.25 mm to 0.75 mm.
  • a further technical solution based on the above respective technical solutions is that the distance between the upper end surface of the upper connecting portion of the elastic double tongue portion and the lower end surface of the inner tongue is 3/5 to 7/10 of the thickness of the main body portion.
  • Upper link of the elastic double tongue The ratio of the distance Sal between the upper and lower sides of the joint to the up-and-down distance Sa2 of the inner tongue is 1: 0.8 to 1: 1.2.
  • the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue is symmetrically disposed with the inner tongue with respect to a vertical plane disposed along the longitudinal direction of the elastic double tongue.
  • the distance Dal between the upper and lower sides of the outer limiting portion of the above-mentioned housing portion is 11/25 to 14/25 of the thickness of the main body portion.
  • the distance Da2 between the upper and lower sides of the lower connecting portion of the housing portion is 1/2 to 3/5 of the thickness of the main body portion.
  • the overall thickness of the two at the buckle is the same as the thickness of the body portion of the floorboard, and the local The lower end surface of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue of the panel has an inner tongue cushioning gap of 0.1 mm to 0.3 mm in the up and down direction between the lower end surface of the lower joint portion of the seat portion of the adjacent floor panel.
  • the lower end surface of the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue of the floorboard has an outer tongue buffering gap between the lower end surface of the lower connecting portion of the seat portion of the adjacent floorboard, and the outer tongue buffering gap is The internal tongue buffer gaps are equal in size.
  • the inner lower end surface of the upper connecting portion of the elastic double tongue portion of the floor panel also has a buffer gap of 0.1 mm to 0.3 mm in the up and down direction between the upper end surface of the outer limiting portion of the seat portion of the adjacent floor panel.
  • a further technical solution based on the respective respective technical solutions described above is that the body portion of the floorboard has a thickness of 6 to 18 mm.
  • a further technical solution based on the respective technical solutions described above is that when the shape of the running surface of the floorboard is an isosceles trapezoid, the main body portion is an isosceles whose upper surface shape corresponds to the shape of the walking surface of the floorboard. Trapezoidal prism.
  • the two seat portions are adjacently disposed, and the corresponding two elastic double tongue portions are also disposed adjacent to each other.
  • the two seat portions have substantially the same structural shape, and one end of each of the two seats is adjacent, and the adjacent two end portions extend along the longitudinal direction of the respective seat portions and overlap each other.
  • the two elastic double tongues have substantially the same structural shape, one end of which is adjacent, and the adjacent two end portions extend along the length direction of the respective elastic double tongue portions and overlap each other.
  • the structural shape of each of the elastic double tongues corresponds to the structural shape of the seat portion on the opposite side.
  • the two seat portions are connected to the main body portion from the side faces of the adjacent sides on the four sides of the main body portion by the inner side limit portions, and the two elastic double tongue portions are separated from the main body portion by the respective limit portions.
  • the sides of the adjacent other sides of the four sides are connected to the main body portion.
  • the seat portion of the floorboard is interlocked with the elastic double tongues of the adjacent floorboards, and the structural shape of the adjacent floorboards is the same as the structural shape of the floorboard.
  • the elastic double tongue portion of the floorboard is interlocked with the seat portion of the adjacent floorboard, and the adjacent floorboard has the same structural shape as the floorboard.
  • a further technical solution based on the respective technical solutions described above is that the shape of the running surface of the floorboard is rectangular or square; and the main body portion is a rectangular parallelepiped whose upper surface shape corresponds to the shape of the running surface of the floorboard.
  • the two seat portions have substantially the same structural shape, and one end of each of the two seats is adjacent, and the two adjacent end portions extend along the length direction of the respective seat portions and overlap each other; two elastic double tongue portions
  • the structural shapes are substantially the same, one end of the two is adjacent, and the two adjacent ends extend along the length of the respective elastic double tongues and overlap each other.
  • the structural shape of each elastic double tongue corresponds to the structural shape of the seat portion on the opposite side.
  • the two seat portions are connected to the main body portion from the side faces of the adjacent sides on the four sides of the main body portion by the inner side limit portions, and the two elastic double tongue portions are separated from the main body portion by the respective limit portions.
  • the sides of the adjacent other sides of the four sides are connected to the main body portion.
  • the seat portion of the floorboard is interlocked with the elastic double tongues of the adjacent floorboards, and the structural shape of the adjacent floorboards is the same as the structural shape of the floorboard.
  • the elastic double tongue portion of the floorboard is interlocked with the seat portion of the adjacent floorboard, and the adjacent floorboard has the same structural shape as the floorboard.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a PVC lock floor of the present invention
  • Figure 2 is an enlarged schematic view when viewed from the H direction of Figure 1;
  • Figure 3 is an enlarged schematic view from the front side of Figure 1, that is, when viewed from the direction K1;
  • Figure 4 is an enlarged schematic view of A in Figure 2;
  • Figure 5 is an enlarged schematic view of B in Figure 3;
  • Figure 6 is an enlarged schematic view of the portion C in Figure 3;
  • Figure 7 is an enlarged view of D in Figure 5.
  • Figure 8 is an enlarged schematic view of the portion E in Figure 6;
  • Figure 9 is a schematic view of a plurality of PVC lock floor structures of the structure shown in Figure 1 being assembled with each other;
  • Figure 10 is a PVC lock floor 200 of Figure 9 mounted to the PVC lock by a flexible double tongue on the rear side thereof. Schematic diagram of the installation process on the front side seat portion of the floor panel 100;
  • Figure 11 is an enlarged schematic view of the PVC lock floor on the right side of Figure 9 when the left side seat portion and the right side of the PVC lock floor on the left side are interlocked with each other;
  • the side PVC lock floor 500 is interlocked with the PVC lock floor 1000 at the left rear portion and the PVC lock floor 1100 at the left front portion;
  • FIG. 12 is an enlarged schematic view of the PVC lock floor on the front side of FIG. 9 when the rear side elastic double tongue portion is interlocked with the front side seat portion of the PVC lock floor on the rear side; for example, at the front side PVC lock floor 700 Interlocking connection with the PVC lock floor 500 on the rear side;
  • Figure 13 is an enlarged schematic view showing a housing portion of another structure of the PVC lock floor of the present invention.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic view showing the expansion of the elastic double tongue of the PVC lock floor corresponding to the seat portion of the PVC lock floor of Figure 13;
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic view showing the installation process of the PVC lock floor 200 of FIG. 9 mounted on the front side seat portion of the PVC lock floor 100 by the rear elastic double tongue; all the PVC locks in FIG.
  • the seat portion of the floor adopts the structure of the seat portion shown in FIG. 13, and the elastic double tongue portions of all the PVC lock floor panels in FIG. 9 adopt the structure of the elastic double tongue portion shown in FIG.
  • Figure 16 is a perspective view of the lock floor panel of the present invention.
  • Figure 17 is an enlarged schematic view when viewed from the G direction of Figure 16;
  • Figure 18 is an enlarged schematic view when viewed from the front side of Figure 16, that is, when viewed in the M direction;
  • Figure 19 is an enlarged schematic view of U in Figure 17;
  • Figure 20 is an enlarged schematic view of a portion V in Figure 18;
  • Figure 21 is an enlarged schematic view of the portion W in Figure 18;
  • Figure 22 is an enlarged schematic view of the portion X in Figure 20
  • Figure 23 is an enlarged schematic view of the portion Y in Figure 21;
  • Figure 24 is a schematic view of a plurality of latching floorboards of the structure shown in Figure 16 being snap-fitted together;
  • Figure 25 is a view of the latching floorboard 200a of Figure 24 mounted to the latching ground by its rear elastic double tongue Schematic diagram of the installation process on the front side seat portion of the panel 100;
  • 26 is an enlarged schematic view showing the lock floor panel on the right side of FIG. 24 being interlocked with the right elastic double tongue portion of the lock floor panel on the left side;
  • the side lock floor panel 500a is interlocked with the lock floor panel 1000a at the left rear portion and the lock floor panel 1100a at the left front portion;
  • Figure 27 is an enlarged schematic view of the front side of the lock floor panel of Figure 24 when the rear side elastic double tongue portion is interlocked with the front side seat portion of the lock floor panel at the rear side;
  • the lock floor panel 700a is interlocked with the lock floor panel 500a on the rear side;
  • Figure 28 is an enlarged schematic view showing a housing portion of another structure of the lock floor panel of the present invention.
  • Figure 29 is an enlarged schematic view of the elastic double tongue of the lock floor panel corresponding to the seat portion of the lock floor panel of Figure 28;
  • Figure 30 is a schematic view showing the mounting process of the lock floor panel 200a of Figure 24 mounted on the front side seat portion of the lock floor panel 100a by its rear elastic double tongue; all the latching grounds in Figure 24
  • the block seat of the plate is shown in the figure.
  • the structure of the seat portion shown in Fig. 28, and the elastic double tongue portions of all the lock floor panels in Fig. 24 adopt the structure of the elastic double tongue shown in Fig. 29;
  • Figure 31 is a schematic view showing the shape of the running surface of the upper surface of the plurality of locking floorboards of the present invention in which the hexagonal locking floor blocks are spliced together, and the reference numeral 2a in the figure indicates the seating portion of the locking floor block.
  • the reference numeral 3a in the figure indicates the elastic double tongue of the lock floor piece;
  • Figure 32 is a schematic view showing the shape of the running surface of the upper surface of the plurality of locking floorboards of the present invention in which the diamond-shaped locking floor blocks are spliced together, and the reference numeral 2a in the figure indicates the seat portion of the locking floor block, No. 3a indicates the elastic double tongue of the lock floor;
  • Figure 33 is a schematic view showing the shape of the running surface of the upper surface of the corresponding two types of lock floor blocks of the present invention in which the lock-on floor blocks of the isosceles trapezoid are spliced together, and the reference numeral 2a in the figure indicates the groove of the lock floor block. Seat, the reference numeral 3a in the figure indicates the elastic double tongue of the lock floor piece;
  • Figure 34 is a schematic view showing the shape of the running surface of the upper surface of the respective two types of lock floor blocks of the present invention in which the isosceles triangular locking floor blocks are spliced together, and the reference numeral 2a in the figure indicates the groove of the locking floor block. Seat, the reference numeral 3a in the figure indicates the elastic double tongue of the lock floor piece;
  • Figure 35 is a schematic view showing another form of the lock surface of the upper surface of the corresponding two types of lock floor blocks of the present invention, which is an isosceles triangle, which is spliced together with each other.
  • the seat portion of the buckle floor block, the reference numeral 3a in the figure indicates the elastic double tongue portion of the lock floor block;
  • Figure 36 is a schematic view showing another form of the locking surface of the upper surface of the corresponding two types of locking floorboards of the present invention having the isosceles trapezoidal shape being spliced together with each other, wherein the reference numeral 2a is schematically locked.
  • the seat portion of the floor panel is buckled, and the reference numeral 3a in the figure indicates the elastic double tongue of the lock floor panel.
  • Seat portion 2 left side seat portion 2-1, front side seat portion 2-2, inner limit portion 21, inner lower support surface 21-1, inner upper limit surface 21-2, middle end surface (toward outer side The vertical plane) 21-3, the inner positioning guide surface 21-4, the inner positioning surface 21-5, the upper end surface (the vertical surface facing the outer side) 21-6, the upper end surface 21-7, the lower end surface 21-8,
  • Lower connecting portion 22-1 connecting portion main body 22-1, inner upper end surface 22-1-1, outer upper end surface 22-1-2, lower end surface 22-1-3, positioning boss 22-2, inner support surface 22- 2-1, outer support surface 22-2-2,
  • Elastic double tongue 3 right elastic double tongue 3-1, rear elastic double tongue 3-2, limiting portion 31, upper end surface (vertical surface facing outward) 31-1, avoiding cutter surface (outside Lower corner bevel) 31-2, lower end face 31-3, upper end face 31-4,
  • Upper connecting portion 32 inner lower end surface 32-1, upper end surface 32-2, outer end surface 32-3,
  • Buffer gap 61 inner tongue buffer gap 62, outer tongue buffer gap 63,
  • the outer tongue limit groove is located: the inner upper direction 71, the inner lower direction 72,
  • the inner tongue limit groove is located: the outer upper direction 73, the outer lower direction 74,
  • the inner convex portion of the inner tongue the inner upper direction 81, the inner lower direction 82,
  • the outer convex portion of the outer tongue the outer upper direction 83, the outer lower direction 84,
  • PVC lock floor 10 floor main body 10-1, PVC decorative film 10-2, decorative pattern layer 10-2-1, transparent wear-resistant layer 10-2-2,
  • Buffer gap 61a inner tongue buffer gap 62a, outer tongue buffer gap 63a,
  • outer tongue limiting groove is located: the inner upper direction 71a, the inner lower direction 72a,
  • the inner tongue limit groove is located: the outer upper direction 73a, the outer lower direction 74a,
  • the inner convex portion of the inner tongue an inner upper direction 81a, an inner lower direction 82a,
  • the outer convex portion of the outer tongue an outer upper direction 83a, an outer lower direction 84a,
  • the width direction of the floor is the left and right direction
  • the thickness direction of the floor is the up and down direction
  • the length direction of the floor is the front and rear direction (ie, the lower left side of FIG. 1)
  • the front side the upper right side of Figure 1 is the rear side
  • the direction near the center of the floor is called the inner side
  • the direction away from the center of the floor is called the outer side.
  • the two-dot chain line in the figure is a boundary line between the parts.
  • the PVC lock floor 10 of the present embodiment includes a floor main body 10-1, a decorative pattern 10-2-1, and a transparent wear-resistant layer 10-2-2; the decorative pattern layer 10-2-1 Covered and fused on the upper surface of the floor main body 10-1, the transparent wear-resistant layer 10-2-2 is completely covered and fused on the upper surface of the decorative pattern layer 10-2-1.
  • the shape of the running surface of the upper surface of the PVC lock floor 10 is a quadrangle, and the quadrilateral is a rectangle, a square or a diamond (the shape of the running surface of the upper surface of the PVC lock floor 10 of the present embodiment is a rectangle).
  • the PVC lock floor 10 includes a main body portion 1, two seat portions 2, and two elastic double tongue portions 3.
  • the main body portion 1 of the PVC lock floor 10 is a quadrangular prism having a shape of a top surface corresponding to the shape of a quadrilateral of the running surface of the PVC lock floor 10 (the rectangular parallelepiped in this embodiment); the main body portion 1 of the PVC lock floor 10
  • the thickness is usually 3.5 to 30 mm (4 mm in this embodiment).
  • the structural shape of the two housing portions 2 is substantially the same, one end of the two is adjacent, and the adjacent 2 The ends extend along the length of the respective housing portion 2 and overlap each other.
  • the two elastic double tongues 3 have substantially the same structural shape, one end of which is adjacent, and the adjacent two end portions extend along the longitudinal direction of the respective elastic double tongue portions 3 and overlap each other.
  • the structural shape of each elastic double tongue portion 3 corresponds to the structural shape of the housing portion 2 on the opposite side.
  • Each of the socket portions 2 of the PVC lock floor 10 (hereinafter referred to as the floor panel 10) is a portion that can be interlocked with the elastic double tongue portions 3 of the adjacent PVC lock floor from below when used, the adjacent PVC
  • the lock floor is simply referred to as an adjacent floor, and the structural shape of the adjacent floor is the same as that of the floor 10.
  • Each of the elastic double tongue portions 3 of the floor panel 10 is a portion that can be interlocked with the seat portion 2 of the adjacent floor from above when in use.
  • the two elastic double tongues 3 each include a stopper portion 31 extending in the longitudinal direction of the elastic double tongue portion 3 and having the same length, an upper joint portion 32, and a double tongue.
  • the double tongues are divided into an inner tongue 33 and an outer tongue 34 in accordance with the distance from the body portion 1.
  • the two elastic double tongue portions 3 are each connected to the main body portion 1 from the side surfaces of the adjacent right side and rear side sides of the four side portions of the main body portion 1 by the respective stopper portions 31.
  • the elastic double tongue portion 3 located on the right side of the main body portion 1 is referred to as the right side elastic double tongue portion 3-1, and the elastic double tongue portion 3 located at the rear side of the main body portion 1 is referred to as the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3-2.
  • the limiting portion 31 of the right elastic double tongue portion 3-1 is connected to the main body portion 1 from the right side, and is located on the right side of the main body portion 1 and protrudes from the rear portion of the main body portion 1, so that the right side elastic double tongue portion 3 -1 is connected to the main body portion 1 from the right side and protrudes from the rear portion of the main body portion 1.
  • the right lower portion of the limiting portion 31 of the right elastic double tongue portion 3-1 is provided with a slope for escaping the tool toward the lower right side and extending in the front-rear direction, and the inclined surface is referred to as the avoiding cutter surface 31-2 to avoid the cutter surface
  • the angle between 31-2 and the horizontal plane is 40 to 60 degrees (51 degrees in this embodiment).
  • the upper connecting portion 32 of the right elastic double tongue portion 3-1 is connected from the right side of the side close to the main body portion 1 above the right side portion of the limiting portion 31, and has a substantially rectangular cross section. .
  • the inner tongue 33 and the outer tongue 34 are respectively joined to the upper connecting portion 32 from below in order of the distance from the main body portion 1 (i.e., from left to right).
  • an elastic deformation groove 35 having an open downward cross-sectional shape of an inverted U-shaped groove is formed between the outer tongue 34, the upper connecting portion 32 and the inner tongue 33, and the elastic deformation groove 35 is from the longitudinal direction of the right elastic double tongue portion 3-1. Pass through the right elastic double tongue 3-1.
  • An opening sub-groove 36 is formed between the inner tongue 33 of the right elastic double tongue 3-1, the upper connecting portion 32 and the limiting portion 31, and the locking sub-groove 36 is elastically double-toned from the right side.
  • the right side elastic double tongue portion 3-1 penetrates through the length direction of -1.
  • the limiting portion 31 of the right elastic double tongue portion 3-1, the locking sub-groove 36, the inner tongue 33, the elastic deformation groove 35 and the outer tongue 34 are separated from the main body portion in order from near to far (ie, from left to right). The order of the right side of 1 is set.
  • the inner lower portion of the inner tongue 33 of the right elastic double tongue portion 3-1 is provided with a triangular inwardly (i.e., left) convex inner portion having a pointed shape with a pointed angle inward.
  • Part 33-1 The angle ⁇ between the inner upper surface 33-1-1 of the inner convex portion 33-1 and the horizontal plane is 40 to 60 degrees (51 degrees in this embodiment).
  • the angle ⁇ between the inner lower surface 33-1-2 of the inner convex portion 33-1 and the horizontal plane is 45 degrees to 65 degrees (55 degrees in this embodiment).
  • Inner and outer length L of inner convex portion 33-1 It is 0.2 to 1 mm (0.3 mm in this embodiment).
  • the outer lower corner portion of the inner tongue 33 of the right elastic double tongue portion 3-1 is a guide outer lower corner portion 33-3 whose outer peripheral shape of the cross section is a circular arc shape, and the radius R of the guide outer lower corner portion 33-3 is 0.25 mm. Up to 0.75 mm (0.43 mm in this embodiment).
  • the outer lower portion of the outer tongue 34 of the right elastic double tongue portion 3-1 is provided with a convex shape with a triangular outer shape (that is, the right side) having a cross-sectional shape with a pointed corner facing outward.
  • Part 34-1 The angle ⁇ 1 between the outer upper surface 34-1-1 of the convex portion 34-1 and the horizontal plane is 40 to 60 degrees (51 degrees in this embodiment).
  • the angle ⁇ 1 between the outer lower surface 34-1-2 of the convex portion 34-1 and the horizontal plane is 45 to 65 degrees (55 degrees in this embodiment).
  • the inner and outer length L1 of the convex portion 34-1 is 0.2 to 1 mm (0.3 mm in this embodiment).
  • the inner lower corner portion of the outer tongue 34 of the right elastic double tongue portion 3-1 is a guide inner lower corner portion 34-3 whose outer peripheral shape is a circular arc shape, and the radius R1 of the guide inner lower corner portion 34-2 is 0.25 mm. Up to 0.75 mm (0.43 mm in this embodiment).
  • the distance between the upper end surface 32-2 of the upper connecting portion 32 of the elastic double tongue portion 3 of the PVC lock floor 10 and the lower end surface 33-2 of the inner tongue 33 is the thickness of the main body portion 1 of the PVC lock floor 10 /5 to 7/10; the distance S1 from the upper end surface 32-2 of the upper connecting portion 32 of the elastic double tongue portion 3 of the PVC lock floor 10 to the inner lower end surface 32-1 thereof and the upper end surface of the inner tongue 33 to the lower end thereof
  • the ratio of the distance S2 of the end face 33-2 is 1: 0.8 to 1: 1.2.
  • the distance from the upper end surface 32-2 of the upper connecting portion 32 of the elastic double tongue portion 3 of the PVC lock floor 10 to the lower end surface 34-2 of the outer tongue 34 is 3/5 of the thickness of the main body portion 1 of the PVC lock floor 10. Up to 7/10; the outer tongue 34 of the elastic double tongue 3 and the inner tongue 33 are symmetrically disposed with respect to the vertical plane provided along the longitudinal direction of the elastic double tongue 3.
  • the stopper portion 31 of the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3-2 is attached to the main body portion 1 from the rear side, and is located at the rear side of the main body portion 1 and protrudes from the right side of the main body portion 1, thereby making the rear side
  • the elastic double tongue portion 3-2 is connected to the main body portion 1 from the rear side and protrudes from the right side of the main body portion 1.
  • the rear lower portion of the stopper portion 31 of the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3-2 is provided with a slope for avoiding the cutter toward the lower rear and extending in the left-right direction, and the slope is referred to as the avoidance cutter surface 31-2 to avoid the cutter surface.
  • the angle between 31-2 and the horizontal plane is 40 to 60 degrees (51 degrees in this embodiment).
  • the upper connecting portion 32 of the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3-2 is connected to the right side portion of the stopper portion 31 from the right side of the side close to the main body portion 1, and has a substantially rectangular cross section.
  • the inner tongue 33 and the outer tongue 34 are respectively connected to the upper connecting portion 32 from below in order of the distance from the main body portion 1 (in this case, from front to back).
  • an elastic deformation groove 35 having an open downward cross-sectional shape of an inverted U-shaped groove is formed between the outer tongue 34, the upper connecting portion 32 and the inner tongue 33, and the elastic deformation groove 35 is elongated from the rear side of the elastic double tongue portion 3-2.
  • the upper side of the elastic double tongue 3-2 is penetrated.
  • An opening sub-groove 36 is formed between the inner tongue 33, the upper connecting portion 32 and the limiting portion 31 of the rear elastic double tongue portion 3-2, and the locking sub-groove 36 is elastically doubled from the rear side.
  • the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3-2 penetrates the longitudinal direction of -2.
  • the limiting portion 31 of the rear elastic double tongue portion 3-2, the locking sub-groove 36, the inner tongue 33, the elastic deformation groove 35 and the outer tongue 34 are separated from the main body portion in order from front to back (that is, from near to far).
  • the order of the back side of 1 is set in order.
  • the inner lower portion of the inner tongue 33 of the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3-2 is provided with an inner convex portion 33-1 having a triangular inward (i.e., front) convex shape having a pointed shape inwardly directed.
  • the angle ⁇ between the inner upper surface 33-1-1 of the inner convex portion 33-1 and the horizontal plane is 40 to 60 degrees (51 degrees in this embodiment).
  • the angle ⁇ between the inner lower surface 33-1-2 of the inner convex portion 33-1 and the horizontal plane is 45 degrees to 65 degrees (55 degrees in this embodiment).
  • the longitudinal length L of the inner convex portion 33-1 is 0.2 to 1 mm (0.3 mm in this embodiment).
  • the outer lower corner portion of the inner tongue 33 of the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3-2 is a guide outer lower corner portion 33-3 whose outer peripheral shape of the cross section is a circular arc shape, and the radius R of the guide outer lower corner portion 33-3 is 0.25 mm. Up to 0.75 mm (0.43 mm in this embodiment).
  • the outer lower portion of the outer tongue 34 of the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3-2 is provided with an outer convex portion 34-1 having a triangular outer shape (i.e., rearward) having a tapered outer shape.
  • the angle ct 1 between the outer upper surface 34-1-1 of the convex portion 34-1 and the horizontal plane is 40 to 60 degrees (51 degrees in this embodiment).
  • the angle ⁇ 1 between the outer lower surface 34-1-2 of the convex portion 34-1 and the horizontal plane is 45 to 65 degrees (55 degrees in this embodiment).
  • the forward and backward length L1 of the convex portion 34-1 is 0.2 to 1 mm (0.3 mm in this embodiment).
  • the inner lower corner portion of the outer tongue 34 of the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3-2 is a guide inner lower corner portion 34-3 whose outer peripheral shape of the cross section is a circular arc shape, and the radius R1 of the guide inner lower corner portion 34-2 is 0.25 mm. Up to 0.75 mm (0.43 mm in this embodiment).
  • the two housing portions 2 include inner limiting portions 21, lower connecting portions 22 and outer limiting portions 23 each extending in the longitudinal direction of the housing portion 2 and having the same length.
  • the two housing portions 2 are each connected to the main body portion 1 from the respective left side and front side sides of the four side portions of the main body portion 1 by the respective inner stopper portions 21.
  • the housing portion 2 located on the left side of the main body portion 1 is referred to as a left side housing portion 2-1, and the housing portion 2 located at the front side of the main body portion is referred to as a front side housing portion 2-2.
  • the inner limiting portion 21 of the left side seat portion 2-1 is connected to the main body portion 1 from the left side, and is located on the left side of the main body portion 1 and protrudes from the front portion of the main body portion 1, so that the left side seat portion 2 1 is connected to the main body portion 1 from the left side and protrudes from the front portion of the main body portion 1.
  • the lower connecting portion 22 is connected below the outer side (ie, the left side) of the inner limiting portion 21 from the left side of the side close to the main body portion 1.
  • the outer stopper portion 23 is connected to the lower joint portion 22 from the left lower portion of the side close to the main body portion 1.
  • the lower connecting portion 22 of the left side seat portion 2-1 includes a connecting portion main body 22-1 and a positioning boss 22-2; the connecting portion main body 22-1 of the lower connecting portion 22 and the positioning boss 22-2 have the same length .
  • the positioning boss 22-2 is convex upward and is connected to the connecting portion main body 22-1 from above.
  • the positioning boss 22-2 is provided with an outer support surface 22-2-2 facing outward and an inner support surface 22-2-1 facing inward and upward; an outer support surface 22-2-2 of the positioning boss 22-2 and
  • the inner support surface 22-2-1 is symmetrically disposed with respect to a vertical plane provided along the longitudinal direction of the housing portion 2.
  • an open main locking groove 24 is formed between the outer limiting portion 23, the lower connecting portion 22 and the inner limiting portion 21, and the outwardly facing end surface of the inner limiting portion 21 is provided with a shape and an elastic double tongue.
  • the outer convex portion 34-1 of the outer tongue 34 has a shape corresponding to the outer outer tongue limiting groove 24-1-1, and the inner facing end surface of the outer limiting portion 23 is provided with a shape and inner tongue 33.
  • Inner convex The shape of 33-1 corresponds to the opening of the inner tongue limiting groove 24-2-1; the outer tongue limiting groove 24-1-1 and the inner tongue limiting groove 24-2-1 belong to the locking main groove Part of 24.
  • the locking main groove 24 of the housing portion 2 penetrates the housing portion 2 from the longitudinal direction of the housing portion 2.
  • the inner support surface 22-2-1 of the positioning boss 22-2 of the lower connecting portion 22, and the connecting portion main body 22-1 of the lower connecting portion 22-1 and the inner limiting portion 21 form a through-slot portion from the longitudinal direction.
  • the inner groove 24-1 of the second groove, and the inner groove 24-1 is a part of the locking main groove 24, and the outer tongue limiting groove 24-1-1 is a part of the inner groove 24-1.
  • the outer support surface 22-2-2 of the positioning boss 22-2 of the lower connecting portion 22, and the connecting portion main body 22-1 of the lower connecting portion 22 and the outer limiting portion 23 form a space extending through the housing portion 2 from the longitudinal direction.
  • the outer groove 24-4, and the outer groove 24-4 is a part of the locking main groove 24, and the inner tongue limiting groove 24-2-1 is a part of the outer groove 24-4.
  • the outwardly facing surface of the inner limiting portion 21 of the housing portion 2 is further provided with a recessed portion that is outwardly open and corresponds to the shape of the outer convex portion 34-1 of the outer tongue 34 of the elastic double tongue portion 3.
  • the longitudinal direction of the 2 penetrates the positioning guide groove 24-1-2 of the housing portion 2, and the positioning guiding slot 24-1-2 is located above the outer tongue limiting slot 24-1-1; the positioning guiding slot 24-1-1 2 is a part of the inner groove 24-3.
  • FIG. 5 and FIG. 7 the cross-sectional shape of the inner tongue limiting groove 24-2-1 of the locking main groove 24 of the left side seat portion 2-1 and the inner portion of the inner tongue 33 of the elastic double tongue portion 3
  • the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 33-1 corresponds to an inward V shape
  • the V-shaped inner tongue limiting groove 24-2-1 is formed by the outer lower support surface 23-1 opened on the outer limiting portion 23. It is composed of an outer upper limit surface 23-2 located above the outer lower support surface 23-1.
  • the outer lower support surface 23-1 is a slope facing inward and upward
  • the outer upper limit surface 23-2 is a slope facing inward and downward.
  • the angle ⁇ 2 between the outer lower support surface 23-1 and the horizontal plane is the same as the angle ⁇ between the inner lower surface 33-1-2 of the inner convex portion 33-1 of the inner tongue 33 of the corresponding elastic double tongue 3 and the horizontal plane;
  • the angle ⁇ 2 between the outer upper limit surface 23-2 and the horizontal plane is the same as the angle ct between the inner upper surface 33-1-1 of the inner convex portion 33-1 of the inner tongue 33 of the corresponding elastic double tongue 3 and the horizontal plane.
  • the outer upper portion of the outer limiting portion 23 is provided with an outer positioning guide surface 23-4, and the outer positioning guide surface 23-4 is a slope facing inward and upward.
  • FIG. 5 and FIG. 7 the cross-sectional shape of the outer tongue limiting groove 24-1-1 of the locking main groove 24 of the left side seat portion 2-1 and the outer tongue 34 of the elastic double tongue portion 3
  • the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 34-1 corresponds to an outwardly outward V shape
  • the V-shaped outer tongue limiting groove 24-1-1 is formed by the inner lower support surface 21-1 opened on the inner limiting portion 21. It is composed of an inner upper limit surface 21-2 located above the inner lower support surface 21-1; the inner lower support surface 21-1 is a slope facing the outer upper side, and the inner upper limit surface 21-2 is a slope facing outward and downward.
  • the angle ⁇ 3 of the inner lower support surface 21-1 and the horizontal plane is the same as the angle ⁇ 1 of the outer lower surface 34-1-2 of the outer convex portion 34-1 of the outer tongue 34 of the corresponding elastic double tongue 3 from the horizontal plane.
  • the angle ct 3 between the inner upper limit surface 21-2 and the horizontal plane is the same as the angle ⁇ 1 of the outer upper surface 34-1-1 of the outer convex portion 34-1 of the outer tongue 34 of the corresponding elastic double tongue 3 from the horizontal plane. .
  • the positioning guide groove 24-1-2 is an open-out V-shape, and the V-shaped positioning guide groove 24-1-2 is opened on the inner side.
  • the degree of the angle Y between the inner positioning surface 21-5 and the horizontal plane is greater than the degree of the angle ⁇ 1 between the outer upper surface 34-1-1 of the outer convex portion 34-1 of the outer tongue 34 of the elastic double tongue portion 3 and the horizontal plane. Up to 20 degrees (12 degrees in this embodiment).
  • the distance D1 between the upper and lower sides of the outer limiting portion 23 of the seat portion 2 of the PVC lock floor portion 10 is 11/25 to 14/25 of the thickness of the main body portion 1 of the PVC lock floor panel 10.
  • the distance D2 between the upper and lower sides of the lower connecting portion 22 of the housing portion 2 is 1/2 to 3/5 of the thickness of the main body portion 1.
  • the inner and outer distances of the lower connecting portion 22 of the seat portion 2 of the PVC lock floor panel 10 are based on the inner lower support surface 21-1 and the inner upper limit surface 21-2 of the inner limit portion 21 of the tool processing housing portion 2. The distance required is set.
  • the inner limiting portion 21 of the front side seating portion 2-2 is connected to the main body portion 1 from the front side, and is located at the main body portion.
  • the front side of 1 extends from the left side of the main body portion 1, so that the front side seat portion 2-2 is connected to the main body portion 1 from the front and protrudes from the left side of the main body portion 1.
  • the lower connecting portion 22 is connected to the lower side (ie, the front side) of the inner side restriction portion 21 from the rear side of the side close to the main body portion 1.
  • the outer limiting portion 23 is connected to the lower connecting portion 22 from the lower lower portion of the side close to the main body portion 1.
  • the lower connecting portion 22 of the front side seating portion 2-2 includes a connecting portion main body 22-1 and a positioning boss 22-2; the connecting portion main body 22-1 of the lower connecting portion 22 and the positioning boss 22-2 have the same length .
  • the positioning boss 22-2 is convex upward and is connected to the connecting portion main body 22-1 from above.
  • the positioning boss 22-2 is provided with an outer support surface 22-2-2 facing outward and an inner support surface 22-2-1 facing inward and upward; an outer support surface 22-2-2 of the positioning boss 22-2 and
  • the inner support surface 22-2-1 is symmetrically disposed with respect to the vertical plane provided along the longitudinal direction of the front side seat portion 2-2. Therefore, an open main locking groove 24 is formed between the outer limiting portion 23, the lower connecting portion 22 and the inner limiting portion 21, and the outwardly facing end surface of the inner limiting portion 21 is provided with a shape and an elastic double tongue.
  • the outer convex portion 34-1 of the outer tongue 34 of the 3 has a shape corresponding to the outer outer tongue limiting groove 24-1-1, and the inner end surface of the outer limiting portion 23 is provided with a shape and inner tongue 33.
  • the inner convex portion 33-1 has a shape corresponding to the inner inward inner tongue limiting groove 24-2-1; the outer tongue limiting groove 24-1-1 and the inner tongue limiting groove 24-2-1 belong to A portion of the main slot 24 is locked.
  • the locking main groove 24 of the housing portion 2 penetrates the housing portion 2 from the longitudinal direction of the housing portion 2.
  • the inner support surface 22-2-1 of the positioning boss 22-2 of the lower connecting portion 22 and the connecting portion main body 22-1 of the lower connecting portion 22-1 and the inner limiting portion 21 form a through-slot portion from the longitudinal direction.
  • the inner groove 24-1 of the second groove, and the inner groove 24-1 is a part of the locking main groove 24, and the outer tongue limiting groove 24-1-1 is a part of the inner groove 24-1.
  • the outer support surface 22-2-2 of the positioning boss 22-2 of the lower connecting portion 22, and the connecting portion main body 22-1 of the lower connecting portion 22 and the outer limiting portion 23 form a space extending through the housing portion 2 from the longitudinal direction.
  • the outer groove 24-4, and the outer groove 24-4 is a part of the lock main groove 24, and the inner tongue limit groove 24-2-1 is a part of the outer groove 24-4.
  • the outwardly facing surface of the inner limiting portion 21 of the housing portion 2 is further provided with a recessed portion that is outwardly open and corresponds to the shape of the outer convex portion 34-1 of the outer tongue 34 of the elastic double tongue portion 3.
  • the longitudinal direction of 2 penetrates the positioning guide groove 24-1-2 of the housing portion 2, and the positioning guide groove 24-1-2 is located above the outer tongue limiting groove 24-1-1; the positioning guiding groove 24-1-2 is a part of the inner groove 24-3.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the inner tongue limiting groove 24-2-1 of the locking main groove 24 of the front side seat portion 2-2 corresponds to the sectional shape of the inner convex portion 33-1 of the inner tongue 33 of the elastic double tongue portion 3.
  • the V-shaped inner tongue limiting groove 24-2-1 is formed by the outer lower supporting surface 23-1 opened on the outer limiting portion 23 and above the outer lower supporting surface 23-1.
  • the outer upper limit plane 23-2 is composed.
  • the outer lower support surface 23-1 is a slope facing inward and upward, and the outer upper limit surface 23-2 is a slope facing inward and downward.
  • the angle ⁇ 2 between the outer lower support surface 23-1 and the horizontal plane is the same as the angle ⁇ between the inner lower surface 33-1-2 of the inner convex portion 33-1 of the inner tongue 33 of the corresponding elastic double tongue 3 and the horizontal plane ;
  • the angle ⁇ 2 between the outer upper limit surface 23-2 and the horizontal plane is the same as the angle between the inner upper surface 33-1-1 of the inner convex portion 33-1 of the inner tongue 33 of the corresponding elastic double tongue 3 and the horizontal plane.
  • An outer positioning guide surface 23-4 is provided on the inner upper portion of the outer limiting portion 23, and the outer positioning guiding surface 23-4 is a slope facing inward and upward.
  • FIG. 5 and FIG. 7 the cross-sectional shape of the outer tongue limiting groove 24-1-1 of the locking main groove 24 of the front side seating portion 2-2 and the outer tongue 34 of the elastic double tongue portion 3
  • the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 34-1 corresponds to an outwardly outward V shape
  • the V-shaped outer tongue limiting groove 24-1-1 is formed by the inner lower support surface 21-1 opened on the inner limiting portion 21. It is composed of an inner upper limit surface 21-2 located above the inner lower support surface 21-1; the inner lower support surface 21-1 is a slope facing the outer upper side, and the inner upper limit surface 21-2 is a slope facing outward and downward.
  • the angle ⁇ 3 of the inner lower support surface 21-1 and the horizontal plane is the same as the angle ⁇ 1 of the outer lower surface 34-1-2 of the outer convex portion 34-1 of the outer tongue 34 of the corresponding elastic double tongue 3 from the horizontal plane.
  • the angle ct 3 between the inner upper limit surface 21-2 and the horizontal plane is the same as the angle ⁇ 1 of the outer upper surface 34-1-1 of the outer convex portion 34-1 of the outer tongue 34 of the corresponding elastic double tongue 3 from the horizontal plane. .
  • the positioning guide groove 24-1-2 is an open-out V-shaped, and the V-shaped positioning guide groove 24-1-2 is defined by an inner positioning guide surface 21-4 opened on the inner limiting portion 21 and located inside.
  • the inner positioning surface 21-5 above the surface 21-4 is composed; the inner positioning guide surface 21-4 is a slope facing outward and the inner positioning surface 21-5 is a slope facing outward and downward.
  • the degree of the angle ⁇ between the inner positioning surface 21-5 and the horizontal plane is greater than the degree of the angle ⁇ 1 between the outer upper surface 34-1-1 of the outer convex portion 34-1 of the outer tongue 34 of the elastic double tongue portion 3 and the horizontal plane. Up to 20 degrees (12 degrees in this embodiment).
  • the upper surface of the main body portion 1 of the PVC lock floor 10, the upper end surface 31-4 of the limiting portion 31 of the two elastic double tongue portions 3, and the upper end surface 32-2 of the upper connecting portion 32 of the two elastic double tongue portions 3 The upper end faces 21-7 of the inner limiting portions 21 of the two housing portions 2 together form the upper surface of the PVC lock floor 10.
  • the lower end surface 23-7 of the outer limiting portion 23 of the two housing portions 2 and the lower end surface 31-3 of the limiting portion 31 of the two elastic double tongue portions together form a PVC lock floor 10 The lower surface.
  • Decorative pattern layer 20-2-1 is derived from PVC decorative paper (using PVC printing film series produced by Guangdong Liqiang Transfer Printing Co., Ltd.), transparent wear layer 20-2-2 is derived from PVC wear-resistant paper (purchased in PVC floor film of Shanghai Yahao Plastic Technology Co., Ltd.).
  • the decorative paper is placed on the PVC sheet, the wear-resistant paper is placed on the decorative paper, and the decorative paper and the wear-resistant paper are simultaneously pressed by the hot press at a pressure of 3 MPa to 8 MPa (4 MPa in this embodiment). Pressure), the system working oil pressure of the hot press is 12 MPa to 25 MPa, and the material is hot-melted with the same material at 140 to 160 ° C for 1 to 50 minutes (30 minutes in this embodiment).
  • the decorative paper becomes the decorative pattern layer 20-2-1 (see Fig. 4)
  • the wear-resistant paper becomes the transparent wear-resistant layer 20-2-2 (see Fig. 4), thereby obtaining a large sheet of PVC floor board.
  • the PVC floor board containing the decorative pattern layer 20-2-1 and the transparent wear layer 20-2-2 is cut into the corresponding size plates required for the PVC lock floor, and the corresponding elastic double tongue is processed. 3 and the corresponding seat portion 2 are made into a PVC lock floor 10.
  • the other one is: First, the PVC decorative paper and the PVC wear-resistant paper decoration are thermally bonded and fixed together to form a PVC decorative film 20-2, wherein the decorative paper becomes the decorative pattern layer 20-2-1, and the wear-resistant paper becomes Transparent wear layer 20-2-2.
  • PVC decorative film 20-2 can be made of PVC semi-rigid or PVC hard series produced by Shanghai Jixing Decoration Materials Co., Ltd. Then, the PVC decorative film 20-2 is completely covered on the large sheet of PVC sheet.
  • the PVC sheet and the PVC decorative film 20-2 are simultaneously pressurized by a hot press at a pressure of 3 MPa to 8 MPa (this embodiment)
  • a hot press For a pressure of 4 MPa, the system hydraulic oil pressure of the hot press is 12 MPa to 25 MPa, and the same material is hot melted for 1 to 50 minutes at 140 to 160 ° C (30 minutes in this embodiment). Bonded and fixed together to obtain a large sheet of PVC floorboard.
  • the PVC floor board composited with the PVC decorative film 20-2 is cut into the corresponding size of the plate required for the PVC lock floor, and the corresponding elastic double tongue 3 and the corresponding seat part 2 are processed.
  • PVC lock floor 10 for a pressure of 4 MPa, the system hydraulic oil pressure of the hot press is 12 MPa to 25 MPa, and the same material is hot melted for 1 to 50 minutes at 140 to 160 ° C (30 minutes in this embodiment). Bonded and fixed together to obtain a large sheet of PVC floorboard.
  • the inner lower portion of the inner tongue 33 of the elastic double tongue portion is provided with an arcuate inner convex portion 33-1 having a cross-sectional shape with the convex direction facing inward (see FIG. 15).
  • the inner and outer distance L3 of the inner convex portion 33-1 is 0.24 to 1 mm (0.3 mm in this embodiment).
  • the outer lower portion of the outer tongue 34 is provided with an arcuate outer convex portion 34-1 having a sectional shape inwardly in the convex direction (see Fig. 15).
  • the inner and outer distance L4 of the outer convex portion 34-1 is 0.24 to 1 mm (0.3 mm in this embodiment).
  • the cross-sectional shape of the inner tongue limiting groove 24-2-1 of the locking main groove 24 of the housing portion 2 is the cross-sectional shape of the inner convex portion 33-1 of the inner tongue 33 of the elastic double tongue portion 3.
  • the corresponding opening is inwardly bowed.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the outer tongue limiting groove 24-1-1 of the locking main groove 24 of the housing portion 2 is an opening direction corresponding to the sectional shape of the outer convex portion 34-1 of the outer tongue 34 of the elastic double tongue portion Outer bow.
  • the positioning guide groove 24-1-2 of the locking main groove 24 of the housing portion 2 has an arcuate cross-sectional shape, and its sectional shape corresponds to the sectional shape of the outer convex portion of the corresponding elastic double tongue portion 3
  • the positioning guide groove 24-1-2 penetrates the inner limiting portion 21 in the longitudinal direction of the housing portion 2 and is horizontally disposed.
  • the description of the installation application example is described in the up, down, left and right directions shown in FIG. 1, that is, the width direction of the floor is the left and right direction, the thickness direction of the floor is the up and down direction, and the direction of the floor length is the front and rear direction (ie, FIG. 1 right)
  • the lower side is the front side
  • the upper left side is the rear side
  • the lower left side is the left side
  • the upper right side is the right side).
  • the PVC lock floor of the same structure of the application example is the PVC lock floor described in Embodiment 1.
  • Step 1 Firstly, the PVC lock floor 100 is laid on the ground horizontally (the PVC lock floor 100 becomes the semi-floor 100 at this time), and then the PVC lock floor 200 (the PVC lock at this time)
  • the floor panel 200 is placed on the outer side limit portion 23 of the front side seat portion 2-2 of the half-floor 100 by the lower end surface 33-2 of the inner tongue 33 of the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3-2.
  • a horizontally rearward thrust F is applied to the floor 200 to push the floor 200 back horizontally to the floor 150, when the double tongue 3 is on the back side of the floor 200
  • the boundary between the inner lower surface 33-1-2 of the inner tongue 33 of the inner tongue 33 and the lower end surface 33-2 of the inner tongue 33 is the same as the outer limit portion 23 of the front side seat portion 2-2 of the half-floor 100
  • the positioning guide surface 23-4 is in contact with the boundary of the upper end surface 23-5 (see 1 in FIG. 10)
  • the floor panel 200 continues to maintain the overall level and along the front side housing portion 2 of the half-floor 100
  • the outer positioning guide surface 23-4 of the outer limiting portion 23 of 2 continues to move in the direction of the rear lower side.
  • the outer lower surface 34-1-2 of the outer convex portion 34-1 of the outer tongue 34 of the double tongue portion 3-2 and the inner limit portion 21 of the front side seat portion 2-2 of the half-floor 100 are defined
  • the position guiding faces 21-4 are also in a state of being in contact, at which time the floor 200 and the half-floor 100 are in a relatively stable first stable state (see 2 in Fig. 10).
  • a vertical downward force F1 is applied to the floor 200 in the upper direction of the elastic double tongue 3-2 on the rear side of the floor 200, and the floor 200 is kept horizontal as a whole due to the force.
  • the outer tongue 34 of the elastic double tongue portion 3-2 on the rear side of the floor 200 is blocked by the inner limiting portion 21 of the front side seat portion 2-2 of the half-floor 100.
  • the inner tongue 33 of the elastic double tongue portion 3-2 on the rear side of the floor panel 200 is elastically deformed outward by the outer limiting portion 23 of the front side housing portion 2-2 of the half-floor 100, The space of the elastic deformation groove 35 becomes small, so that the inner tongue and the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue portion 3-2 on the rear side of the floor 200 can continue to move downward (see 3 in Fig. 10).
  • the inner tongue 33 of the elastic double tongue 3-2 on the rear side of the floor 200 will gradually return to its original shape, and when the double tongue 3-2 is elasticized on the rear side of the floor 200
  • the inner tongue 33 continues to move downward to the guide outer lower corner portion 33-3 of the inner tongue 33 and the outer support surface 22-2- of the positioning boss 22-2 of the front side seat portion 2-2 of the half-floor 100
  • the positioning boss 22-2 will help the inner tongue 33 to return to its original shape due to the blocking by the positioning boss 22-2;
  • the outer tongue 34 of the elastic double tongue 3-2 moves on the rear side of the floor 200
  • the inner limiting portion 21 of the front side seating portion 2-2 of the half-floor 100 is brought into contact with the boundary between the outer upper surface 34-1-1 of the outer convex portion 34-1 and the outer lower surface 34-1-2.
  • the seat portion 2-2 is in a stable state of being connected to each other (see 5 in FIG. 10), and the inner tongue and the front groove are left with an inner tongue buffering gap 62 of 0.1 mm to 0.3 mm in the up and down direction (this embodiment) For example, 0.1 mm); an outer tongue cushioning gap 63 (0.1 mm in this embodiment) of 0.1 mm to 0.3 mm is left between the outer tongue and the rear groove.
  • the elastic double tongue 3-2 on the rear side of the floor 200 is internally convex by the limiting portion 31 and the inner tongue 33 in the direction of the inner and outer directions of the side portion.
  • the portion 33-1 collectively holds the elastic grip type sliding limit for the outer stopper portion 23 of the front side seat portion 2-2 of the half-floor 100, and the elastic double tongue portion 3-2 at the rear side of the floor panel 200 is In the direction of the inner and outer directions of the side portion, the outer end portion of the inner side restriction portion 21 of the front side seat portion 2-2 of the half-floor 100 is oriented outward by the outer convex portion 34-1 of the outer tongue 34 (toward the outer side) Vertical surface) 21-6 maintains elastic contact sliding limit. That is, the inward elastic force generated by the elastic deformation of the inner tongue 33 of the elastic double tongue portion 3-2 on the rear side of the floor 200 causes the outer stopper portion 23 of the front side seat portion 2-2 to be rearward.
  • the limiting portion 31 of the side elastic double tongue portion 3-2 so that the limiting portion 31 and the inner tongue 33 of the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3-2 form the outer limiting portion 23 of the front side housing portion 2-2 Elastic clamping. Due to the upper end surface 31 - 1 of the stopper portion 31 of the elastic double tongue portion 3 - 2 on the rear side of the floor 200 and the outer end surface 23 of the outer stopper portion 23 of the front side housing portion 2 - 2 of the half-floor 100 There is a fitting gap H1 of 0.03-0.1 mm between -6, so when the elastic double tongue 3-2 is moved downward on the rear side of the floor 200, the outer side of the front side seat portion 2-2 of the half-floor 100 is pressed.
  • the outer limiting portion 23 of the front side seating portion 2-2 of the semi-floor 100 can produce a small elastic deformation to the outer lower side, and because the fitting clearance is small, the floor covering 200 is
  • the limiting portion 31 of the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3-2 can limit the outer limiting portion 23 of the front side seat portion 2-2 of the half-floor 100 to protect the front side seat of the half-floor 100
  • the elastic deformation of the outer limiting portion 23 of the portion 2-2 does not cause the outer limiting portion 23 of the front side seating portion 2-2 of the half-floor 100 to be broken, and the elastic double tongue portion 3 on the rear side of the floor 200
  • the outer upper end surface (the vertical surface facing the outer side) 31-1 of the stopper portion 31 of the -2 and the outer end surface 23-6 of the outer stopper portion 23 of the front side seat portion 2-2 of the half-floor 100 may be at The state of the sliding fit.
  • the elastic double tongue portion 3-2 on the rear side of the flooring 200 is locked by the front side seat portion 2-2 of the half-floor 100 in the horizontal front-rear direction and the vertical direction without being easily peeled off, while the half-floor 100 is
  • the outer limiting portion 23 of the front side seat portion 2-2 is also locked in the horizontal locking direction and the vertical direction by the locking sub groove of the rear double elastic tongue portion 3-2 of the floor panel 200, and is not easily detached. Ensure a reliable fixed connection between the floor 200 and the semi-floor 100.
  • the upper connecting portion 32 of the rear double tongue portion of the flooring 200 and the outer limiting portion 23 of the front side seating portion 2-2 of the half-floor 100 are left with a buffer gap 61 of 0.1 mm to 0.3 mm (this is The example is 0.1 mm).
  • Step 2 As shown in Fig. 9, when the PVC lock floor 400 is installed (the PVC lock floor 400 at this time is the floor 400), the method described in the first step will be after the floor 400 Side elastic double tongue 3-2 The front side double groove portion of the half-floor 200 is interlocked and fixed to fix the floor 400 to the front end of the floor half 200. Upon completion of the fixed connection with the lock of the semi-floor 200, the floor 400 becomes a new semi-floor 400.
  • Step 3 When the PVC lock floor 600 and the PVC lock floor 800 are installed in sequence (the PVC lock floor 600 is installed on the floor 600, and the PVC lock floor 800 is installed on the floor 800), repeat In the method described in the second step, the rear double elastic tongue portion 3-2 of the floor covering 600 and the front double groove portion of the half-floor 400 are interlocked and fixed to each other, thereby fixing the floor 600. Connected to the front end of the semi-floor 400, the floor 600 at this time becomes the new semi-floor 600. Repeating the method described in the second step above, the rear double elastic tongue portion 3-2 of the floor covering 800 and the front side double groove portion of the half-floor 600 are interlocked and fixed, so that the floor will be laid. The 800 is fixedly attached to the front end of the semi-floor 600, and the floor 800 at this time becomes the new semi-floor 800.
  • Step 4 As shown in Fig. 9, when the PVC lock floor 300 is installed (the PVC lock floor 300 at this time is the floor 300), the method described in the first step above will be on the right side of the floor 300
  • the front side portion and the rear side portion of the elastic double tongue portion 3-1 are simultaneously fixedly coupled to the front side portion of the left side seat portion 2-1 of the corresponding half-floor 100 and the left side seat portion 2 of the half-floor 200
  • the floor panel 300 is fixedly attached to the half-floor 100 and the half-floor 200.
  • the floor 300 is a new semi-floor 300.
  • the semi-floor 100 becomes the new full-floor 100 (before the active paving of the PVC lock floor 300, the active-locking floor with the length reduced by half is applied to the front of the left-hand seat of the half-floor 100
  • Step 5 When installing the PVC lock floor 500 (when the PVC lock floor 500 is on the floor 500), in combination with the methods described in the first step and the second step, the back side of the floor 500 will be
  • the elastic double tongue 3-2 locking connection is fixed to the front side double groove portion of the corresponding half floor 300, and the front side portion of the right elastic double tongue 3-1 of the floor 500 is fixedly connected at the corresponding side.
  • the front side portion of the left double groove portion of the semi-floor 200, and the rear side portion of the right elastic double tongue portion 3-1 of the floor 500 is simultaneously fixedly coupled to the left double groove portion of the half-floor 400
  • a snap connection between the floor 150 and the respective half-floor 200 and half-floor 400 and half-floor 300 is achieved.
  • the floor 500 becomes a new half-floor 500
  • the half-floor 200 becomes a new full-floor floor 200.
  • Step 6 When installing the PVC lock floor 700 and the PVC lock floor 900 (the PVC lock floor 700 when installing is the floor 700, and the PVC lock floor 900 when installing is the floor 900), repeat the above
  • the fifth step of installing the PVC lock floor 500 will be to lock the elastic double tongue 3-2 on the rear side of the floor 700.
  • the front side double groove portion of the corresponding half floor 500 is fixed at the same time, and the front side portion and the rear side portion of the right side double tongue portion 3-1 of the floor 700 are simultaneously fixedly connected to the corresponding half floor 400.
  • the front side portion of the left double groove portion and the rear side portion of the left double groove portion of the half-floor 600 are realized at the same time as the floor 700 and the corresponding half-floor 400 and the half-floor 600 and the half-floor 500
  • the lock connection between the two, at this time in the paving floor 700 becomes a new semi-floor 700.
  • Repeating the method of actively paving the floor 700 achieves a lock connection between the floor 900 and the corresponding half-floor 600 and half-floor 800 and the new half-floor 700, making the floor 900 new Half-floored floor 900.
  • Step 7 When the PVC lock floor 1000 is installed (the PVC lock floor 1000 at this time is the floor 1000), the method of installing the PVC lock floor 300 by the fourth step described above will be on the right side of the floor 1000
  • the front side portion and the rear side portion of the elastic double tongue portion 3-1 are simultaneously fixedly coupled to the front side portion of the left side seat portion 2-1 of the corresponding half floor 300 and the left side seat portion 2 of the half floor 500
  • the floor 1000 is fixedly attached to the half-floor 300 and the half-floor 500.
  • the paving floor 1000 becomes a new semi-flooring floor 1000
  • the semi-flooring floor 300 becomes a new full-flooring floor 300.
  • the first step is to actively lay another PVC locking buckle.
  • the floor is interlocked and fixedly connected to the left side seat portion of the auxiliary lock floor and the front side portion of the left side seat portion of the semi-floor 300 by the elastic double tongue on the right side thereof; and the PVC lock is paved
  • the elastic double tongue on the rear side of the floor 1000 is also required to be locked and fixedly connected to the front side seat portion of the other PVC lock floor.
  • Step 8 When installing the PVC lock floor 1100 (when the PVC lock floor 1100 is on the floor 1100), the method of installing the PVC lock floor 500 by the above fifth step will be on the back side of the floor 1100
  • the elastic double tongue 3-2 latching connection is fixed to the front side double groove portion of the corresponding half floor 1000, and at the same time, the front side portion and the rear side portion of the right elastic double tongue portion 3-1 of the floor 1100 are simultaneously Fixedly attached to the front side portion of the left double groove portion of the corresponding half-floor 500 and the rear side portion of the left double groove portion of the half-floor 700, at the same time as the floor 1100 and the corresponding half-floor 500 and A snap connection between the semi-floor 700 and the semi-floor 1000.
  • the semi-floor 500 became the new full-floor, while the 1100 floor became the new half-floor.
  • the left side seat portion 2-1 of the PVC lock floor 500 (full floor) is located therein by the position of the outer tongue limiting groove 24-1-1 of the locking main groove 24.
  • the front portion of the outer convex portion 34-1 of the outer tongue 34 of the right elastic double tongue portion 3-1 of the right corresponding PVC lock floor 1000 in the upper direction 71 and the adjacent corresponding PVC lock floor 1100 The mutual contact limit of the rear portion of the outer convex portion 34-1 of the outer tongue 34 of the right elastic double tongue portion 3-1, that is, the inner limit portion of the left side seat portion 2-1 of the full-floor 500
  • the inner upper surface of the outer surface of the outer surface of the outer tongue 34 of the right side of the second double PVC portion 3-1 The front and back contact of the face 34-1-1 is in contact with each other.
  • the left side seat portion 2-1 of the full-floor 500 is positioned by the outer tongue limiting groove 24-1-1 of the locking main groove 24 in the inward direction 72 thereof and the adjacent corresponding PVC.
  • the front portion of the outer convex portion 34-1 of the outer tongue 34 of the right side elastic double tongue portion 3-1 of the lock floor 1000 and the right elastic double tongue portion 3-1 of the adjacent corresponding PVC lock floor 1100 The mutual contact restriction of the rear portion of the outer convex portion 34-1 of the outer tongue 34, that is, the inner lower support surface 21-1 of the inner limiting portion 21 of the left side seat portion 2-1 of the full-floor 500, and the above
  • the outer side lower surfaces 34-1-2 of the outer convex portion 34-1 of the outer tongue 34 of the right side elastic double tongue portion 3-1 of the adjacent two respective PVC lock floor portions are successively in contact with each other.
  • the left side seat portion 2-1 of the full-floor 500 is positioned relative to the adjacent portion of the inner tongue limiting groove 24-2-1 of the locking main groove 24 in the outer upper direction 73 thereof.
  • the front portion of the inner convex portion 33-1 of the inner tongue 33 of the right elastic double tongue portion 3-1 of the corresponding PVC lock floor 1000 and the right elastic double tongue portion of the adjacent corresponding PVC lock floor 1100 The mutual contact limit of the rear portion of the inner convex portion 33-1 of the inner tongue 33 of 3-1, that is, the outer upper limit surface 23 of the outer limit portion 23 of the left side seat portion 2-1 of the full-floor 500 -2 mutual contact limit of the inner upper surface 33-1-1 of the inner convex portion 33-1 of the inner tongue 33 of the right elastic double tongue portion 3-1 of the corresponding two adjacent PVC lock floor sheets .
  • the left side seat portion 2-1 of the full-floor 500 is separated from the adjacent corresponding PVC lock by the position of the inner tongue limiting groove 24-2-1 of the locking main groove 24 in the outer lower direction 74 thereof.
  • the front portion of the inner convex portion 33-1 of the inner tongue 33 of the right side elastic double tongue portion 3-1 of the buckle floor 1000 and the inner elastic double tongue portion 3-1 of the adjacent corresponding PVC lock floor 1100 The mutual contact limit of the rear portion of the inner convex portion 33-1 of the tongue 33, that is, the outer lower support surface 23-1 of the outer limit portion 23 of the left side seat portion 2-1 of the full floor 500 and the above phase
  • the inner lower surface 33-1-2 of the inner convex portion 33-1 of the inner tongue 33 of the right side elastic double tongue portion 3-1 of the adjacent two PVC lock floor portions is in contact with each other.
  • the front side seat portion 2-2 of the full-floor 500 can be realized adjacent to the front side.
  • the rear side elastic double tongue of the PVC lock floor 700 is in contact with each other in the inner upper direction 71, the inner lower direction 72, the outer upper direction 73, and the outer lower direction 74.
  • the inner convex portion 33-1 of the inner tongue 33 of the right elastic double tongue portion 3-1 of the PVC lock floor 500 (on the left side in the drawing) is adjacent to the adjacent one in the inner upper direction 81 thereof.
  • the mutual contact limit of the portion where the rear portion of the inner tongue limiting groove 24-2-1 of the locking main groove 24 of the left side seat portion 2-1 of the lock floor 400 (on the right side in the figure) is
  • the inner upper surface 33-1-1 of the inner convex portion 33-1 of the inner tongue 33 of the right elastic double tongue portion 3-1 of the full-floor 500 is adjacent to the adjacent two adjacent PVC lock floor left groove
  • the outer upper limit surface 23-2 of the outer limiting portion 23 of the seat portion 2-1 is in contact with each other in front and rear.
  • the inner convex portion 33-1 of the inner tongue 33 of the right elastic double tongue of the full-floor 500 is locked in the inner downward direction 82 with the lock of the left side seat portion 2-1 of the adjacent corresponding PVC lock floor 200
  • the portion of the front section of the inner tongue limiting groove 24-2-1 of the main groove 24 is buckled.
  • the mutual contact limit of the position of the rear section of the inner tongue limiting groove 24-2-1 of the locking main groove 24 of the left side seat portion 2-1 of the corresponding PVC lock floor 400 that is, the inner lower surface 33-1-2 of the inner convex portion 33-1 of the inner tongue 33 of the right elastic double tongue portion 3-1 of the full-floor 500, and the adjacent two corresponding PVC lock floor materials
  • the inner lower support surface 21-1 of the inner side limit portion 21 of the left side seat portion 2-1 is in contact with each other in front and rear.
  • the outer convex portion 34-1 of the outer tongue 34 of the right elastic double tongue portion 3-1 of the full-floor 500 is in its outer upper direction 83 with respect to the left side seat of the adjacent corresponding PVC lock floor 200
  • the outer upper surface 34-1-1 of -1 is in contact with the inner upper limit surface 21-2 of the inner limiting portion 21 of the left side seat portion 2-1 of the adjacent two adjacent PVC lock floor Limit; the outer convex portion 34-1 of the outer tongue 34 of the right elastic double tongue 3-1 of the full-floor 500 is in the outer lower direction 84 and the left side groove of the adjacent corresponding P
  • the front side double seat portion of the full-floor 500 can be realized with respect to the rear side of the corresponding PVC lock floor 300.
  • the front side seat portion is in the upper direction 81 and the inner direction 82.
  • the PVC lock floor 500 is connected to the adjacent six interlocking floor locks.
  • the fixed connection between the plurality of PVC lock floors can be completed by the method described in the above steps in order of laying from the back to the front and from the right to the left.
  • the rest of the installation application example is the same as the installation application example 1, except that the lock floor of the application example is the PVC lock floor of the structure and shape described in the second embodiment.
  • the description of the present embodiment is described in the up, down, left, and right directions shown in FIG. 16, that is, the width direction of the floor is the left and right direction, the thickness direction of the floor is the up and down direction, and the length direction of the floor is the front and rear direction (ie, the lower left side of FIG. 16).
  • the front side, the upper right side of Fig. 16 is the rear side
  • the direction near the center of the floor is called the inner side
  • the direction away from the center of the floor is called the outer side.
  • the two-dot chain line in the figure is a boundary line between the parts.
  • the lock floor block described in this embodiment is the lock floor block of the first meaning described in the background art, that is, the lock plate which is not coated with the surface decorative coating, and the plain plate is opened.
  • the lock floor panel is obtained by machining, and the resulting lock floor panel, that is, the lock floor panel of the first meaning of the present invention is a slotted lock plate.
  • the lock floor panel 10a of the present embodiment may be a one-piece integrated material, a composite sheet integral piece or a mixed material integrated piece, so that the material of the floor block 10a may be wood, bamboo, or non-ferrous metal plate. Plastic, medium density fiberboard or high density fiberboard, etc.
  • the shape of the running surface of the upper surface of the floor panel 10a is a polygon
  • the polygon is an isosceles triangle, a quadrangle or a regular hexagon
  • the quadrilateral is an isosceles trapezoid or a parallelogram
  • the parallel is a rectangle, a square or a rhombus, or a parallelogram which is not equilateral and non-orthogonal (the shape of the running surface of the upper surface of the floorboard 10a of the present embodiment is a rectangle).
  • the floor panel 10a includes a main body portion 1, two housing portions 2a, and two elastic double tongue portions 3a.
  • the main body portion 1a of the floor panel 10a is a polygonal prism having a shape of an upper surface corresponding to the shape of a quadrilateral of the running surface of the floor panel 10a (the rectangular parallelepiped in this embodiment); the thickness of the main body portion 1a of the floor panel 10a is usually 4 to 30 Millimeter (7 mm in this embodiment).
  • the two seat portions 2a have substantially the same structural shape, and one ends of the two seats 2a are adjacent to each other, and the adjacent two end portions extend in the longitudinal direction of the respective seat portions 2a and overlap each other.
  • the two elastic double tongue portions 3a have substantially the same structural shape, one end of which is adjacent, and the adjacent two end portions extend along the longitudinal direction of the respective elastic double tongue portions 3a and overlap each other.
  • each of the elastic double tongue portions 3a corresponds to the structural shape of the seat portion 2a on the opposite side.
  • Each of the seat portions 2a of the floor panel 10a is a portion that can be interlocked with each other from the lower side of the elastic double tongue portion 3a of the adjacent lock floor panel when used, and the adjacent lock floor panel is simply referred to as an adjacent ground.
  • the structural shape of the adjacent floorboards is the same as the structural shape of the floorboard 10a.
  • Each of the elastic double tongue portions 3a of the floor panel 10a is a portion that can be interlocked with the seat portion 2a of the adjacent floor panel from above when in use.
  • the two elastic double tongue portions 3a each include a stopper portion 31a extending in the longitudinal direction of the elastic double tongue portion 3a and having the same length, an upper joint portion 32a, and a double tongue.
  • the double tongues are divided into an inner tongue 33a and an outer tongue 34a in accordance with the distance from the body portion la.
  • Each of the two elastic double tongue portions 3a is connected to the main body portion la from the side surfaces of the adjacent right side and rear side sides of the four side portions of the main body portion 1 by the respective stopper portions 31a.
  • the elastic double tongue portion 3a located on the right side of the main body portion la is referred to as the right side elastic double tongue portion 3a-1, and the elastic double tongue portion 3a located at the rear side of the main body portion la is referred to as the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3a-2.
  • the limiting portion 31a of the right elastic double tongue portion 3a-1 is connected to the main body portion 1a from the right side, and is located at the right side of the main body portion 1a and protrudes from the rear portion of the main body portion 1a, so that the right side elastic double tongue portion 3a -l is connected to the main body portion la from the right side and protrudes from the rear body portion la.
  • the right lower portion of the stopper portion 31a of the right elastic double tongue portion 3a-1 is provided with a slope for preventing the cutter toward the lower right side and extending in the front-rear direction, and the slope is referred to as a relief cutter surface 31a-2 to avoid the cutter surface
  • the angle between 31a-2 and the horizontal plane is 40 to 60 degrees (51 degrees in this embodiment).
  • the upper connecting portion 32a of the right elastic double tongue portion 3a-1 is connected from the right side of the side close to the main body portion 1a above the right side portion of the limiting portion 31a, and has a substantially rectangular cross section.
  • the inner tongue 33a and the outer tongue 34a are respectively connected to the upper connecting portion 32a from below in order from the far side (i.e., from left to right) of the main body portion 1a.
  • an elastic deformation groove 35a having an open downward cross-sectional shape of an inverted U-shaped groove is formed between the outer tongue 34a, the upper connecting portion 32a and the inner tongue 33a, and the elastic deformation groove 35a is from the longitudinal direction of the right elastic double tongue portion 3a-1
  • the upper right elastic double tongue portion 3a-1 is penetrated.
  • An opening sub-groove 36a is formed between the inner tongue 33a of the right elastic double tongue portion 3a-1, the upper connecting portion 32a, and the limiting portion 31a, and the locking sub-groove 36a is elastically doubled from the right side.
  • the lengthwise direction of the -1 penetrates the right elastic double tongue portion 3a-1.
  • the limiting portion 31a of the right elastic double tongue portion 3a-1, the latching auxiliary groove 36a, the inner tongue 33a, the elastic deformation groove 35a and the outer tongue 34a are separated from the main body portion in order from near to far (ie, from left to right).
  • the order of the right side of la is set.
  • the inner lower portion of the inner tongue 33a of the right elastic double tongue portion 3a-1 is provided with a triangular inwardly (i.e., left) convex inner portion having a cross-sectional shape with a pointed angle inward.
  • Part 33a-1 The angle ct a between the inner upper surface 33a-l-1 of the inner convex portion 33a-1 and the horizontal plane is 40 to 60 degrees (51 degrees in this embodiment).
  • the angle P a between the inner lower surface 33a-1 of the inner convex portion 33a-1 and the horizontal plane is 45 to 65 degrees (55 degrees in this embodiment).
  • the inner and outer lengths La of the inner convex portions 33a-1 are 0.2 to 1 mm (0.3 mm in this embodiment).
  • the outer lower corner portion of the inner tongue 33a of the right elastic double tongue portion 3a-1 is a guide outer lower corner portion 33a-3 having a circular outer peripheral shape, and the guide outer lower corner portion 33a-3 has a radius Ra of 0.25 mm. Up to 0.75 mm (0.43 mm in this embodiment).
  • the outer lower portion of the outer tongue 34a of the right elastic double tongue portion 3a-1 is provided with a triangular outwardly (i.e., right) convex convex portion having a cross-sectional shape with a pointed corner facing outward.
  • Part 34a-1 The angle a a l between the outer upper surface 34a-ll of the convex portion 34a-1 and the horizontal plane is 40 to 60 degrees (51 degrees in this embodiment).
  • the angle ⁇ a between the outer lower surface 34a-1-2 of the convex portion 34a-1 and the horizontal plane is 45 to 65 degrees (55 degrees in this embodiment).
  • the inner and outer length L1 of the outer convex portion 34a-1 is 0.2 to 1 mm (0.3 mm in this embodiment).
  • the inner lower corner portion of the outer tongue 34a of the right elastic double tongue portion 3a-1 is a guide inner lower corner portion 34a-3 whose outer peripheral shape is a circular arc shape, and the radius Ral of the guide inner lower corner portion 34a-2 is 0.25 mm. Up to 0.75 mm (0.43 mm in this embodiment).
  • the distance between 33a-2 is 3/5 to 7/10 of the thickness of the main body portion 1a of the floor panel 10a; the upper end surface 32a-2 of the upper connecting portion 32a of the elastic double tongue portion 3a of the floor panel 10a is below the inner side thereof
  • the ratio of the distance Sal of the end faces 32a-1 to the distance Sa2 from the upper end face of the inner tongue 33a to the lower end face 33a-2 thereof is 1:0.8 to 1:1.2.
  • the distance from the upper end surface 32a-2 of the upper connecting portion 32a of the elastic double tongue portion 3a of the floor panel 10a to the lower end surface 34a-2 of the outer tongue 34a is 3/5 to 7/10 of the thickness of the main body portion 1a of the floor panel 10a.
  • the outer tongue 34a of the elastic double tongue portion 3a and the inner tongue 33a are symmetrically disposed with respect to the vertical plane provided along the longitudinal direction of the elastic double tongue portion 3a.
  • the stopper portion 31a of the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3a-2 is coupled to the main body portion 1a from the rear side, and is located at the rear side of the main body portion 1a and protrudes from the right side of the main body portion 1a, thereby making the rear side
  • the elastic double tongue portion 3a-2 is connected to the main body portion 1a from the rear side and protrudes from the right side of the main body portion 1a.
  • the rear lower portion of the stopper portion 31a of the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3a-2 is provided with a slope for avoiding the cutter toward the lower rear side and extending in the left-right direction, and the slope is referred to as a relief cutter surface 31a-2 to avoid the cutter surface.
  • the angle between 31a-2 and the horizontal plane is 40 to 60 degrees (51 degrees in this embodiment).
  • the upper connecting portion 32a of the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3a-2 is connected above the right side portion of the stopper portion 31a from the right side of the side close to the main body portion la, and has a substantially rectangular cross section.
  • the inner tongue 33a and the outer tongue 34a are respectively joined to the upper connecting portion 32a from below in order of the distance from the main body portion la (in this case, from front to back).
  • an elastic deformation groove 35a having an open downward cross-sectional shape of an inverted U-shaped groove is formed between the outer tongue 34a, the upper connecting portion 32a and the inner tongue 33a, and the elastic deformation groove 35a is elongated from the rear side of the elastic double tongue portion 3a-2.
  • the upper side elastic double tongue 3a-2 is penetrated.
  • An opening sub-groove 36a is formed between the inner tongue 33a of the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3a-2, the upper connecting portion 32a, and the limiting portion 31a, and the locking sub-groove 36a is elastically doubled from the rear side.
  • the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3a-2 penetrates the longitudinal direction of -2.
  • the limiting portion 31a, the locking sub-groove 36a, the inner tongue 33a, the elastic deformation groove 35a and the outer tongue 34a of the rear elastic double tongue portion 3a-2 are separated from the main body portion in order from front to back (that is, from near to far).
  • the order of the back side of la is set in order.
  • the inner lower portion of the inner tongue 33a of the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3a-2 is provided with an inwardly convex (i.e., front) convex inner convex portion 33a-1 having a tapered shape inwardly.
  • the angle ⁇ a between the inner upper surface 33a-l-1 of the inner convex portion 33a-1 and the horizontal plane is 40 to 60 degrees (51 degrees in this embodiment).
  • the angle P a between the inner lower surface 33a-1 of the inner convex portion 33a-1 and the horizontal surface is 45 to 65 degrees (55 degrees in this embodiment).
  • the longitudinal length La of the inner convex portion 33a-1 is 0.2 to 1 mm (0.3 mm in this embodiment).
  • the outer lower corner portion of the inner tongue 33a of the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3a-2 is a guide type outer lower corner portion 33a-3 whose outer peripheral shape of the cross section is a circular arc shape, and the radius Ra of the guide outer lower corner portion 33a-3 is 0.25 mm. Up to 0.75 mm (0.43 mm in this embodiment).
  • the outer lower portion of the outer tongue 34a of the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3a-2 is provided with a triangular outwardly (i.e., rearward) convex outer convex portion 34a-1 having a cross-sectional shape with a pointed corner facing outward.
  • the angle a a l between the outer upper surface 34a-ll of the convex portion 34a-1 and the horizontal plane is 40 to 60 degrees (51 degrees in this embodiment).
  • the angle ⁇ a between the outer lower surface 34a-1-2 of the convex portion 34a-1 and the horizontal plane is 45 to 65 degrees (55 degrees in this embodiment).
  • the forward and backward length Lai of the convex portion 34a-1 is 0.2 to 1 mm (0.3 mm in this embodiment).
  • the inner lower corner portion of the outer tongue 34a of the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3a-2 is a guide inner lower corner portion 34a-3 whose outer peripheral shape of the cross section is a circular arc shape, and the radius Ral of the guide inner lower corner portion 34a-2 is 0.25 mm. Up to 0.75 mm (0.43 mm in this embodiment).
  • the two housing portions 2a include inner limiting portions 21a, lower connecting portions 22a and outer limiting portions 23a each extending in the longitudinal direction of the housing portion 2a and having the same length.
  • Each of the two housing portions 2a is connected to the main body portion from the side surfaces of the adjacent left and front sides on the four sides of the main body portion 1a by the respective inner limiting portions 21a.
  • the housing portion 2a located on the left side of the main body portion la is referred to as a left side housing portion 2a-1
  • the housing portion 2a located on the front side of the main body portion is referred to as a front side housing portion 2a-2.
  • the inner side restriction portion 21a of the left side seat portion 2a-1 is connected to the main body portion 1a from the left side, and is located on the left side of the main body portion 1a and protrudes from the front side of the main body portion 1a, so that the left side seat portion 2a- l is connected to the main body portion la from the left and protrudes from the front body portion la.
  • the lower connecting portion 22a is connected to the lower side of the outer side (ie, the left side) of the inner limiting portion 21a from the left side of the side close to the main body portion 1a.
  • the outer stopper portion 23a is connected to the lower joint portion 22a from the left lower portion on the side close to the main body portion 1a.
  • the lower connecting portion 22a of the left side seat portion 2a-1 includes a connecting portion main body 22a-1 and a positioning boss 22a-2 ; the connecting portion main body 22a-1 of the lower connecting portion 22a and the positioning boss 22a-2 have the same length .
  • the positioning boss 22a-2 is convex upward and is connected to the connecting portion main body 22a-1 from above.
  • the positioning boss 22a-2 is provided with an outer support surface 22a-2-2 facing outward and an inner support surface 22a-2-1 facing inward and upward ; an outer support surface 22a-2-2 of the positioning boss 22a-2 and
  • the inner support faces 22a-2-1 are symmetrically disposed with respect to the vertical faces provided along the longitudinal direction of the seat portion 2a.
  • an open main locking groove 24a is formed between the outer limiting portion 23a, the lower connecting portion 22a and the inner limiting portion 21a, and the outwardly facing end surface of the inner limiting portion 21a is provided with a shape and an elastic double tongue.
  • the outer convex portion 34a-1 of the outer tongue 34a of the 3a has a shape corresponding to the outer outer tongue limiting groove 24a-ll, and the inner end surface of the outer limiting portion 23a is provided with a shape and the inner tongue 33a.
  • the shape of the convex portion 33a-1 corresponds to the opening of the inner tongue limiting groove 24a-2-l ; the outer tongue limiting groove 24a-ll and the inner tongue limiting groove 24a-2-l belong to the locking main groove Part of 24a.
  • the lock main groove 24a of the housing portion 2a penetrates the housing portion 2a from the longitudinal direction of the housing portion 2a.
  • the inner support surface 22a-2-1 of the positioning boss 22a-2 of the lower connecting portion 22a, the connecting portion main body 22a-1 of the lower connecting portion 22a-1, and the inner limiting portion 21a form a through-slot portion from the longitudinal direction.
  • the inner groove 24a-1 of 2a, and the inner groove 24a-1 is a part of the lock main groove 24a, and the outer tongue limit groove 24a-ll is a part of the inner groove 24a-1.
  • the outer support surface 22a-2-2 of the positioning boss 22a-2 of the lower connecting portion 22a and the connecting portion main body 22a-1 of the lower connecting portion 22a and the outer limiting portion 23a form a space extending through the housing portion 2a from the longitudinal direction.
  • the outer groove 24a-4, and the outer groove 24a-4 is a part of the lock main groove 24a
  • the inner tongue limit groove 24a-2-l is a part of the outer groove 24a-4.
  • the outwardly facing surface of the inner limiting portion 21a of the housing portion 2a is further provided with a recessed portion that is outwardly open and corresponds to the shape of the outer convex portion 34a-1 of the outer tongue 34a of the elastic double tongue portion 3a.
  • the longitudinal direction of 2a penetrates the positioning guide groove 24a-1-2 of the seat portion 2a, and the positioning guide groove 24a-1-2 is located above the outer tongue limiting groove 24a-ll; the positioning guiding groove 24a-1-2 is A portion of the inner groove 24a-3.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the inner tongue limiting groove 24a-2-1 of the locking main groove 24a of the left side housing portion 2a-1 and the inner tongue 33a of the elastic double tongue portion 3a corresponds to an inward V-shape
  • the V-shaped inner tongue limiting groove 24a-2-1 is formed by the outer lower supporting surface 23a-l opened on the outer limiting portion 23a. It is composed of an outer upper limit surface 23a-2 located above the outer lower support surface 23a-1.
  • the outer lower support surface 23a-1 is a slope facing inward and upward
  • the outer upper limit surface 23a-2 is a slope facing inward and downward.
  • the angle between the outer lower support surface 23a-1 and the horizontal plane ⁇ a2 is the same as the angle ⁇ a of the inner lower surface 33a-1 of the inner convex portion 33a-1 of the inner tongue 33a of the corresponding elastic double tongue 3a from the horizontal plane ; the outer upper limit surface 23a-2 is sandwiched by the horizontal plane
  • the angle ct a2 is the same as the angle ct a of the inner upper surface 33a-ll of the inner convex portion 33a-1 of the inner tongue 33a of the corresponding elastic double tongue portion 3a from the horizontal plane.
  • An outer positioning guide surface 23a-4 is provided on the inner upper portion of the outer limiting portion 23a, and the outer positioning guiding surface 23a-4 is a slope facing inward and upward.
  • the degree of the angle ⁇ a a2 between the outer lower support surface 23a-1 and the horizontal plane minus the angle between the outer positioning guide surface 23a-4 and the horizontal plane a a 4 is 0 to 15 degrees (the outer positioning guide of this embodiment)
  • the cross-sectional shape of the outer tongue limiting groove 24a-ll of the locking main groove 24a of the left side seat portion 2a-1 and the convex portion of the outer tongue 34a of the elastic double tongue portion 3a are shown.
  • the cross-sectional shape of 34a-1 corresponds to an outwardly outward V-shape, and the V-shaped outer tongue limiting groove 24a-ll is defined by the inner lower support surface 21a-l which is opened on the inner limiting portion 21a and is located inside and below.
  • the inner upper limit surface 21a-2 above the support surface 21a-1 is composed; the inner lower support surface 21a-1 is a slope facing outward and the inner upper limit surface 21a-2 is a slope facing outward and downward.
  • the angle ⁇ a3 between the inner lower support surface 21a-1 and the horizontal plane is the same as the angle ⁇ of the outer lower surface 34a-1-2 of the outer convex portion 34a-1 of the outer tongue 34a of the corresponding elastic double tongue portion 3a from the horizontal plane.
  • the angle ct a3 between the inner upper limit surface 21a-2 and the horizontal plane is the same as the angle ct a l of the outer upper surface 34a-ll of the outer convex portion 34a-1 of the outer tongue 34a of the corresponding elastic double tongue portion 3a from the horizontal plane.
  • the positioning guide grooves 24a-1-2 are open-shaped V-shaped, and the V-shaped positioning guide grooves 24a-1-2 are defined by the inner positioning guide faces 21a-4 opened on the inner limiting portions 21a and the inner positioning guides.
  • the inner positioning surface 21a-5 is formed above the surface 21a-4; the inner positioning guide surface 21a-4 is a slope facing outward and the inner positioning surface 21a-5 is a slope facing outward and downward.
  • the degree of the angle Y a between the inner positioning surface 21a-5 and the horizontal plane is greater than the degree 5 of the angle ct al between the outer upper surface 34a-ll of the outer convex portion 34a-1 of the outer tongue 34a of the elastic double tongue portion 3a and the horizontal plane to 5 20 degrees (12 degrees in this embodiment).
  • the distance Dal between the upper and lower sides of the outer stopper portion 23a of the seat portion 2a of the floor panel 10a is 11/25 to 14/25 of the thickness of the main body portion la of the floor panel 10a.
  • the distance Da2 between the upper and lower sides of the lower connecting portion 22a of the housing portion 2a is 1/2 to 3/5 of the thickness of the main body portion la.
  • the distance between the inner and outer directions of the lower connecting portion 22a of the seat portion 2a of the floor block 10a is required according to the inner lower supporting surface 21a-1 and the inner upper limit surface 21a-2 of the inner limiting portion 21a of the tool processing housing portion 2a. Distance to set.
  • the inner side restriction portion 21a of the front side seat portion 2a-2 is connected to the main body portion 1a from the front side, and is located at the front side of the main body portion 1a and protrudes from the left side of the main body portion 1a, so that the front side groove
  • the seat portion 2a-2 is connected to the main body portion 1a from the front side and protrudes from the left side of the main body portion 1a.
  • the lower connecting portion 22a is connected to the lower side (ie, the front side) of the inner side limiting portion 21a from the rear side of the side close to the main body portion 1a.
  • the outer limiting portion 23a is connected to the lower connecting portion 22a from the lower lower portion of the side close to the main body portion 1a.
  • the lower connecting portion 22a of the front side seating portion 2a-2 includes the connecting portion main body 22a-1 and the positioning boss 22a-2 ; the connecting portion main body 22a-1 of the lower connecting portion 22a and the positioning boss 22a-2 have the same length .
  • Set The position boss 22a-2 is convex upward and is connected to the connecting portion main body 22a-1 from above.
  • the positioning boss 22a-2 is provided with an outer support surface 22a-2-2 facing outward and an inner support surface 22a-2-1 facing inward and upward ; an outer support surface 22a-2-2 of the positioning boss 22a-2 and
  • the inner support faces 22a-2-1 are symmetrically disposed with respect to the vertical faces provided along the longitudinal direction of the front side seat portion 2a-2.
  • an open main locking groove 24a is formed between the outer limiting portion 23a, the lower connecting portion 22a and the inner limiting portion 21a, and the outwardly facing end surface of the inner limiting portion 21a is provided with a shape and an elastic double tongue.
  • the outer convex portion 34a-1 of the outer tongue 34a of the 3a has a shape corresponding to the outer outer tongue limiting groove 24a-ll, and the inner end surface of the outer limiting portion 23a is provided with a shape and the inner tongue 33a.
  • the shape of the convex portion 33a-1 corresponds to the opening of the inner tongue limiting groove 24a-2-l; the outer tongue limiting groove 24a-ll and the inner tongue limiting groove 24a-2-l belong to the locking main groove Part of 24a.
  • the lock main groove 24a of the housing portion 2a penetrates the housing portion 2a from the longitudinal direction of the housing portion 2a.
  • the inner support surface 22a-2-1 of the positioning boss 22a-2 of the lower connecting portion 22a, the connecting portion main body 22a-1 of the lower connecting portion 22a-1, and the inner limiting portion 21a form a through-slot portion from the longitudinal direction.
  • the inner groove 24a-1 of 2a, and the inner groove 24a-1 is a part of the lock main groove 24a, and the outer tongue limit groove 24a-ll is a part of the inner groove 24a-1.
  • the outer support surface 22a-2-2 of the positioning boss 22a-2 of the lower connecting portion 22a and the connecting portion main body 22a-1 of the lower connecting portion 22a and the outer limiting portion 23a form a space extending through the housing portion 2a from the longitudinal direction.
  • the outer groove 24a-4, and the outer groove 24a-4 is a part of the lock main groove 24a
  • the inner tongue limit groove 24a-2-l is a part of the outer groove 24a-4.
  • the outwardly facing surface of the inner limiting portion 21a of the housing portion 2a is further provided with a recessed portion that is outwardly open and corresponds to the shape of the outer convex portion 34a-1 of the outer tongue 34a of the elastic double tongue portion 3a.
  • the longitudinal direction of 2a penetrates the positioning guide groove 24a-1-2 of the housing portion 2a, and the positioning guide groove 24a-1-2 is located above the outer tongue limiting groove 24a-ll; the positioning guiding groove 24a-1-2 is A portion of the inner groove 24a-3.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the inner tongue limiting groove 24a-2-1 of the locking main groove 24a of the front side seating portion 2a-2 corresponds to the sectional shape of the inner convex portion 33a-1 of the inner tongue 33a of the elastic double tongue portion 3a.
  • the V-shaped inner tongue limiting groove 24a-2-1 is formed by the outer lower supporting surface 23a-1 opened on the outer limiting portion 23a and above the outer lower supporting surface 23a-l.
  • the outer upper limit surface 23a-2 is composed.
  • the outer lower support surface 23a-1 is a slope facing inward and upward, and the outer upper limit surface 23a-2 is a slope facing inward and downward.
  • the angle ⁇ a2 between the outer lower support surface 23a-1 and the horizontal plane is the same as the angle between the inner lower surface 33a-1-2 of the inner convex portion 33a-1 of the inner tongue 33a of the corresponding elastic double tongue portion 3a and the horizontal plane ⁇ a
  • the angle between the outer upper limit surface 23a-2 and the horizontal plane a a 2 is the same as the angle between the inner upper surface 33a-ll of the inner convex portion 33a-1 of the inner tongue 33a of the corresponding elastic double tongue portion 3a and the horizontal plane ct a .
  • An outer positioning guide surface 23a-4 is provided on the inner upper portion of the outer limiting portion 23a, and the outer positioning guiding surface 23a-4 is a slope facing inward and upward.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the outer tongue limiting groove 24a-ll of the locking main groove 24a of the front side seating portion 2a-2 and the convex portion of the outer tongue 34a of the elastic double tongue portion 3a are shown.
  • the cross-sectional shape of 34a-l corresponds to the opening outward
  • the V-shaped outer tongue limiting groove 24a-ll is composed of an inner lower supporting surface 21a-1 opened on the inner limiting portion 21a and an inner upper limit surface 21a above the inner lower supporting surface 21a-1. 2 Composition;
  • the inner lower support surface 21a-1 is a slope facing outward and upward, and the inner upper limit surface 21a-2 is a slope facing outward and downward.
  • the angle ⁇ a3 between the inner lower support surface 21a-1 and the horizontal plane is the same as the angle ⁇ of the outer lower surface 34a-1-2 of the outer convex portion 34a-1 of the outer tongue 34a of the corresponding elastic double tongue portion 3a from the horizontal plane.
  • the angle ct a3 between the inner upper limit surface 21a-2 and the horizontal plane is the same as the angle ct a l of the outer upper surface 34a-ll of the outer convex portion 34a-1 of the outer tongue 34a of the corresponding elastic double tongue portion 3a from the horizontal plane.
  • the positioning guide grooves 24a-1-2 are open-shaped V-shaped, and the V-shaped positioning guide grooves 24a-1-2 are defined by the inner positioning guide faces 21a-4 opened on the inner limiting portions 21a and the inner positioning guides.
  • the inner positioning surface 21a-5 is formed above the surface 21a-4; the inner positioning guide surface 21a-4 is a slope facing outward and the inner positioning surface 21a-5 is a slope facing outward and downward.
  • the degree of the angle Y a between the inner positioning surface 21a-5 and the horizontal plane is greater than the degree 5 of the angle ct al between the outer upper surface 34a-ll of the outer convex portion 34a-1 of the outer tongue 34a of the elastic double tongue portion 3a and the horizontal plane to 5 20 degrees (12 degrees in this embodiment).
  • the upper surface of the main body portion la of the floor panel 10a, the upper end surface 31a-4 of the limiting portion 31a of the two elastic double tongue portions 3, and the upper end surfaces 32a-2 and 2 of the upper connecting portion 32a of the two elastic double tongue portions 3a The upper end faces 21a-7 of the inner limiting portions 21a of the plurality of seating portions 2a collectively form the upper surface of the floorboard 10a.
  • the lower end surface 22a-1-3 of the lower connecting portion 22a of the two housing portions 2a, the lower end surface 23a-7 of the outer limiting portion 23a of the two housing portions 2a, and the limiting portions 31a of the two elastic double tongue portions The lower end faces 31a-3 collectively form the lower surface of the floorboard 10a.
  • the description of the mounting application example is described in the up, down, left, and right directions shown in FIG. 16, that is, the width direction of the floor is the left and right direction, the thickness direction of the floor is the up and down direction, and the direction of the floor length is the front and rear direction (ie, Figure 16 is right).
  • the lower side is the front side
  • the upper left side is the rear side
  • the lower left side is the left side
  • the upper right side is the right side).
  • the lock floor of the same structure of the installation application example is the lock floor block described in Embodiment 3.
  • Step 1 First, the lock floor panel 100a is laid on the ground in a horizontal manner (the lock floor panel 100a becomes the half-floor 100a at this time), and then the lock floor panel 200a is locked (at this time, the buckle floor)
  • the panel 200a is placed on the outer side restriction portion 23a of the front side housing portion 2a-2 of the half-floor 100a by the lower end surface 33a-2 of the inner tongue 33a of the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3a-2 on the floor panel 200a) Upper end surface 23a-5; applied to the floor 200a
  • the horizontal backward thrust Fa is pushed horizontally rearward toward the floor 150a at the floor 200a, when the inner lower surface 33a-l-2 of the inner tongue 33a of the elastic double tongue 3a-2 on the rear side of the floor 200a
  • the boundary with the lower end surface 33a-2 of the inner tongue 33a is at the junction with the outer positioning guide surface 23a-4 and the upper end surface 23a-5 of the outer limiting portion 23a of the front side seating portion 2a-2 of the half floor 100
  • the outer positioning guide surface 23a-4 of the outer limiting portion 23a of the front side seating portion 2a-2 of the front side seating portion 2a-2 of the half floor 100a is continuously maintained at the floor level 200a.
  • the outer end surface 32a-3 of the upper connecting portion 32a of the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3a-2 of the floor 200a and the upper portion of the inner side limiting portion 21a of the front side seat portion 2a-2 of the half-floor 100a When the end faces 21a-6 are in contact (see 2 in Fig.
  • the outer end surface 23a-6 of the outer limiting portion 23a of the front side seating portion 2a-2 of 100a has a fitting gap Hal of 0.03-0.1 mm (0.1 mm in this embodiment), and is elastic at the rear side of the floor 200a.
  • the inner lower surface 34a-1-2 of the outer convex portion 34a-1 of the outer tongue 34a of the double tongue portion 3a-2 and the inner positioning portion 21a of the inner side limit portion 21a of the front side seat portion 2a-2 of the half-floor 100a The face 21a-4 is also in a state of being in contact, at which time the floor 200a and the half-floor 100a are in a relatively stable first stable state (see 2 in Fig. 25).
  • a vertical downward force Fal is applied to the floor 200a in the upper direction of the rear double elastic tongue 3a-2 of the floor 200a, and the floor 200a is kept in a horizontal state due to the force.
  • the outer tongue 34a of the elastic double tongue portion 3a-2 on the rear side of the floor 200a is blocked inward by the inner stopper portion 21a of the front side seat portion 2a-2 of the half-floor 100a.
  • the inner tongue 33a of the elastic double tongue portion 3a-2 on the rear side of the floor 200a is elastically deformed outward by the outer limiting portion 23a of the front side seat portion 2a-2 of the half-floor 100a.
  • the space of the elastic deformation groove 35a becomes small, so that the inner tongue and the outer tongue of the elastic double tongue portion 3a-2 on the rear side of the floor 200a can continue to move downward (see 3 in Fig. 25).
  • the inner tongue 33a of the elastic double tongue 3a-2 on the rear side of the floor 200a will gradually return to its original shape, and when the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue 3a-2 is on the rear side of the floor 200a 33a continues to move downward to the outer lower support portion 22a-3 of the inner tongue 33a and the outer support surface 22a-2-2 of the positioning boss 22a-2 of the front side seat portion 2a-2 of the half-floor 100a.
  • the positioning boss 22a-2 will help the inner tongue 33a to return to its original shape due to the blocking by the positioning boss 22a-2; the outer tongue 34a of the elastic double tongue 3a-2 on the rear side of the floor 200a is moved outside.
  • the boundary between the outer upper surface 34a-ll of the convex portion 34a-1 and the outer lower surface 34a-1-2 is in contact with the central end surface of the inner stopper portion 21a of the front side seat portion 2a-2 of the half-floor 100a ( Plumbness towards the outside ) 21a-3 and the inner When the boundary of the upper limit surface 21a-2 (see 4 in Fig.
  • the outer tongue 34a of the elastic double tongue 3a-2 on the rear side of the floor 200a will gradually return to its original shape, and when the floor 200a is The outer tongue 34a of the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3a-2 continues to move downward to the guiding inner lower corner portion 34a-3 of the outer tongue 34a and the positioning boss 22a of the front side housing portion 2a-2 of the half-floor 100a.
  • the positioning boss 22a-2 will help the outer tongue to return to its original shape due to the blocking by the positioning boss 22a-2, and the positioning boss 22a-2 can also be effective. Prevent the retraction of the inner and outer tongues.
  • the seat portion 2a-2 is in a stable state of being coupled to each other (see 5 in Fig. 25), and the inner tongue and the front groove are left with an inner tongue cushioning gap 62a of 0.1 mm to 0.3 mm in the up and down direction (this embodiment) For example, 0.1 mm); an outer tongue cushioning gap 63a (0.1 mm in this embodiment) of 0.1 mm to 0.3 mm is left between the outer tongue and the rear groove.
  • the floor panel 200a When the floor panel 200a is subjected to the vertical downward force Fal, it is kept moving vertically downward as a whole in a horizontal state until the running surface of the half-floor 100a is flush with the running surface of the floor 200a to complete the half-shop.
  • the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3a-2 of the floor panel 200a In the entire process of the fixed connection of the floor panel 100a to the floor panel 200a, the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3a-2 of the floor panel 200a is in the direction of the inner and outer directions of the side portion by the inner side of the restricting portion 31a and the inner tongue portion 33a.
  • the convex portions 33a-1 collectively hold the elastic grip type sliding limit to the outer stopper portion 23a of the front side seat portion 2a-2 of the half-floor 100a, and the elastic double tongue portion 3a-2 on the rear side of the floor 200a.
  • the outer convex portion 34a-1 of the outer tongue 34a faces the upper end surface of the inner side restriction portion 21a of the front side seat portion 2a-2 of the half-floor 100a toward the outer side (toward the outer side)
  • the vertical plane of the 21a-6 maintains the elastic contact sliding limit.
  • the inward elastic force generated by the elastic deformation of the inner tongue 33a of the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3a-2 of the back floor 200a causes the outer side restriction portion 23a of the front side seat portion 2a-2 to be rearward.
  • the outer limiting portion 23a of the front side seating portion 2a-2 of the semi-floor 100a can have a small elastic deformation to the outer lower side, and because the fitting clearance is small, the floor covering 200a is
  • the limiting portion 31a of the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3a-2 can limit and protect the outer limiting portion 23a of the front side seating portion 2a-2 of the half-floor 100a, so that the front side seat of the half-floor 100a
  • the elastic deformation of the outer stopper portion 23a of the portion 2a-2 does not cause the outer stopper portion 23a of the front side seat portion 2a-2 of the half-floor 100a to be broken, and the elastic double tongue portion 3a on the rear side of the floor 200a
  • the outer end surface 23a-6 of the outer limiting portion 23a of the front side seating portion 2a-2 may be in a state of sliding fit.
  • the front side seat portion 2a-2 of the half-floor 100a can be placed on the lock side groove 36a of the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3a-2 of the floor 200a.
  • the outer limiting portion 23a is firmly locked and fixed.
  • the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3a-2 on the back floor 200a is locked by the front side seat portion 2a-2 of the half-floor 100a in the horizontal front-rear direction and the vertical direction, and is not easily peeled off, while the half-floor 100a is
  • the outer limiting portion 23a of the front side seat portion 2a-2 is also locked in the horizontal locking direction and the vertical direction by the locking sub groove of the rear side elastic double tongue portion 3a-2 of the floor covering 200a, and is not easily detached. , to ensure a reliable fixed connection between the floor 200a and the half-floor 100a.
  • the upper connecting portion 32a of the rear side double tongue of the floor 200a and the outer limiting portion 23a of the front side seat portion 2a-2 of the half-floor 100a are left with a buffer gap 61a of 0.1 mm to 0.3 mm.
  • the example is 0.1 mm).
  • Step 2 As shown in Fig. 24, when the lock floor panel 400a is installed (the lock floor panel 400a at this time is on the floor 400a), the method described in the first step will be after the floor 400a The side elastic double tongue portion 3a-2 and the front side double groove portion of the half-floor 200a are interlocked and fixed to each other, thereby fixedly connecting the floor 400a to the front end of the half-floor 200a. The floor 400a, which is fixedly connected to the lock of the semi-floor 200a, becomes a new semi-floor 400a.
  • Step 3 When the lock floor panel 600a and the lock floor panel 800a are sequentially installed (the lock floor panel 600a at the time of installation is on the floor 600a, and the lock floor panel 800a at the time of installation is on the floor 800a), repeating In the method described in the second step, the rear double elastic tongue portion 3a-2 of the floor covering 600a and the front double groove portion of the half-floor 400a are interlocked and fixed to each other, thereby fixing the floor panel 600a. It is connected to the front end of the half-floor 400a, and at this time, the floor 600a becomes a new half-floor 600a.
  • the rear double elastic tongue portion 3a-2 of the floor covering 800a and the front side double groove portion of the half-floor 600a are interlocked and fixed to each other, thereby being placed on the floor.
  • the 800a is fixedly attached to the front end of the half-floor 600a, and at this time, the floor 800a becomes a new half-floor 800a.
  • Step 4 As shown in Fig. 24, when the lock floor panel 300a is installed (the lock floor panel 300a at this time is on the floor 300a), the method described in the first step described above will be on the right side of the floor 300a.
  • the front side portion and the rear side portion of the elastic double tongue portion 3a-1 are simultaneously fixedly coupled to the front side portion of the left side seat portion 2a-1 of the corresponding half-floor 100a and the left side seat portion 2a of the half-floor 200a.
  • the floor panel 300a On the rear side portion of the l1, the floor panel 300a is fixedly attached to the half-floor 100a and the half-floor 200a. At this time, the floor tile 300a becomes a new half-floor 300a.
  • the semi-flooring 100a becomes the new full-floor 100a (before the active paving of the locking floor block 300a, the active locking floor of the length halved is applied to the front of the left side of the half-floor 100a) Side part; and paving lock
  • the floor panel 300a it is also necessary to simultaneously fix the elastic double tongue portion on the rear side of the flooring 300a to the front side seat portion of the auxiliary lock floor.
  • Step 5 When the lock floor panel 500a is installed (when the lock floor panel 500a is on the floor 500a), in combination with the methods described in the first step and the second step, the rear side of the floor 500a will be
  • the elastic double tongue 3a-2 is connected to the front double groove portion of the corresponding half floor 300a, and the front side portion of the right elastic double tongue 3a-1 of the floor 500a is fixedly connected at the corresponding side.
  • the front side portion of the left double groove portion of the half floor 200a, and the rear side portion of the right elastic double tongue portion 3a-1 of the floor 500a are simultaneously fixedly connected to the left double groove portion of the half floor 400a.
  • Step 6 When the lock floor panel 700a and the lock floor panel 900a are installed (the lock floor panel 700a at the time of installation is on the floor 700a, and the lock floor panel 900a at the time of installation is on the floor 900a), repeat the above
  • the method of installing the lock floor block 500a is to fix and fix the rear double elastic tongue 3a-2 on the rear side of the floor 700a to the front side double groove portion of the corresponding half floor 500a, and at the same time
  • the front side portion and the rear side portion of the right side elastic double tongue portion 3a-1 of 700a are simultaneously fixedly coupled to the front side portion of the left double groove portion of the corresponding half floor 400a and the left double groove portion of the half floor 600a.
  • a locking connection between the floor tile 700a and the corresponding half-floor 400a and the half-floor 600a and the half-floor 500a is achieved, and at this time, the floor 700a becomes a new half-floor. 700a.
  • Repeating the method of actively paving the floor 700a achieving a lock connection between the floor 900a and the corresponding half-floor 600a and the half-floor 800a and the new half-floor 700a, making the floor 900a new Half-floored floor 900a.
  • Step 7 When the lock floor panel 1000a is installed (the lock floor panel 1000a at this time is the floor 1000a), the method of installing the lock floor panel 300a by the fourth step described above will be on the right side of the floor 1000a.
  • the front side portion and the rear side portion of the elastic double tongue portion 3a-1 are simultaneously fixedly coupled to the front side portion of the left side seat portion 2a-1 of the corresponding half floor 300a and the left side seat portion 2a of the half floor 500a.
  • the floor 1000a On the rear side portion of the -1, the floor 1000a is fixedly attached to the half-floor 300a and the half-floor 500a.
  • the floor 1000a becomes a new half-floor 1000a
  • the half-floor 300a becomes a new full-floor 300a (before actively arranging the lock floor block 1000a, another cover is actively laid.
  • the slab is interlocked and fixedly connected by the right elastic double tongue portion thereof to the left side seat portion of the aforementioned auxiliary lock floor and the front side portion of the left side seat portion of the half-floor 300a;
  • the plate 1000a it is also necessary to simultaneously and securely connect the elastic double tongue portion on the rear side of the floor 1000a to the front side seat portion of the other block floor panel.
  • Step 8 When the lock floor panel 1100a is installed (the lock floor panel 1100a at this time is on the floor 1100a),
  • the rear double elastic tongue portion 3a-2 on the floor 1100a is locked and fixed to the front double groove portion of the corresponding half-floor 1000a, and will be
  • the front side portion and the rear side portion of the right side elastic double tongue portion 3a-1 of the flooring 1100a are simultaneously fixedly coupled to the front side portion of the left double groove portion of the corresponding half floor 500a and the left side of the half floor 700a.
  • the left side seat portion 2a-1 of the lock floor block 500a (full floor) is in the upper direction thereof by the position of the outer tongue limit groove 24a-ll of the lock main groove 24a.
  • the front portion of the outer convex portion 34a-1 of the outer tongue 34a of the right side elastic double tongue portion 3a-1 of the adjacent right lock floor panel 1000a on the 71a and the right side of the adjacent corresponding lock floor panel 1100a The mutual contact limit of the rear portion of the outer convex portion 34a-1 of the outer tongue 34a of the side elastic double tongue portion 3a-1, that is, the inner limit portion 21a of the left side seat portion 2a-1 of the full-floor 500a
  • the inner upper limit surface 21a-2 is before and after the outer upper surface 34a-ll of the outer convex portion 34a-1 of the outer tongue 34a of the right elastic double tongue portion 3a-1 of the adjacent two adjacent lock floor panels Continued mutual contact limit.
  • the left side seat portion 2a-1 of the full-floor 500a is located at the inner and lower directions 72a of the outer tongue limiting groove 24a-11 of the locking main groove 24a and the adjacent corresponding locking ground.
  • the front portion of the outer convex portion 34a-1 of the outer tongue 34a of the right side elastic double tongue portion 3a-1 of the panel 1000a and the outer tongue of the right elastic double tongue portion 3a-1 of the adjacent corresponding lock floor panel 1100a The mutual contact limit of the rear portion of the outer convex portion 34a-1 of the 34a, that is, the inner lower support surface 21a-1 of the inner limit portion 21a of the left side seat portion 2a-1 of the full-floor 500a is adjacent to the above
  • the outer side lower surfaces 34a-1 of the outer convex portions 34a-1 of the outer tongues 34a of the right side elastic double tongue portions 3a-1 of the respective two latching floor panels 3e are in contact with each other.
  • the left side seat portion 2a-1 of the full-floor 500a is positioned relative to the adjacent portion of the inner tongue limiting groove 24a-2-1 of the locking main groove 24a in the outer upper direction 73a thereof.
  • the mutual contact limit of the rear portion of the inner convex portion 33a-1 of the inner tongue 33a of 3a-1 that is, the outer upper limit surface 23a of the outer limit portion 23a of the left side seat portion 2a-1 of the full-floor 500a -2 is in contact with each other in contact with the inner upper surface 33a-ll of the inner convex portion 33a-1 of the inner tongue 33a of the right elastic double tongue portion 3a-1 of the adjacent two adjacent lock floor panels.
  • the left side seat portion 2a-1 of the full-floor 500a is located at the outer lower direction 74a of the inner tongue limiting groove 24a-2-1 of the locking main groove 24a and the adjacent corresponding latch.
  • the front portion of the inner convex portion 33a-1 of the inner tongue 33 of the right side elastic double tongue portion 3a-1 of the floor block 1000a and the inner right elastic double tongue portion 3a-1 of the adjacent corresponding lock floor panel 1100a The mutual contact limit of the rear portion of the inner convex portion 33a-1 of the tongue 33, that is, the outer lower support surface 23a-1 of the outer limit portion 23a of the left side seat portion 2a-1 of the full-floor 500a and the above phase Neighbor
  • the respective lower contact surfaces 33a-1 of the inner convex portions 33a-1 of the inner tongues 33a of the right side elastic double tongue portions 3a-1 of the respective two lock floor panels are in contact with each other.
  • the front side housing portion 2a-2 of the full-floor 500a can be realized with respect to the rear side of the corresponding locking floor panel 700a.
  • the inner convex portion 33a-1 of the inner tongue 33a of the right side elastic double tongue portion 3a-1 of the lock floor panel 500a (on the left side in the drawing) is adjacent to the adjacent one in the inner upper direction 81a thereof.
  • the position of the front section of the inner tongue limiting groove 24a-2-1 of the locking main groove 24a of the left side seat portion 2a-1 of the lock floor block 200a (on the right side in the figure) and the adjacent corresponding lock The mutual contact limit of the portion where the rear portion of the inner tongue limiting groove 24a-2-1 of the locking main groove 24a of the left side seat portion 2a-1 of the buckle floor block 400a (on the right side in the drawing) is located, that is, The inner upper surface 33a-ll of the inner convex portion 33a-1 of the inner tongue 33a of the right elastic double tongue portion 3a-1 of the full-floor 500a and the adjacent two-side lock floor block left side seat portion
  • the outer upper limit surface 23a-2 of the outer limiting portion 23a of the 2a-1 is in contact with each other.
  • the inner convex portion 33a-1 of the inner elastic tongue of the right elastic double tongue of the full-floor 500a is locked in the inner downward direction 82a with the left side seat portion 2a-1 of the adjacent corresponding lock floor panel 200a.
  • the portion of the front tongue of the inner tongue limiting groove 24a-2-1 of the main groove 24a and the inner tongue of the locking main groove 24a of the left side seat portion 2a-1 of the adjacent corresponding locking floor block 400a The mutual contact limit of the portion where the rear portion of the limiting groove 24a-2-1 is located, that is, the inner side of the inner convex portion 33a-1 of the inner tongue 33 of the right elastic double tongue portion 3a-1 of the full-floor 500a
  • the front and rear contact positions of the inner lower support surface 21a-1 of the inner side restriction portion 21a of the left side seat portion 2a-1 of the adjacent two adjacent pieces of the lock block floor block are adjacent to each other. .
  • the outer convex portion 34a-1 of the outer tongue 34a of the right elastic double tongue portion 3a-1 of the full-floor 500a is in its outer upper direction 83a with respect to the left side seat of the adjacent corresponding lock floor panel 200a
  • the portion where the front portion of the inner tongue limiting groove 24a-2-1 of the locking main groove 24a of the portion 2a-1 is located and the locking portion of the left side housing portion 2a-1 of the adjacent corresponding locking floor block 400a
  • the mutual contact limit of the portion where the rear portion of the inner tongue limiting groove 24a-2-1 of the main groove 24a is located that is, the convex portion 34a of the outer tongue 34a of the right elastic double tongue portion 3a-1 of the full-floor 500a Reciprocal contact limit of the inner upper limit surface 21a-2 of the inner side limit portion 21a of the left side seat portion 2a-1 of the adjacent two adjacent block floor panels
  • the outer convex portion 34a-1 of the outer tongue 34a of the right elastic double tongue portion 3a-1 of the full-floor 500a
  • the front side seat portion of the rear side double tongue portion of the full-floor 500a with respect to the rear side adjacent to the rear side can be realized in the inner upper direction 81a, the inner lower direction 82a, The mutual contact limit of the outer upper direction 83a and the outer lower direction 84a.
  • the locking floor block 500a is connected to the adjacent six interlocking floor locks.
  • the fixed connection between the plurality of lock floor panels can be accomplished by the method described in each of the above steps in order from the rear to the front and from the right to the left.
  • the rest of the embodiment is the same as that of the third embodiment, and the difference is that: the inner lower portion of the inner tongue 33a of the elastic double tongue portion is provided with an arcuate inner convex portion having a sectional shape inwardly in the convex direction. 33a-l.
  • the inner and outer distances La3 of the inner convex portions 33a-1 are 0.24 to 1 mm (0.3 mm in this embodiment).
  • the outer lower portion of the outer tongue 34a is provided with an arcuate outer convex portion 34a-1 having a cross-sectional shape with the convex direction facing inward.
  • the inner and outer distances La4 of the convex portions 34a-1 are 0.24 to 1 mm (0.3 mm in this embodiment).
  • the rest of the installation application example is the same as the installation application example 3, except that the lock floor of the application example is the lock floor block of the structure and shape described in the fourth embodiment.
  • Reference numeral 2a in the drawing schematically illustrates the housing portion of the panel 10a
  • reference numeral 3a in the figure indicates the elastic double tongue portion of the floor panel 10a.
  • the shape of the running surface of the upper surface of 10a is a regular hexagon
  • the main body portion la of the floor panel 10a is a regular hexagonal prism corresponding to the shape of the regular hexagon of the running surface of the floor panel 10a.
  • the housing portions 2a are three and are disposed adjacent to each other, and the corresponding elastic double tongue portions 3a are also three and are also disposed adjacent to each other.
  • the method of mounting the elastic double tongue portion and the seat portion described in Application Example 3 is carried out, and the paving is sequentially performed from left to right in the order from the top to the bottom.
  • Reference numeral 2a in the drawing schematically illustrates the housing portion of the panel 10a
  • reference numeral 3a in the figure indicates the elastic double tongue portion of the floor panel 10a.
  • the rest of this embodiment is the same as that of Embodiment 3, except that: the floorboard of this embodiment
  • the shape of the running surface of the upper surface of 10a is a rhombus shape
  • the main body portion 1 of the floor panel 10a is a quadrangular prism body whose upper surface shape corresponds to the shape of the rhombus of the running surface of the floor panel 10a.
  • the two seat portions 2a are two adjacent to each other, and the corresponding elastic double tongue portions 3a are also two and are also disposed adjacent to each other.
  • the mounting method of the elastic double tongue portion and the seat portion described in the application example 3 is employed, and the paving is sequentially performed from left to right in the order from the top to the bottom.
  • Reference numeral 2a in the figure schematically shows the seat portion of the plate lOaa
  • reference numeral 3a in the figure indicates the elastic double tongue portion of the floor block lOaa.
  • the rest of the embodiment is the same as that of the third embodiment, except that the shape of the running surface of the upper surface of the floor panel 10aa of the present embodiment is an isosceles trapezoid, and the main body portion la of the floor panel 10a is the upper surface.
  • a quadrangular prism having a shape corresponding to the shape of the isosceles trapezoid of the running surface of the floor block 10a.
  • the plurality of the seat portions 2a are two and are disposed adjacent to each other on the long side of the floor block 10aa and on the lower side, and the corresponding elastic double tongues 3a are also two and are also adjacently disposed adjacent to each other.
  • Reference numeral 2a in the figure schematically shows the seat portion of the plate 10ba
  • reference numeral 3a in the figure indicates the elastic double tongue portion of the floor block 10ba.
  • the rest of the embodiment is the same as that of the third embodiment, except that the shape of the running surface of the upper surface of the floor panel 10ba of the present embodiment is an isosceles trapezoid, and the main body portion la of the floor panel 10ba is the upper surface.
  • the plurality of the seat portions 2a are two and are disposed adjacent to each other on the short side of the floor panel 10ba and on the lower side, and the corresponding elastic double tongue portions 3a are also two and are also adjacently disposed adjacent to each other. On the remaining two sides of the floor panel 10ba.
  • the rest of the installation application example is the same as the installation application example 3, and the difference is: and the installation application example is combined with the lock floor panel 10aa, 10ba according to the corresponding embodiment 8 for laying.
  • the installation application example is combined with the lock floor panel 10aa, 10ba according to the corresponding embodiment 8 for laying.
  • the mounting method of the elastic double tongue portion 3a and the seat portion 2a described in the application example 3 is used, and the lock floor block 10a and the implementation described in the seventh embodiment are sequentially staggered in the order from left to right in the drawing.
  • the lock floor panel 10ba described in Example 8 is then staggered in order from top to bottom.
  • the rest of the embodiment is the same as that of the third embodiment, except that the shape of the running surface of the upper surface of the floor panel 10da of the present embodiment is an isosceles triangle, and the main body portion la of the floor panel 10da is the upper surface.
  • the seat portion 2a is one and disposed on one side of the floor block 10da on the bottom side of the triangle, and the corresponding elastic double tongues 3a are two and are disposed adjacent to each other in the remaining two of the floor blocks 10da. On the side.
  • Reference numeral 2a in the figure schematically indicates the seat portion of the plate lOca
  • reference numeral 3a in the figure indicates the elastic double tongue portion of the floor block lOca.
  • the rest of the embodiment is the same as that of the third embodiment, except that the shape of the running surface of the upper surface of the floor panel 10ca of the present embodiment is an isosceles triangle, and the main body portion la of the floor panel 10ca is the upper surface.
  • the elastic double tongues 3a are one and are disposed on one side of the floor block 10a on the bottom side of the triangle, and the corresponding seat portions 2a are two and are sequentially adjacent to the other two of the floor blocks 10a. On the side. (Installation application example 6. Installation of lock floor block)
  • the rest of the installation application example is the same as the installation application example 3.
  • the difference is in the following:
  • the installation application example is combined with the lock floor block 10da and lOca described in the corresponding embodiment 10 in the embodiment 9,
  • the mounting method of the elastic double tongue portion 3a and the seat portion 2a described in the application example 3 is employed, and the floor blocks 10Ca and the embodiment 9 described in the embodiment 10 are alternately laid out in order from left to right in the drawing.
  • the floorboards 10da are then staggered in order from top to bottom.
  • Reference numeral 2a in the figure schematically shows the seat portion of the plate 10fa
  • reference numeral 3a in the figure indicates the elastic double tongue portion of the floor block 10fa.
  • the rest of the embodiment is the same as that of the third embodiment, except that the shape of the running surface of the upper surface of the floor panel 10fa of the present embodiment is an isosceles triangle, and the main body portion la of the floor panel 10fa is the upper surface.
  • the seat portion 2a is one and is disposed on one side of the floor block 10' in an orientation of the right waist below the triangle, and the corresponding elastic double tongues 3a are two and are adjacently disposed adjacent to the floor block 10& The rest of the two sides.
  • Example 12 lock floor block
  • Reference numeral 2a in the figure indicates a seat portion of the floor panel 10ea
  • reference numeral 3a in the figure indicates an elastic double tongue portion of the floor panel 10ea.
  • the rest of the embodiment is the same as that of the embodiment 3, except that the shape of the running surface of the upper surface of the floor panel 10ea of the present embodiment is an isosceles triangle, and the main body portion la of the floor panel 10ea is the upper surface.
  • the elastic double tongues 3a are one and are disposed on one side of the floor block 10ea in the orientation of the right waist above the triangle, and the corresponding seat portions 2a are two and are adjacently disposed adjacent to the floor panel 10ea. The rest of the two sides.
  • the rest of the installation application example is the same as the installation application example 6, except that:
  • the installation application example is laid in accordance with the embodiment 11 in combination with the lock floor blocks 10 & 10ea described in the corresponding embodiment 10a.
  • the installation method of the elastic double tongue portion 3a and the seat portion 2a described in the application example 3 is used for laying, and the floorboard 10ea and the embodiment 11 described in the embodiment 12 are alternately laid in order from left to right in the drawing.
  • the floorboards 10fa are then staggered in order from top to bottom.
  • Reference numeral 2a in the figure schematically shows the seat portion of the plate lOha
  • reference numeral 3a in the figure indicates the elastic double tongue portion of the floor block lOha.
  • the rest of the embodiment is the same as that of the third embodiment, except that the shape of the running surface of the upper surface of the floor block 10ha of the present embodiment is an isosceles trapezoid, and the main body portion la of the floor block 10ha is the upper surface.
  • the slot portion 2a is one and is disposed on the lower side of the floor block 10ha, and the corresponding elastic double tongues 3a are three, which are sequentially disposed adjacent to the remaining three sides of the floor block 10ha. .
  • Reference numeral 2a in the figure indicates a housing portion of the floor panel 10ka
  • reference numeral 3a in the figure indicates an elastic double tongue portion of the floor panel 10ka.
  • the shape of the running surface of the upper surface of 10ka is an isosceles trapezoid
  • the main body part 1 of the floor block 10ka is a quadrangular prism body whose upper surface shape corresponds to the shape of the isosceles trapezoid of the running surface of the floor block 10ka.
  • the elastic double tongues 3a are one and are disposed on the short side of the floor block 10ka on the upper side, and the corresponding seat portions 2a are three, which are sequentially disposed adjacent to the remaining three sides of the floor block 10ka. . (Installation application example 8, installation of lock floor block)
  • the rest of the installation application example is the same as the installation application example 3, and the difference is: and the installation application example is the same as that of the embodiment 13 in combination with the lock floor blocks 10ha and 10ka described in the corresponding embodiment 14.
  • the mounting method of the elastic double tongue portion 3a and the seat portion 2a described in Application Example 3 is employed, and the lock floor panel 10ka described in Embodiment 13 is sequentially staggered in the order from left to right in the drawing.
  • the lock floor panel 10ha described in Embodiment 14 is then staggered in order from top to bottom.
  • the lock connection structure between the adjacent two PVC lock floor of the present invention has a larger lock structure than the structure of the two adjacent lock floor floors which are interlocked by the hoe and the tongue and groove.
  • the changes have also brought about fundamental changes in the paving.
  • the elastic double tongue of the floor of the present invention not only has the function of a double tongue, but also has a function for elastic deformation, and a locking auxiliary groove for holding the outer limiting portion of the seat portion, and the present invention
  • the seat portion of the floor not only has a double tongue and groove structure corresponding to the elastic double tongue portion (that is, the outer tongue limiting groove and the inner tongue limiting groove of the groove seat portion), but also bears the outer limit portion thereof.
  • the PVC lock floor (hereinafter referred to as the floor) that needs to be paved is placed on the PVC lock floor of the exposed seat that has completed the active paving operation (hereinafter referred to as After the position of the semi-flooring is to be locked, the wooden hoe is tapped lightly on the upper surface of the floor, so that the floor is moved in the direction from top to bottom while being adjacent to the side 2 2 or 3 semi-floored floors for a snap connection. Therefore, when carrying out the paving of the PVC lock floor of the present invention, the operator only needs to apply a force in the direction of the paving floor, that is, the force from top to bottom to complete the active paving of a PVC lock floor. Thereby achieving the purpose of simple and convenient laying.
  • a PVC lock floor is made of a flexible double tongue of the other PVC lock floor in the inner tongue of the seat.
  • the inner upper and lower inner sides of the convex portion and the outer upper and outer lower portions of the outer convex portion of the outer tongue are in contact with each other, thereby realizing the elastic double tongue of one PVC lock floor and another PVC.
  • the mutual contact limit between the seat portions of the lock floor in four directions makes the lock of the 2PVC lock floor floor more firm, not easy to fall off, and does not cause tripping, solving the PVC lock floor
  • the short side is easy to quilt, thereby achieving the purpose of fastening the buckle.
  • the two seat portions may be disposed on the left side and the front side, or may be disposed on the left side and the rear side, and Two elastic double tongues are placed on the other side.
  • the shape of the main body portion of the PVC lock floor of the present invention is a diamond shape
  • the seat portion is disposed at On the adjacent sides, there are also two options. The first option is that the intersection angle of the adjacent sides is an acute angle, and the other option is that the intersection angle of the adjacent sides is an obtuse angle, and the elastic double tongue is Set on the other side.
  • the PVC lock floor is composed of two elastic double tongues disposed adjacent to each other and the half-ply PVC on the adjacent sides.
  • Two seat parts of the lock floor (the main body part may have three seat parts when the shape of the running surface is rectangular).
  • the lock connection is made to become a new half-ply PVC lock floor; all the half-ply PVC locks
  • the buckle floor is waiting for a new lock connection on the PVC lock floor by the two adjacent seats of the respective ones.
  • the PVC lock floor located above is pressed by the elastic double tongue in the upwardly downward direction toward the seat portion of the PVC lock floor located below During the process, the outer limiting portion of the lower seat portion of the PVC locking floor is always elastically clamped in the inner and outer directions by the limiting portion of the elastic double tongue of the upper PVC locking floor and the inner convex portion of the inner tongue.
  • the elastic double tongue of the PVC lock floor of the present invention is provided with an elastic deformation groove between the double tongues to make the installation of the elastic double tongue and the seat portion easier and more reliable, and effectively enhance the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue and
  • the elasticity of the outer tongue not only facilitates the smooth connection of the lock during installation, but also reduces the possibility of breakage due to deformation to zero.
  • the locking main groove of the seat portion of the PVC lock floor is divided into regions, and is located close to The area of the main body portion becomes an inner groove, and the area located away from the main body portion becomes an outer groove.
  • the outer tongue limiting groove belongs to the range of the inner groove, and the inner tongue limiting portion belongs to the range of the outer groove.
  • the lock of the elastic double tongue of the PVC lock floor of one PVC lock floor is further formed by the outer support of the positioning boss facing the outer lower part of the inner tongue.
  • the elastic double tongue of the PVC lock floor of the present invention preferably further comprises the outer lower part of the inner tongue and the inner lower part of the outer tongue being provided with a structure of guiding rounded corners, so that the inner tongue and the outer tongue are positioned and convex.
  • the process of contact between the stages is relatively smooth, which is beneficial to the double tongue of the elastic double tongue of the PVC lock floor to enter the set position.
  • a inner tongue buffer gap and an outer tongue buffer gap are left between the elastic double tongue portion and the seat portion, which can effectively prevent PVC from being effectively avoided.
  • the hard floor impact of the lock floor on the inner tongue, the outer tongue and the seat part during the installation process has a certain buffering effect, and can also be used to collect the dust scattered during the installation process, which is effective. It avoids the unevenness of the floor splicing due to the presence of dust and slag, and also solves the problem of the height difference between the PVC lock floor during the PVC lock floor laying process.
  • the elastic double tongue of the PVC lock floor of the present invention is provided with a corresponding avoiding cutter surface, which is more convenient for production and processing.
  • the locking connection structure between the adjacent two locking floorboards of the present invention has a larger locking structure than the structure of the two adjacent locking floor panels which are interlocked by the hoe and the tongue and groove.
  • the changes have also brought about fundamental changes in the paving.
  • the elastic double tongue portion of the floorboard of the present invention not only has the function of a double tongue, but also has a function for elastic deformation, and a locking auxiliary groove for holding the outer limiting portion of the seat portion, and the present invention
  • the seat portion of the floor panel not only has a double tongue and groove structure corresponding to the elastic double tongue portion (that is, the outer tongue limiting groove and the inner tongue limiting groove of the groove seat portion), but also is limited by the outer side thereof.
  • the lock floor block (hereinafter referred to as the floor) that needs to be paved is placed on the buckle floor block of the exposed seat portion that has completed the active paving operation (below After being called the semi-paved floor, the tapping surface is lightly tapped on the upper surface of the floor, so that the floor is moved in the direction from top to bottom while being adjacent to the floor. 2 or 3 half-floors on the 2 sides are interlocked. Therefore, when performing the paving of the lock floor panel of the present invention, the operator only needs to apply a force in one direction on the paving floor, that is, a force from top to bottom to complete the active paving of a lock floor panel. Thereby achieving the purpose of simple and convenient laying.
  • a lock floor panel When two adjacent lock floor panels of the present invention are interlocked with each other, a lock floor panel has an elastic double tongue portion of the other lock block floor block in the inner tongue thereof
  • the inner upper and lower inner directions of the convex portion and the outer upper and outer lower portions of the outer convex portion of the outer tongue are mutually contact-restricted, thereby realizing a piece
  • the mutual contact between the elastic double tongue of the locking floor block and the seat portion of the other locking floor block in four directions makes the locking of the two locking floor blocks more rigid and difficult. When it is detached, there is no tripping, which solves the problem that the short side of the lock floor piece is easily quilted when splicing each other, thereby achieving the purpose of fastening the buckle.
  • the shape of the running surface of the lock floor panel of the present invention may be set in various polygonal shapes, for example: an isosceles triangle, an isosceles trapezoid, a parallelogram or a regular hexagon, and preferably a rectangle in a parallelogram or square.
  • the two seat portions may be disposed on the left side and the front side, or on the left side and the rear side, and the two elastic double tongue portions are disposed on the other side.
  • the shape of the running surface of the lock floor piece of the present invention is a diamond shape
  • the seat portion is disposed on the adjacent sides, and there are also two options.
  • the first option is that the intersection angle of the adjacent sides is An acute angle
  • another option is that the intersection angle of the adjacent sides is an obtuse angle
  • the elastic double tongue is disposed on the other side.
  • the arrangement of the seat portion and the elastic double tongue portion are also selected in the same manner. Therefore, the selection of these solutions should belong to The protection scope of the present invention, their common installation features are: two elastic double tongues arranged adjacent to each other on the floor and two seat portions of the half-floor of the adjacent sides (the running surface of the main body) When the shape is rectangular, it is also possible to have 3 seat seats.
  • the lock connection is made to become a new half-floor; all the half-floors are waiting for new floor coverings by their own adjacent 2 seats.
  • the lock is connected.
  • the principle that the number and position of the seating portions are set is: in the case of sequentially paving the locking floorboard, the elastic double tongue of the floor is laid.
  • the number and position of the slots correspond to the number and position of the seat portions of the adjacent semi-floorings, and the selection of these solutions should fall within the scope of protection of the present invention.
  • the above-mentioned lock floor panel is pressed by its elastic double tongue in a top-down direction toward the lower seat block of the lock floor panel During the process, the outer limiting portion of the lower seat portion of the locking floor panel is always elastically clamped in the inner and outer directions by the limiting portion of the elastic double tongue portion of the upper locking floor block and the inner convex portion of the inner tongue.
  • the elasticity of the lock floor block at the top The sliding elastic fit of the inner tongue of the double tongue and the outer limiting portion of the seat portion of the lower locking block is easier and more reliable, and the outer end of the outer limiting portion of the housing portion and the upper locking portion
  • the end surface of the outer upper portion of the limiting portion of the elastic double tongue of the floor block is in a state of sliding fit, and at the same time, since the fitting clearance Hal is not more than 0.1 mm, even if the outer limiting portion of the seat portion is elastically deformed, Within the safe size range, it will not cause the department
  • the damage of the position is therefore effective to avoid the problem of the fracture of the seat stop in the Chinese patent document CN101415893B, thereby achieving the purpose of safety and reliability.
  • the elastic double tongue portion of the lock floor panel of the present invention is provided with an elastic deformation groove between the double tongues to make the installation of the elastic double tongue and the seat portion easier and more reliable, and effectively enhance the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue and
  • the elasticity of the outer tongue not only facilitates the smooth connection of the lock during installation, but also reduces the possibility of breakage due to deformation to zero.
  • the locking main groove of the seat portion of the lock floor panel is divided into regions, and is located close to The area of the main body portion becomes an inner groove, and the area located away from the main body portion becomes an outer groove.
  • the outer tongue limiting groove belongs to the range of the inner groove
  • the inner tongue limiting portion belongs to the range of the outer groove.
  • the locking portion of the locking seat block to the elastic double tongue of the other locking floor block further comprises a support formed by the outer support of the positioning boss facing the outer lower part of the inner tongue.
  • the elastic double tongue portion of the lock floor panel of the present invention preferably further has the outer lower portion of the inner tongue and the inner lower portion of the outer tongue being provided with a structure of guiding rounded corners, so that the inner tongue and the outer tongue are positioned and convex.
  • the process of contact between the stages is relatively smooth, which facilitates the double tongue of the elastic double tongue of the lock floor block to enter the set position.
  • the elastic double tongue portion of the lock floor piece of the present invention is provided with a corresponding avoiding cutter surface, which is more convenient for production and processing.
  • the lock floor panel of the present invention is not only suitable for being made of various materials having elastic properties, when the inner convex portion of the inner tongue of the elastic double tongue portion of the lock floor panel of the present invention and the outer tongue are convex
  • the part adopts the form of a curved surface structure, and when the seat part adopts the corresponding structure form, it can be used for the more fragile material and the grooved part of the lock floor piece made of the soft material.
  • the material of the lock floor piece of the invention includes wood, bamboo, non-ferrous metal, plastic, medium density fiber.
  • the materials such as the slab or the high-density fiberboard are structurally composed of the same material, composite sheet or mixed material, and the use range is extremely wide.
  • the lock floor block there are two meanings of the lock floor block, and the first meaning of the lock floor block is a single block lock floor, and the second meaning of the lock floor block means the lock floor. main part.
  • the innovation of the lock floor panel of the present invention is that it adopts a novel lock type tongue and groove structure, and the lock floor of the lock type tongue and groove structure of the present invention should be within the protection scope of the present invention.
  • lock floor There are many types of lock floor, as follows: 1 Locking plate without surface coating, such as unpainted floor in solid wood floor as defined in national standard GB/T 15036.1-2001 (also known as plain board)
  • the ⁇ grounding plate in the middle when the floor adopts the locking type grooving of the invention, it is a locking type ⁇ grounding plate, which belongs to the type of the locking floor.
  • 3-layer composite lock floor including solid wood composite flooring in accordance with Chinese national standard GB/T18103-2000, impregnated paper laminated wood flooring (trade name: laminate flooring) in accordance with Chinese national standard GB/T18102-2000.
  • the second meaning of the lock floor block is obtained by first obtaining the main part of the lock floor, and then machining the lower half of the lock floor obtained by mechanically processing the lock type groove on the main part, from the use angle It can be seen that the lock floor block at this time is only a semi-finished product; and the upper layer material which functions as a surface decorative layer is bonded and fixed on the lower half of the lock floor to obtain a finished lock floor. Or firstly, the large sheet of material and the upper layer material functioning as the surface decorative layer are pasted and fixed, and then cut into the size of the corresponding locking floor, and then mechanically processed on the plate to open the locking type groove. The resulting lock floor.
  • the second meaning of the lock floor panel is included as a main body part in the finished lock floor; therefore, the second meaning of the lock floor panel refers to a lock type groove.
  • the body portion of the lock floor regardless of whether the body portion is in the form of a semi-finished product or a form contained in the finished lock floor, belongs to the lock floor panel of the second meaning of the present invention.
  • a processing method of the lock floor panel of the present invention is: first obtaining a main body portion of the lock floor, and then mechanically machining the main body portion to open the lock floor of the lock type groove In the half part, the lock floor piece at this time is only a semi-finished product; and the upper layer material which functions as a surface decorative layer is pasted and fixed on the lower half of the lock floor to obtain a finished lock floor, that is, A lock floor panel of the second meaning of the invention is produced.
  • a method of manufacturing the lock floor panel of the present invention is: directly at the periphery thereof
  • the first type of lock floor block of the present invention is obtained by processing the gutter, and can be directly used after paving, or after paving After painting the paint on the upper surface of the lock floor panel,

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Civil Engineering (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Floor Finish (AREA)

Description

PVC锁扣地板和锁扣地板块 技术领域
本发明涉及一种锁扣地板和锁扣地板的主体部分。 背景技术
PVC锁扣地板即为聚氯乙烯锁扣地板， PVC锁扣地板是锁扣地板的一种。 锁扣地 板作为一种建筑装饰材料已经普遍应用于家庭和各类公共场所，从环保和安装方便的角 度考虑， 在铺装地板系统时， 地板之间的相互连接基本都不用胶水， 而采用设置在榫头 部和榫槽部上的凹凸部位来相互锁扣固定。 在下述描述中， 提出了锁扣地板块的概念， 锁扣地板块的含义与锁扣地板的含义有所区别，锁扣地板块的第一个含义即为单块的锁 扣地板， 锁扣地板块的第二个含义是指锁扣地板的主体部分。对于锁扣地板来说， 其种 类繁多， 现举例如下： （1 ) 未涂覆表面装饰涂层的锁扣素板， 例如国家标准 GB/T15036.1-2001中定义的实木地板中的未涂饰地板（也即素板）中的榫接地板， 当这 种地板采用扣接式榫槽时则为锁扣式榫接地板， 属于锁扣地板的一种。 （2) 行业标准 LY/T 1573-2000中定义的竹地板中的未涂饰竹地板，当这种竹地板采用锁扣式榫槽时则 为锁扣式未涂饰竹地板， 也属于锁扣地板的一种； 上述两种形式的锁扣地板在进入消费 领域后， 一种情况是由用户直接进行铺装后使用， 另一种情况是在铺装后， 再在其表面 进行涂装后使用； 因此， 上述 （1 )、 (2) 两种锁扣地板就是指设有锁扣式榫槽的素板。 (3 )层状复合锁扣地板，包括符合中国国家标准 GB/T18103-2000的实木复合地板和符 合中国国家标准 GB/T18102-2000的浸渍纸层压木质地板（商品名： 强化木地板）。上述 第二个含义的锁扣地板块是指先得到锁扣地板的主体部分，再在该主体部分上进行机械 加工开出锁扣式榫槽所得到的锁扣地板的下半部分，此时的该种锁扣地板块只是一种半 成品；再将起到表面装饰层作用的上层材料粘贴复合固定在该种锁扣地板的下半部分上 则得到成品锁扣地板。或者是先将大张的板材与起到表面装饰层作用的上层材料粘贴复 合固定后， 切割成相应锁扣地板的大小的板材， 然后再在该板材上进行机械加工开出锁 扣式榫槽所得到的锁扣地板。此时， 上述的第二个含义的锁扣地板块则作为主体部分被 包含在成品锁扣地板中；因此本发明的第二个含义的锁扣地板块就是指开有锁扣式榫槽 的锁扣地板的主体部分， 且无论所述的主体部分是半成品形态， 还是被包含在成品锁扣 地板中的形态， 均属于本发明的第二个含义的锁扣地板块。
在进行锁扣地板块的铺装时， 对于第一种含义的锁扣地板块， 用户直接铺装后即可 使用， 对于其中的素板类锁扣地板， 用户还可以在铺装后进行表面涂饰后使用。对于第 二种含义的锁扣地板块所进行的铺装， 是以被包含在锁扣地板中的形态所进行的铺装。
锁扣地板块是上下表面相互平行的板状构件，通常行业中所说的地板的行走面也就 是上表面， 而 V形槽地板的行走面则是上表面的一部分， 也即 V形槽地板的行走面和 四侧边缘的斜面共同构成上表面， 对于表面设有立体花纹的锁扣地板来说， 则按照由其 行走面的基准面与下表面保持相互平行为原则来对锁扣地板的上表面进行设计。锁扣地 板块的材质可以由同种材质的板材或混合材质的板材制成，还可以由数层片材叠合而成 的复合板材制成。 地板块的行走面的形状可以是长方形、 正方形、 菱形、 六边形等。
通常的锁扣地板上的榫头与榫槽的尺寸都较小 （一般不超过 3毫米）， 因此对榫头 与榫槽的精度要求也相对较高， 榫头与榫槽的配合的好坏就决定了地板的铺设质量。 以 在长方形的房间地面上铺设已有的长方形的实木锁扣地板（以下简称为锁扣地板块）为 例， 前后侧边为短边。锁扣地板块在左右侧的一侧设置榫头， 而在左右侧的另一侧设置 榫槽， 锁扣地板块还在前后侧的一侧设置榫头， 而在前后侧的另一侧设置榫槽。 为描述 方便， 设定锁扣地板块在左侧和前侧设置榫槽， 而在右侧和后侧设有榫头， 从而位于左 侧的榫槽为长榫槽， 位于右侧的榫头为长榫头， 位于前侧的榫槽的短榫槽， 位于后侧的 榫头为短榫头。对处于房间边角的锁扣地板块则进行现场加工， 切割至所需大小。在铺 设长方形的地板系统的过程中， 位于房间地面角落的各块锁扣地板块块需要与相邻的 2 块或 3块锁扣地板块进行水平连接固定，位于房间地面四周周边的各块锁扣地板块需要 与相邻的 4块锁扣地板块进行水平连接固定，而位于房间地面中间的各块锁扣地板块则 需要与相邻的 6块锁扣地板块进行水平连接固定。以位于房间地面中间的锁扣地板块为 例，该锁扣地板块由其右侧长榫头的前半段与右侧相邻的一块锁扣地板块的左侧长榫槽 的后半段进行锁扣连接，该锁扣地板块还由其右侧长榫头的后半段与右侧相邻的另一块 锁扣地板块的左侧长榫槽的前半段进行锁扣连接；该锁扣地板块由其后侧短榫头的全部 与后侧相邻的一块锁扣地板块的前侧短榫槽的全部锁扣连接；该锁扣地板块由其前侧短 榫槽的全部被前侧相邻的一块锁扣地板块的后侧短榫头的全部锁扣连接；该锁扣地板块 由其左侧长榫槽的前半段被左侧相邻的一块锁扣地板块的右侧长榫头的后半段进行锁 扣连接，该锁扣地板块还由其左侧长榫槽的后半段被左侧相邻的另一块锁扣地板块的右 侧长榫头的前半段进行锁扣连接。具体的铺装步骤是： ①将一块需要铺装的锁扣地板块 (称为在铺地板）由其右侧长榫头与右侧相邻的已经在后右前 3侧完成铺设的 2块前后 并列的锁扣地板块（称为右侧半铺地板）的各半段的左侧长榫槽进行共同锁扣连接， 在 进行该共同锁扣连接的过程中， 先使在铺地板的板面呈左高右低的状态， 将在铺地板的 右侧长榫头同时插入 2块右侧半铺地板的左侧长榫槽的相应槽段，再猛地向下用力敲击 在铺地板的左端， 使在铺地板的板面由倾斜状态变动成水平状态， 从而右侧长榫头与两 块右侧半铺地板相扣合；②将在铺地板由其后侧短榫头与后侧相邻的已经在后右 2侧完 成铺设的 1块锁扣地板块（称为后侧半铺地板）的前侧短榫槽进行锁扣连接， 在进行该 锁扣连接的过程中，向经过步骤①铺装过程的在铺地板的前侧短榫槽施加水平的沿地板 前后方向的作用力， 使在铺地板相对于右侧半铺地板水平向后运动， 使得在铺地板的后 侧短榫头与后侧半铺地板的位于前侧的短榫槽进行连接， 而完成了在铺地板的主动铺 装， 此时的在铺地板则成为完成了主动铺装过程的新的半铺地板； 原先的 2块右侧半铺 地板中的 1块在后的右侧半铺地板因四周都与其它地板进行扣接， 故成为全铺地板； 而 所述的新的半铺地板则向外露出两侧的榫槽部位，被动等待其它地板对它进行铺装后才 能成为全铺地板。③不断重复上述步骤①和步骤②， 直至完成整个房间的所有锁扣地板 块的铺设。采用上述方法进行连接时， 在铺地板的右侧长榫头与右侧半铺地板的榫槽进 行配合时， 由于具有一定的角度， 因此右侧半铺地板的左侧长榫槽与在铺地板的右侧长 榫头的卡接部位可以做的较厚， 连接也较为可靠， 但是当在铺地板的右侧长榫头与右侧 半铺地板的长榫槽配合好后，再将在铺地板的后侧段榫头与后侧半铺地板的前侧段榫槽 进行配合时， 只能是水平进入， 因此后侧半铺地板的前侧短榫槽与在铺地板的后侧短榫 头的卡接部位就不能做得像在铺地板的长榫头和右侧半铺地板的长榫槽的卡接部位一 样厚， 如果一样厚， 就有可能造成安装过程中卡接部位被撞掉或者榫头无法插入榫槽， 因此需要做的薄一些， 从而连接的效果也大大不如地板长边之间的配合， 经常会产生扒 缝现象。而且上述方法安装一块地板的右侧长榫头， 不仅要在左右方向上进行与相邻地 板的卡扣装配， 还需要在完成该卡扣后沿着前后方向相对于右侧地板水平滑动一段距 离， 才算安装到位， 因此安装较为麻烦。 由于 PVC锁扣地板的材质较软， 并不适合上 述铺设普通实木锁扣地板的短边的铺设方式：在在铺地板的前侧短榫槽施加水平的沿地 板前后方向的作用力， 使在铺地板相对于右侧半铺地板水平向后运动， 使得在铺地板的 后侧短榫头与后侧半铺地板的位于前侧的短榫槽进行连接。
中国专利文献 CN101415893B (申请号为 200680054224.4)公开了一种地板块、 地 板系统及铺设地板系统的方法。 其中记载了： "本发明的任务是提供一种新型的 '凹 - 凸' 结构， 其不仅能够保证凸部、 凹部之间的横向连接和水平方向的锁定， 而且安装非 常方便且不易松脱， 即使在墙角处安装也很方便"。 结合其说明书及说明书附图可以看 出所述的 "凹 -凸" 结构其实相当于通常所讲的榫头和榫槽配合的锁扣结构， 该结构的 凹部即相当于榫槽， 凸部结构即相当于榫头。 由其说明书附图中的图 2A、 图 2B和图 5 可以看出， 当其凸部和凹部完全配合时， 其凸部端面 100的第一凸部过渡面 190、 过渡 面 191及第二凸部过渡面 192与其相应的凹部端面 200的第一凹部过渡面 290、 过渡面 291及第二凹部过渡面 292之间存在一定的间隙， 所以向地板块 10的上表面 20施加与 地面正交的力 300时会有一部分力通过凸部导引面 160作用到凹部导引面 280上，由于 第二凹部过渡面 292与第二凸部过渡面 192之间存有间隙， 因此由凹部界面 260、 第二 接触面 270、 凹部导面 280、 第一凹部过渡面 290、 过渡面 291和第二凹部过渡面 292 包含的地板块部分向第二凸部过渡面 192的方向产生弹性形变时缺乏依靠。又由于这部 分地板块的连接部位的尺寸通常都很小， 当用于 PVC锁扣地板时， 极易产生扒缝现象， 使得锁扣地板之间的连接失败。 发明内容
本发明的第一目的是提供一种结构简单， 铺设简单方便快捷， 锁扣安全可靠和牢固， 铺设质量较高而且快的 PVC锁扣地板。
本发明的第二目的是提供一种结构简单，铺设简单方便快捷，锁扣安全可靠和牢固， 铺设质量较高而且快的锁扣地板块。
实现本发明第一目的的基本技术方案是：一种 PVC锁扣地板为块状的 PVC材质的 锁扣地板， PVC 锁扣地板的行走面的形状为四边形， 所述四边形为长方形、 正方形或 菱形。 其结构特点是： 所述 PVC锁扣地板包括主体部、 2个槽座部以及 2个弹性双舌 部。 所述主体部是上表面形状与地板块的行走面的四边形的形状相对应的四边形棱柱 体， 主体部的厚度为 3.5毫米至 30毫米。
上述各个槽座部的结构形状基本相同， 两者的各一端相邻， 且该相邻的 2个端部沿 各自的槽座部的长度方向延伸且相互重合在一起。2个弹性双舌部的结构形状基本相同， 两者的一端相邻，且该 2个弹性双舌部的端部沿各自的弹性双舌部的长度方向延伸且相 互重合在一起。各弹性双舌部的结构形状和与其位于相对一侧的槽座部的结构形状相对 应。
上述 2 个槽座部由各自的内侧限位部从主体部的四侧周边的相邻的两侧的侧面连 接在主体部上， 2个弹性双舌部由各自的限位部从主体部的四侧的周边的相邻的另外两 侧的侧面连接在主体部上。
上述的各弹性双舌部为设有限位部、 上连接部、双舌、 弹性变形槽和锁扣副槽的部 位； 所述的双舌按照相距主体部的近远分为内舌和外舌。上连接部从靠近主体部的一侧 连接在限位部的外侧部上方。内舌和外舌依照距离主体部的近远的次序分别从下方连接 在上连接部上， 从而在外舌、 上连接部和内舌之间形成开口向下的弹性变形槽， 而在内 舌、 上连接部和限位部之间形成开口向下的锁扣副槽， 也使得弹性双舌部的限位部、锁 扣副槽、 内舌、弹性变形槽和外舌按照由近至远依次远离主体部的相应一侧的顺序依次 设置。内舌的内侧下部设有向内凸起的内凸部。外舌的外侧下部设有向外凸起的外凸部。
上述的各槽座部为设有内侧限位部、下连接部和外侧限位部的部位。下连接部从靠 近主体部的一侧连接在内侧限位部的外侧部下方，外侧限位部由其靠近主体部的一侧的 下部连接在下连接部上， 从而在外侧限位部、下连接部和内侧限位部之间形成开口向上 的锁扣主槽，且内侧限位部的朝向外侧的端面上设有形状与外舌的外凸部的形状相对应 的开口向外的外舌限位槽，外侧限位部的朝向内侧的端面上设有形状与内舌的内凸部的 形状相对应的开口向内的内舌限位槽。外舌限位槽和内舌限位槽均属于锁扣主槽的一部 分。
上述的 PVC锁扣地板的各个槽座部是使用时能从下方与相邻的相应的 PVC锁扣地 板的弹性双舌部相互锁扣连接的部位， 该相邻的相应的 PVC锁扣地板简称为相邻的地 板， 而所述的 PVC锁扣地板则简称为本地板。 所述的相邻的地板的结构形状与本地板 的结构形状相同或相对应。所述的使用时本地板的槽座部与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部的 相互锁扣连接，包括本地板的槽座部由其锁扣主槽的外舌限位槽的所在部位在其内上方 向和内下方向这 2 个方向上与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部的相互接触限 位，以及包括本地板的槽座部由其锁扣主槽的内舌限位槽的所在部位在其外上方向和外 下方向这 2个方向上与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部的相互接触限位。相邻 的地板与本地板在进行相互锁扣连接的过程中， 均处于水平状态， 且位于上方的相邻的 地板由其主体部按照从上向下的方向相对于位于下方的本地板运动，并且相邻的地板的 弹性双舌部在侧部的内外向的方向上由其限位部和内舌的内凸部共同对本地板的槽座 部的外侧限位部保持弹性夹持式滑动限位，以及相邻的地板的弹性双舌部在侧部的内外 向的方向上由其外舌的外凸部对本地板的槽座部的内侧限位部的朝向外侧的表面保持 弹性接触式滑动限位。
上述的本地板的各个弹性双舌部是使用时能从上方与相邻的相应的锁扣地板的槽 座部相互锁扣连接的部位， 该相邻的相应的锁扣地板简称为相邻的地板。所述的相邻的 地板的结构形状与本地板的结构形状相同或相对应。所述的使用时本地板的弹性双舌部 与相邻的地板的槽座部的相互锁扣连接，包括本地板的弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部在其 内上方向和内下方向这 2 个方向上与相邻的地板的槽座部的锁扣主槽的内舌限位槽的 所在部位的相互接触限位，以及包括本地板的弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部在其外上方向 和外下方向这 2 个方向上与相邻的地板的槽座部的锁扣主槽的外舌限位槽的所在部位 的相互接触限位。本地板与相邻的地板在进行相互锁扣连接的过程中，均处于水平状态， 且位于上方的本地板由其主体部按照从上向下的方向相对于相邻的地板运动，并且本地 板的弹性双舌部在侧部的内外向的方向上由其限位部和内舌的内凸部共同对相邻的地 板的槽座部的外侧限位部保持弹性夹持式滑动限位，以及本地板的弹性双舌部在侧部的 内外向的方向上由其外舌的外凸部对相邻的地板的槽座部的内侧限位部的朝向外侧的 表面保持弹性接触式滑动限位。
以上述基本技术方案为基础的进一步技术方案是： 所述弹性双舌部的限位部、上连 接部、 内舌和外舌均沿弹性双舌部的长度方向伸展， 且限位部、 上连接部、 内舌和外舌 的长度均相同，弹性双舌部的锁扣副槽和弹性变形槽则均从弹性双舌部的长度方向上贯 通弹性双舌部， 且弹性变形槽截面形状为倒 u形槽。
上述槽座部的下连接部由连接部主体和定位凸台组成.定位凸台朝上凸起且从上方 连接在连接部主体上。槽座部的内侧限位部、下连接部和外侧限位部均沿槽座部的长度 方向伸展， 且内侧限位部、 下连接部和外侧限位部的长度均相同， 下连接部的连接部主 体和定位凸台的长度也相同， 槽座部的锁扣主槽则从槽座部的长度方向上贯通槽座部。 定位凸台设有朝向内上方的内支撑面和朝向外上方的外支撑面。定位凸台的内支撑面和 外支撑面对称设置于相对于沿槽座部的长度方向设置的铅垂面。下连接部的定位凸台的 内支撑面、 下连接部的连接部主体和内侧限位部之间形成从长度方向贯通槽座部的内 槽， 且内槽是锁扣主槽的一部分， 而外舌限位槽则是内槽的一部分。 下连接部的定位凸 台的外支撑面、下连接部的连接部主体和外侧限位部之间形成从长度方向贯通槽座部的 外槽， 且外槽是锁扣主槽的一部分， 而内舌限位槽则是外槽的一部分。槽座部的内侧限 位部的朝向外侧的表面上还设有开口向外的且与弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部的形状相 对应的从槽座部的长度方向贯通槽座部的定位导向槽，且该定位导向槽位于外舌限位槽 的上方。 定位导向槽是内槽的一部分。
上述的使用时本地板的槽座部与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部的相互锁扣连接，还包括 本地板的槽座部由其定位凸台的外支撑面与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部的内舌的外下部 的相互接触限位，以及由其定位凸台的内支撑面与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部的外舌的内 下部的相互接触限位。
上述在相邻的地板的弹性双舌部与本地板的槽座部完成相互锁扣连接的状态下，槽 座部的外侧限位部的外端面与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部的限位部的朝向外侧的上部端 面之间具有 0.03-0.1毫米的配合间隙。 上述的使用时本地板的弹性双舌部与相邻的地板的槽座部的相互锁扣连接，还包括 本地板的弹性双舌部由其内舌的外下部与相邻的地板的槽座部的定位凸台的外支撑面 的相互接触限位，以及本地板的弹性双舌部由其外舌的内下部与所述的相邻的锁扣地板 的槽座部的定位凸台的内支撑面的相互接触限位。
上述在本地板的弹性双舌部与相邻的地板的槽座部完成相互锁扣连接的状态下，弹 性双舌部的限位部的朝向外侧的上部端面与相邻的地板的槽座部的外侧限位部的外端 面之间具有 0.03-0.1毫米的配合间隙。
以上述技术方案为基础的进一步技术方案是：所述弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部的截 面形状为尖角朝内的三角形。 内凸部的内侧上表面与水平面的夹角 α为 40度至 60度。 内凸部的内侧下表面与水平面的夹角 β为 45度至 65度。 内凸部的内外向的长度 L为 0.2至 1毫米。 所述弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部的截面形状为尖角朝外的三角形。 外凸 部的外侧上表面与水平面的夹角 α 1为 40度至 60度。外凸部的外侧下表面与水平面的 夹角 β 1为 45度至 65度。 外凸部的内外向的长度 L1为 0.2至 1毫米。
上述所述槽座部的锁扣主槽的内舌限位槽的截面形状与弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸 部的截面形状相对应， 为开口向内的 V形， 该 V形的内舌限位槽由开设在外侧限位部 上的外下支撑面和位于外下支撑面上方的外上限位面组成。外下支撑面是朝向内上方的 斜面， 外上限位面是朝向内下方的斜面。 外下支撑面与水平面的夹角 β 2相同于弹性双 舌部的内舌的内凸部的内侧下表面与水平面的夹角 β。 外上限位面与水平面的夹角 α 2 相同于弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部的内侧上表面与水平面的夹角 α。外侧限位部的内侧 上部设有外定位导向面， 外定位导向面是朝向内上方的斜面。外下支撑面与水平面的夹 角 β 2的度数减去外定位导向面与水平面的夹角 α 4的度数的差值为 0度至 15度。
上述槽座部的锁扣主槽的外舌限位槽的截面形状与弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部的 截面形状相对应， 为开口向外的 V形， 该 V形的外舌限位槽由开设在内侧限位部上的 内下支撑面和位于内下支撑面上方的内上限位面组成。 内下支撑面是朝向外上方的斜 面， 内上限位面是朝向外下方的斜面。 内下支撑面与水平面的夹角 β 3相同于弹性双舌 部的外舌的外凸部的外侧下表面与水平面的夹角 β 1。 内上限位面与水平面的夹角 α 3 相同于弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部的外侧上表面与水平面的夹角 α 1。
上述定位导向槽为开口向外的 V形， 该 V形的定位导向槽由开设在内侧限位部上 的内定位导向面和位于内定位导向面上方的内定位面组成。内定位导向面是朝向外上方 的斜面， 内定位面是朝向外下方的斜面。 内定位面与水平面的夹角 Υ的度数大于弹性双 舌部的外舌的外凸部的外侧上表面与水平面的夹角 α 1的度数 5至 20度。 上述的使用时本地板的槽座部由其锁扣主槽的外舌限位槽的所在部位在其内上方 向上与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部的相互接触限位，是本地板的槽座部的 内侧限位部的内上限位面与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部的外侧上表面的 相互接触限位。而本地板的槽座部由其锁扣主槽的外舌限位槽的所在的部位在其内下方 向上与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部的相互接触限位，是本地板的槽座部的 内侧限位部的内下支撑面与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部的外侧下表面的 相互接触限位。
上述的使用时本地板的槽座部由其锁扣主槽的内舌限位槽的所在部位在其外上方 向上与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部的相互接触限位，是本地板的槽座部的 外侧限位部的外上限位面与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部的内侧上表面的 相互接触限位。而本地板的槽座部由其锁扣主槽的内舌限位槽的所在部位在其外下方向 上与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部的相互接触限位，是本地板的槽座部的外 侧限位部的外下支撑面与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部的内侧下表面的相 互接触限位。
上述的使用时本地板的弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部在其内上方向上与相邻的地板 的槽座部的锁扣主槽的内舌限位槽的所在部位的相互接触限位，是本地板的弹性双舌部 的内舌的内凸部的内侧上表面与相邻的地板的槽座部的外侧限位部的外上限位面的相 互接触限位。而本地板的弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部在其内下方向上与相邻的地板的槽 座部的锁扣主槽的内舌限位槽的所在部位的相互接触限位，是本地板的弹性双舌部的内 舌的内凸部的内侧下表面与相邻的地板的槽座部的内侧限位部的内下支撑面的相互接 触限位。
上述的使用时本地板的弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部在其外上方向上与相邻的地板 的槽座部的锁扣主槽的外舌限位槽的所在部位的相互接触限位，是本地板的弹性双舌部 的外舌的外凸部的外侧上表面与相邻的地板的槽座部的内侧限位部的内上限位面的相 互接触限位。而本地板的弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部在其外下方向上与相邻的地板的槽 座部的锁扣主槽的外舌限位槽的所在部位的相互接触限位，是本地板的弹性双舌部的外 舌的外凸部的外侧下表面与相邻的地板的槽座部的内侧限位部的内下支撑面的相互接 触限位。
以上述技术方案为基础的进一步技术方案是：所述弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部的内 侧上表面与水平面的夹角 ct为 46至 56度。 内凸部的内侧下表面与水平面的夹角 β为 50至 60度。 内凸部的长度 L为 0.3至 0.6毫米。 上述弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部的外侧上表面与水平面的夹角 α 1与夹角 α相同。 外凸部的外侧下表面与水平面的夹角 β 1与夹角 β相同。 外凸部的长度 L1与长度 L相 同。所述槽座部的外侧限位部的外定位导向面与水平面的夹角 α 4等于外下支撑面与水 平面的夹角 β 2。
上述槽座部的内侧限位部的内定位面与水平面的夹角 Υ的度数大于外凸部的外侧 上表面与水平面的夹角 α 1的度数 11至 13度。
以上述相应技术方案为基础的进一步技术方案是：所述弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部 的截面形状为凸出方向朝内的弓形。 内凸部的内外向的距离为 0.24至 1毫米。 弹性双 舌部的外舌的外凸部的截面形状为凸出方向朝外的弓形。外凸部的内外向的距离为 0.24 至 1毫米。
上述槽座部的锁扣主槽的内舌限位槽的截面形状是与弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部 的截面形状相对应的开口方向朝内的弓形。槽座部的锁扣主槽的外舌限位槽的截面形状 是与弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部的截面形状相对应的开口方向朝外的弓形。所述槽座部 的锁扣主槽的定位导向槽的截面形状为弓形，定位导向槽沿槽座部的长度方向贯穿内侧 限位部且水平设置。
以上述相应技术方案为基础的进一步技术方案是：所述弹性双舌部的内舌的外下角 部是截面的外周形状为圆弧形的导向式外下角部， 导向式外下角部的半径 R为 0.25毫 米至 0.75毫米。
上述弹性双舌部的外舌的内下角部是截面的外周形状为圆弧形的导向式内下角部， 导向式内下角部的半径 R1为 0.25毫米至 0.75毫米。
以上述相应技术方案为基础的进一步技术方案是：所述弹性双舌部的上连接部的上 端面至内舌的下端面之间的距离为主体部的厚度的 3/5至 7/10。所述弹性双舌部的上连 接部的上下两侧的距离 S1与内舌的上下向的距离 S2之比为 1： 0.8至 1： 1.2。 所述弹 性双舌部的外舌与内舌相对于沿弹性双舌部的长度方向设置的铅垂面对称设置。
上述槽座部的外侧限位部的上下两侧的距离 D1为主体部的厚度的 11/25至 14/25。 所述槽座部的下连接部的上下两侧的距离 D2为主体部的厚度的 1/2至 3/5。
上述的使用时本地板的弹性双舌部与相邻的地板的槽座部完成了相互锁扣连接后， 两者在锁扣处的整体厚度与本地板的主体部的厚度相同，且本地板的弹性双舌部的内舌 的下端面与相邻的地板的槽座部的下连接部的外侧上端面之间在上下方向上具有 0.1毫 米至 0.3毫米的内舌缓冲间隙。本地板的弹性双舌部的外舌的下端面与相邻的地板的槽 座部的下连接部的内侧上端面之间在上下方向上具有外舌缓冲间隙，外舌缓冲间隙的大 小与内舌缓冲间隙的大小相等。本地板的弹性双舌部的上连接部的内侧下端面还与相邻 的地板的槽座部的外侧限位部的上端面之间在上下方向上具有 0.1毫米至 0.3毫米的缓 冲间隙。
以上述各相应技术方案为基础的进一步技术方案是：所述本地板的主体部的厚度为 6至 18毫米。
以上述各相应技术方案为基础的进一步技术方案是： PVC锁扣地板包括地板主体、 装饰图案层和透明耐磨层。装饰图案层全覆盖且熔合在地板主体的上表面上， 透明耐磨 层全覆盖且熔合在装饰图案层的上表面上， 地板主体为 PVC同材质一体件。 实现本发明第二目的的基本技术方案是： 一种锁扣地板块， 锁扣地板块为同材质一 体件、 复合板材一体件或者是混合材质一体件， 锁扣地板块的行走面的形状为多边形， 所述多边形为等腰三角形、四边形或正六边形；所述的四边形为等腰梯形或平行四边形; 所述的平行四边形为长方形、 正方形或菱形， 或者是非等边非直角的平行四边形。其结 构特点是- 上述锁扣地板块包括主体部、槽座部以及相应的弹性双舌部。所述主体部是上表面 形状与锁扣地板块的行走面的多边形的形状相对应的多边形棱柱体。 主体部的厚度为 4 毫米至 30毫米。 槽座部的个数与弹性双舌部的个数之和等于所述的多边形的边数。
上述锁扣地板块的行走面的形状为等腰三角形时， 所述的槽座部为 1个或 2个， 而 相应的弹性双舌部则为 2个或 1个。 当该锁扣地板块的行走面的形状为正六边形时， 所 述槽座部为 3个且依次相邻设置， 而相应的弹性双舌部也为 3个且也依次相邻设置。 当 锁扣地板块的行走面的形状为长方形或正方形时， 所述的槽座部为 1个或 2个或 3个， 而相应的弹性双舌部则为 3个或 2个或 1个， 且当槽座部为 2个时， 则该 2个槽座部相 邻设置， 相应的 2个弹性双舌部也相邻设置。 当锁扣地板块的行走面的形状为菱形时， 所述的槽座部为 2个且相邻设置， 而相应的弹性双舌部也为 2个且也相邻设置。 当锁扣 地板块的行走面的形状为等腰梯形时， 所述的槽座部为 1个或 2个或 3个， 而相应的弹 性双舌部则为 3个或 2个或 1个， 且当槽座部为 2个时， 则该 2个槽座部相邻设置， 相 应的 2个弹性双舌部也相邻设置。
上述锁扣地板块的各个槽座部的结构形状基本相同， 且当锁扣地板块包括 2个或 3 个相邻的槽座部时，则相邻的 2个槽座部的端部沿各自的槽座部的长度方向延伸且相互 重合在一起。锁扣地板块的各个弹性双舌部的结构形状基本相同， 且当锁扣地板块包括 2个或 3个相邻的弹性双舌部时， 则相邻的 2个弹性双舌部的端部沿各自的弹性双舌部 的长度方向延伸且相互重合在一起。各弹性双舌部的结构形状和各相应的槽座部的结构 形状相对应。
上述各个槽座部由各自的内侧限位部从主体部的周边的一侧的侧面连接在主体部 上，各个弹性双舌部由各自的限位部从主体部的剩余的周边的一侧的侧面连接在主体部 上。
上述的各弹性双舌部为设有限位部、 上连接部、双舌、 弹性变形槽和锁扣副槽的部 位。所述的双舌按照相距主体部的近远分为内舌和外舌。上连接部从靠近主体部的一侧 连接在限位部的外侧部上方，内舌和外舌依照距离主体部的近远的次序分别从下方连接 在上连接部上， 从而在外舌、 上连接部和内舌之间形成开口向下的弹性变形槽； 而在内 舌、 上连接部和限位部之间形成开口向下的锁扣副槽， 也使得弹性双舌部的限位部、锁 扣副槽、 内舌、弹性变形槽和外舌按照由近至远依次远离主体部的相应一侧的顺序依次 设置。内舌的内侧下部设有向内凸起的内凸部。外舌的外侧下部设有向外凸起的外凸部。
上述的各槽座部为设有内侧限位部、下连接部和外侧限位部的部位。下连接部从靠 近主体部的一侧连接在内侧限位部的外侧部下方，外侧限位部由其靠近主体部的一侧的 下部连接在下连接部上， 从而在外侧限位部、下连接部和内侧限位部之间形成开口向上 的锁扣主槽，且内侧限位部的朝向外侧的端面上设有形状与外舌的外凸部的形状相对应 的开口向外的外舌限位槽，外侧限位部的朝向内侧的端面上设有形状与内舌的内凸部的 形状相对应的开口向内的内舌限位槽。外舌限位槽和内舌限位槽均属于锁扣主槽的一部 分。
上述的锁扣地板块的各个槽座部是使用时能从下方与相邻的相应的锁扣地板块的 弹性双舌部相互锁扣连接的部位， 该相邻的相应的锁扣地板块简称为相邻的地板块， 而 所述的锁扣地板块则简称为本地板块。所述的相邻的地板块的结构形状与本地板块的结 构形状相同或相对应。所述的使用时本地板块的槽座部与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部的 相互锁扣连接，包括本地板块的槽座部由其锁扣主槽的外舌限位槽的所在部位在其内上 方向和内下方向这 2 个方向上与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部的相互接 触限位，以及包括本地板块的槽座部由其锁扣主槽的内舌限位槽的所在部位在其外上方 向和外下方向这 2 个方向上与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部的相互接触 限位。相邻的地板块与本地板块在进行相互锁扣连接的过程中， 均处于水平状态， 且位 于上方的相邻的地板块由其主体部按照从上向下的方向相对于位于下方的本地板块运 动，并且相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部在侧部的内外向的方向上由其限位部和内舌的内凸 部共同对本地板块的槽座部的外侧限位部保持弹性夹持式滑动限位，以及相邻的地板块 的弹性双舌部在侧部的内外向的方向上由其外舌的外凸部对本地板块的槽座部的内侧 限位部的朝向外侧的表面保持弹性接触式滑动限位。
上述的本地板块的各个弹性双舌部是使用时能从上方与相邻的相应的锁扣地板块 的槽座部相互锁扣连接的部位， 该相邻的相应的锁扣地板块简称为相邻的地板块； 所述 的相邻的地板块的结构形状与本地板块的结构形状相同或相对应；所述的使用时本地板 块的弹性双舌部与相邻的地板块的槽座部的相互锁扣连接，包括本地板块的弹性双舌部 的内舌的内凸部在其内上方向和内下方向这 2 个方向上与相邻的地板块的槽座部的锁 扣主槽的内舌限位槽的所在部位的相互接触限位，以及包括本地板块的弹性双舌部的外 舌的外凸部在其外上方向和外下方向这 2 个方向上与相邻的地板块的槽座部的锁扣主 槽的外舌限位槽的所在部位的相互接触限位。本地板块与相邻的地板块在进行相互锁扣 连接的过程中， 均处于水平状态， 且位于上方的本地板块由其主体部按照从上向下的方 向相对于相邻的地板块运动，并且本地板块的弹性双舌部在侧部的内外向的方向上由其 限位部和内舌的内凸部共同对相邻的地板块的槽座部的外侧限位部保持弹性夹持式滑 动限位，以及本地板块的弹性双舌部在侧部的内外向的方向上由其外舌的外凸部对相邻 的地板块的槽座部的内侧限位部的朝向外侧的表面保持弹性接触式滑动限位。
以上述基本技术方案为基础的进一步技术方案是： 所述弹性双舌部的限位部、上连 接部、 内舌和外舌均沿弹性双舌部的长度方向伸展， 且限位部、 上连接部、 内舌和外舌 的长度均相同，弹性双舌部的锁扣副槽和弹性变形槽则均从弹性双舌部的长度方向上贯 通弹性双舌部， 且弹性变形槽截面形状为倒 U形槽。
上述槽座部的下连接部由连接部主体和定位凸台组成.定位凸台朝上凸起且从上方 连接在连接部主体上。槽座部的内侧限位部、下连接部和外侧限位部均沿槽座部的长度 方向伸展， 且内侧限位部、 下连接部和外侧限位部的长度均相同， 下连接部的连接部主 体和定位凸台的长度也相同， 槽座部的锁扣主槽则从槽座部的长度方向上贯通槽座部。 定位凸台设有朝向内上方的内支撑面和朝向外上方的外支撑面。定位凸台的内支撑面和 外支撑面对称设置于相对于沿槽座部的长度方向设置的铅垂面。下连接部的定位凸台的 内支撑面、 下连接部的连接部主体和内侧限位部之间形成从长度方向贯通槽座部的内 槽， 且内槽是锁扣主槽的一部分， 而外舌限位槽则是内槽的一部分。 下连接部的定位凸 台的外支撑面、下连接部的连接部主体和外侧限位部之间形成从长度方向贯通槽座部的 外槽， 且外槽是锁扣主槽的一部分， 而内舌限位槽则是外槽的一部分。槽座部的内侧限 位部的朝向外侧的表面上还设有开口向外的且与弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部的形状相 对应的从槽座部的长度方向贯通槽座部的定位导向槽，且该定位导向槽位于外舌限位槽 的上方。 定位导向槽是内槽的一部分。
上述的使用时本地板块的槽座部与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部的相互锁扣连接，还 包括本地板块的槽座部由其定位凸台的外支撑面与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部的内舌 的外下部的相互接触限位，以及由其定位凸台的内支撑面与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部 的外舌的内下部的相互接触限位。
上述在相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部与本地板块的槽座部完成相互锁扣连接的状态 下，槽座部的外侧限位部的外端面与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部的限位部的朝向外侧的 上部端面之间具有 0.03-0.1毫米的配合间隙。
上述的使用时本地板块的弹性双舌部与相邻的地板块的槽座部的相互锁扣连接，还 包括本地板块的弹性双舌部由其内舌的外下部与相邻的地板块的槽座部的定位凸台的 外支撑面的相互接触限位，以及本地板块的弹性双舌部由其外舌的内下部与所述的相邻 的锁扣地板块的槽座部的定位凸台的内支撑面的相互接触限位。
上述在本地板块的弹性双舌部与相邻的地板块的槽座部完成相互锁扣连接的状态 下，弹性双舌部的限位部的朝向外侧的上部端面与相邻的地板块的槽座部的外侧限位部 的外端面之间具有 0.03-0.1毫米的配合间隙。
以上述技术方案为基础的进一步技术方案是：所述弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部的截 面形状为尖角朝内的三角形。内凸部的内侧上表面与水平面的夹角 a a为 40度至 60度。 内凸部的内侧下表面与水平面的夹角 P a为 45度至 65度。 内凸部的内外向的长度 La 为 0.2至 1毫米。 所述弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部的截面形状为尖角朝外的三角形。 外 凸部的外侧上表面与水平面的夹角 ct al为 40度至 60度。 外凸部的外侧下表面与水平 面的夹角 β al为 45度至 65度。 外凸部的内外向的长度 Lai为 0.2至 1毫米。
上述所述槽座部的锁扣主槽的内舌限位槽的截面形状与弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸 部的截面形状相对应， 为开口向内的 V形， 该 V形的内舌限位槽由开设在外侧限位部 上的外下支撑面和位于外下支撑面上方的外上限位面组成。外下支撑面是朝向内上方的 斜面， 外上限位面是朝向内下方的斜面。 外下支撑面与水平面的夹角 β a2 相同于弹性 双舌部的内舌的内凸部的内侧下表面与水平面的夹角 P a。 外上限位面与水平面的夹角 ct a2相同于弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部的内侧上表面与水平面的夹角 ct a。 外侧限位部 的内侧上部设有外定位导向面， 外定位导向面是朝向内上方的斜面。外下支撑面与水平 面的夹角 β a2的度数减去外定位导向面与水平面的夹角 ct a4的度数的差值为 0度至 15 度。
上述槽座部的锁扣主槽的外舌限位槽的截面形状与弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部的 截面形状相对应， 为开口向外的 V形， 该 V形的外舌限位槽由开设在内侧限位部上的 内下支撑面和位于内下支撑面上方的内上限位面组成。 内下支撑面是朝向外上方的斜 面， 内上限位面是朝向外下方的斜面。 内下支撑面与水平面的夹角 P a3 相同于弹性双 舌部的外舌的外凸部的外侧下表面与水平面的夹角 P al。内上限位面与水平面的夹角 α a3相同于弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部的外侧上表面与水平面的夹角 ct al。
上述定位导向槽为开口向外的 V形， 该 V形的定位导向槽由开设在内侧限位部上 的内定位导向面和位于内定位导向面上方的内定位面组成。内定位导向面是朝向外上方 的斜面， 内定位面是朝向外下方的斜面。 内定位面与水平面的夹角 Y a的度数大于弹性 双舌部的外舌的外凸部的外侧上表面与水平面的夹角 a al的度数 5至 20度。
上述的使用时本地板块的槽座部由其锁扣主槽的外舌限位槽的所在部位在其内上 方向上与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部的相互接触限位，是本地板块的槽 座部的内侧限位部的内上限位面与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部的外侧 上表面的相互接触限位。而本地板块的槽座部由其锁扣主槽的外舌限位槽的所在的部位 在其内下方向上与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部的相互接触限位，是本地 板块的槽座部的内侧限位部的内下支撑面与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸 部的外侧下表面的相互接触限位。
上述的使用时本地板块的槽座部由其锁扣主槽的内舌限位槽的所在部位在其外上 方向上与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部的相互接触限位，是本地板块的槽 座部的外侧限位部的外上限位面与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部的内侧 上表面的相互接触限位。而本地板块的槽座部由其锁扣主槽的内舌限位槽的所在部位在 其外下方向上与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部的相互接触限位，是本地板 块的槽座部的外侧限位部的外下支撑面与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部 的内侧下表面的相互接触限位。
上述的使用时本地板块的弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部在其内上方向上与相邻的地 板块的槽座部的锁扣主槽的内舌限位槽的所在部位的相互接触限位，是本地板块的弹性 双舌部的内舌的内凸部的内侧上表面与相邻的地板块的槽座部的外侧限位部的外上限 位面的相互接触限位。而本地板块的弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部在其内下方向上与相邻 的地板块的槽座部的锁扣主槽的内舌限位槽的所在部位的相互接触限位，是本地板块的 弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部的内侧下表面与相邻的地板块的槽座部的内侧限位部的内 下支撑面的相互接触限位。
上述的使用时本地板块的弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部在其外上方向上与相邻的地 板块的槽座部的锁扣主槽的外舌限位槽的所在部位的相互接触限位，是本地板块的弹性 双舌部的外舌的外凸部的外侧上表面与相邻的地板块的槽座部的内侧限位部的内上限 位面的相互接触限位。而本地板块的弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部在其外下方向上与相邻 的地板块的槽座部的锁扣主槽的外舌限位槽的所在部位的相互接触限位，是本地板块的 弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部的外侧下表面与相邻的地板块的槽座部的内侧限位部的内 下支撑面的相互接触限位。
以上述技术方案为基础的进一步技术方案是：所述弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部的内 侧上表面与水平面的夹角 ct a为 46至 56度。 内凸部的内侧下表面与水平面的夹角 β a 为 50至 60度。 内凸部的长度 La为 0.3至 0.6毫米。
上述弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部的外侧上表面）与水平面的夹角 a al与夹角 ct a相 同。外凸部的外侧下表面与水平面的夹角 P al与夹角 P a相同。外凸部的长度 Lai与长 度 La相同。所述槽座部的外侧限位部的外定位导向面与水平面的夹角 a a4等于外下支 撑面与水平面的夹角 P a2。
上述槽座部的内侧限位部的内定位面与水平面的夹角 Y a的度数大于外凸部的外侧 上表面与水平面的夹角 ct al的度数 11至 13度。
以上述相应技术方案为基础的进一步技术方案是：所述弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部 的截面形状为凸出方向朝内的弓形。 内凸部的内外向的距离为 0.24至 1毫米。 弹性双 舌部的外舌的外凸部的截面形状为凸出方向朝外的弓形。外凸部的内外向的距离为 0.24 至 1毫米。
上述槽座部的锁扣主槽的内舌限位槽的截面形状是与弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部 的截面形状相对应的开口方向朝内的弓形。槽座部的锁扣主槽的外舌限位槽的截面形状 是与弹性双舌部的外舌的外凸部的截面形状相对应的开口方向朝外的弓形。所述槽座部 的锁扣主槽的定位导向槽的截面形状为弓形，定位导向槽沿槽座部的长度方向贯穿内侧 限位部且水平设置。
以上述相应技术方案为基础的进一步技术方案是：所述弹性双舌部的内舌的外下角 部是截面的外周形状为圆弧形的导向式外下角部， 导向式外下角部的半径 Ra为 0.25毫 米至 0.75毫米。
上述弹性双舌部的外舌的内下角部是截面的外周形状为圆弧形的导向式内下角部， 导向式内下角部的半径 Ral为 0.25毫米至 0.75毫米。
以上述相应技术方案为基础的进一步技术方案是：所述弹性双舌部的上连接部的上 端面至内舌的下端面之间的距离为主体部的厚度的 3/5至 7/10。所述弹性双舌部的上连 接部的上下两侧的距离 Sal与内舌的上下向的距离 Sa2之比为 1： 0.8至 1： 1.2。 所述 弹性双舌部的外舌与内舌相对于沿弹性双舌部的长度方向设置的铅垂面对称设置。
上述槽座部的外侧限位部的上下两侧的距离 Dal为主体部的厚度的 11/25至 14/25。 所述槽座部的下连接部的上下两侧的距离 Da2为主体部的厚度的 1/2至 3/5。
上述的使用时本地板块的弹性双舌部与相邻的地板块的槽座部完成了相互锁扣连 接后， 两者在锁扣处的整体厚度与本地板块的主体部的厚度相同， 且本地板块的弹性双 舌部的内舌的下端面与相邻的地板块的槽座部的下连接部的外侧上端面之间在上下方 向上具有 0.1毫米至 0.3毫米的内舌缓冲间隙。 本地板块的弹性双舌部的外舌的下端面 与相邻的地板块的槽座部的下连接部的内侧上端面之间在上下方向上具有外舌缓冲间 隙， 外舌缓冲间隙的大小与内舌缓冲间隙的大小相等。本地板块的弹性双舌部的上连接 部的内侧下端面还与相邻的地板块的槽座部的外侧限位部的上端面之间在上下方向上 具有 0.1毫米至 0.3毫米的缓冲间隙。
以上述各相应技术方案为基础的进一步技术方案是：所述本地板块的主体部的厚度 为 6至 18毫米。
以上述各相应技术方案为基础的进一步技术方案是：当本地板块的行走面的形状为 等腰梯形时，所述的主体部是上表面形状与本地板块的行走面的形状相对应的等腰梯形 棱柱体。所述的槽座部 2个， 而相应的弹性双舌部则也为 2个。 且该 2个槽座部相邻设 置， 相应的 2个弹性双舌部也相邻设置。 2个槽座部的结构形状基本相同， 两者的各一 端相邻， 且该相邻的 2个端部沿各自的槽座部的长度方向延伸且相互重合在一起。 2个 弹性双舌部的结构形状基本相同， 两者的一端相邻， 且该相邻的 2个端部沿各自的弹性 双舌部的长度方向延伸且相互重合在一起。各弹性双舌部的结构形状和与其位于相对一 侧的槽座部的结构形状相对应。
上述 2 个槽座部由各自的内侧限位部从主体部的四侧周边的相邻的两侧的侧面连 接在主体部上， 2个弹性双舌部由各自的限位部从主体部的四侧周边的相邻的另外两侧 的侧面连接在主体部上。
上述的使用时本地板块的槽座部与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部的相互锁扣连接，其 中的相邻的地板块的结构形状与本地板块的结构形状相同。所述的使用时本地板块的弹 性双舌部与相邻的地板块的槽座部的相互锁扣连接，其中的相邻的地板块的结构形状与 本地板块的结构形状相同。
以上述各相应技术方案为基础的进一步技术方案是：本地板块的行走面的形状为长 方形或正方形； 所述主体部是上表面形状与本地板块的行走面的形状相对应的长方体。 所述的槽座部有 2个， 相应的弹性双舌部也有 2个。 2个槽座部的结构形状基本相同， 两者的各一端相邻，且该相邻的 2个端部沿各自的槽座部的长度方向延伸且相互重合在 一起； 2个弹性双舌部的结构形状基本相同， 两者的一端相邻， 且该相邻的 2个端部沿 各自的弹性双舌部的长度方向延伸且相互重合在一起。各弹性双舌部的结构形状和与其 位于相对一侧的槽座部的结构形状相对应。
上述 2 个槽座部由各自的内侧限位部从主体部的四侧周边的相邻的两侧的侧面连 接在主体部上， 2个弹性双舌部由各自的限位部从主体部的四侧周边的相邻的另外两侧 的侧面连接在主体部上。
上述的使用时本地板块的槽座部与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部的相互锁扣连接，其 中的相邻的地板块的结构形状与本地板块的结构形状相同。所述的使用时本地板块的弹 性双舌部与相邻的地板块的槽座部的相互锁扣连接，其中的相邻的地板块的结构形状与 本地板块的结构形状相同。 附图说明
图 1为本发明的 PVC锁扣地板的一种立体示意图；
图 2为从图 1的 H向观察时的放大示意图；
图 3为从图 1的前侧也即看 K1向观察时的放大示意图；
图 4为图 2中 A处的放大示意图；
图 5为图 3中 B处的放大示意图；
图 6为图 3中 C处的放大示意图；
图 7图 5中 D处的放大示意图
图 8为图 6中 E处的放大示意图；
图 9为由多块图 1所示结构的 PVC锁扣地板相互卡接组装在一起的示意图； 图 10为图 9中的 PVC锁扣地板 200由其后侧弹性双舌部安装到 PVC锁扣地板 100 的前侧槽座部上的安装过程示意图；
图 11为图 9中的位于右侧的 PVC锁扣地板由其左侧槽座部与位于左侧的 PVC锁 扣地板的右侧弹性双舌部相互锁扣连接时的放大示意图； 例如位于右侧的 PVC锁扣地 板 500与位于左侧后部的 PVC锁扣地板 1000和位于左侧前部的 PVC锁扣地板 1100的 相互锁扣连接；
图 12为图 9中的位于前侧的 PVC锁扣地板由其后侧弹性双舌部与位于后侧的 PVC 锁扣地板的前侧槽座部锁扣连接时的放大示意图； 例如位于前侧的 PVC锁扣地板 700 与位于后侧的 PVC锁扣地板 500的相互锁扣连接；
图 13本发明的 PVC锁扣地板的另一结构的槽座部的放大示意图；
图 14为与图 13的 PVC锁扣地板的槽座部相应的 PVC锁扣地板的弹性双舌部的放 大示意图；
图 15为图 9中的 PVC锁扣地板 200由其后侧弹性双舌部安装到 PVC锁扣地板 100 的前侧槽座部上的安装过程示意图； 所述的图 9中的所有 PVC锁扣地板的槽座部均采 用图 13所示的槽座部的结构， 而图 9中的所有 PVC锁扣地板的弹性双舌部均采用图 14所示的弹性双舌部的结构；
图 16为本发明的锁扣地板块的一种立体示意图；
图 17为从图 16的 G向观察时的放大示意图；
图 18为从图 16的前侧也即看 M向观察时的放大示意图；
图 19为图 17中 U处的放大示意图；
图 20为图 18中 V处的放大示意图；
图 21为图 18中 W处的放大示意图；
图 22为图 20中 X处的放大示意图
图 23为图 21中 Y处的放大示意图；
图 24为由多块图 16所示结构的锁扣地板块相互卡接组装在一起的示意图； 图 25为图 24中的锁扣地板块 200a由其后侧弹性双舌部安装到锁扣地板块 100的 前侧槽座部上的安装过程示意图；
图 26为图 24中的位于右侧的锁扣地板块由其左侧槽座部与位于左侧的锁扣地板块 的右侧弹性双舌部相互锁扣连接时的放大示意图； 例如位于右侧的锁扣地板块 500a与 位于左侧后部的锁扣地板块 1000 a和位于左侧前部的锁扣地板块 1100a的相互锁扣连 接；
图 27为图 24中的位于前侧的锁扣地板块由其后侧弹性双舌部与位于后侧的锁扣地 板块的前侧槽座部锁扣连接时的放大示意图； 例如位于前侧的锁扣地板块 700a与位于 后侧的锁扣地板块 500a的相互锁扣连接；
图 28本发明的锁扣地板块的另一结构的槽座部的放大示意图；
图 29为与图 28的锁扣地板块的槽座部相应的锁扣地板块的弹性双舌部的放大示意 图；
图 30为图 24中的锁扣地板块 200a由其后侧弹性双舌部安装到锁扣地板块 100a的 前侧槽座部上的安装过程示意图； 所述的图 24中的所有锁扣地板块的槽座部均采用图 28所示的槽座部的结构， 而图 24中的所有锁扣地板块的弹性双舌部均采用图 29所示 的弹性双舌部的结构；
图 31为多个本发明的锁扣地板块的上表面的行走面的形状为正六边形的锁扣地板 块相互拼接在一起的示意图， 图中标号 2a示意锁扣地板块的槽座部， 图中标号 3a示意 锁扣地板块的弹性双舌部；
图 32为多个本发明的锁扣地板块的上表面的行走面的形状为菱形的锁扣地板块相 互拼接在一起的示意图， 图中标号 2a示意锁扣地板块的槽座部， 图中标号 3a示意锁扣 地板块的弹性双舌部；
图 33为多个本发明的相应 2种锁扣地板块的上表面的行走面的形状为等腰梯形的 锁扣地板块相互拼接在一起的示意图， 图中标号 2a示意锁扣地板块的槽座部， 图中标 号 3a示意锁扣地板块的弹性双舌部；
图 34为多个本发明的相应 2种锁扣地板块的上表面的行走面的形状为等腰三角形 的锁扣地板块相互拼接在一起的示意图， 图中标号 2a示意锁扣地板块的槽座部， 图中 标号 3a示意锁扣地板块的弹性双舌部；
图 35为多个本发明的相应 2种锁扣地板块的上表面的行走面的形状为等腰三角形 的另一种形式的锁扣地板块相互拼接在一起的示意图， 图中标号 2a示意锁扣地板块的 槽座部， 图中标号 3a示意锁扣地板块的弹性双舌部；
图 36为多个本发明的相应 2种锁扣地板块的上表面的行走面的形状为等腰梯形的 另一种形式的锁扣地板块相互拼接在一起的示意图， 图中标号 2a示意锁扣地板块的槽 座部， 图中标号 3a示意锁扣地板块的弹性双舌部。 上述附图中的标记如下：
主体部 1，
槽座部 2， 左侧槽座部 2-1， 前侧槽座部 2-2， 内侧限位部 21， 内下支撑面 21-1， 内上限位面 21-2， 中部端面（朝向外侧的铅垂面） 21-3， 内定位导向面 21-4， 内定位面 21-5， 上部端面 （朝向外侧的铅垂面） 21-6， 上端面 21-7， 下端面 21-8，
下连接部 22， 连接部主体 22-1， 内侧上端面 22-1-1， 外侧上端面 22-1-2， 下端面 22-1-3 , 定位凸台 22-2， 内支撑面 22-2-1， 外支撑面 22-2-2，
外侧限位部 23， 外下支撑面 23-1， 外上限位面 23-2， 中部端面 （朝向内侧的铅垂 面） 23-3，外定位导向面（内上角部斜面） 23-4，上端面 23-5，外端面 23-6，下端面 23-7， 锁扣主槽 24， 内槽 24-1， 外舌限位槽 24-1-1， 定位导向槽 24-1-2， 外槽 24-2， 内舌限 位槽 24-2-1，
弹性双舌部 3， 右侧弹性双舌部 3-1， 后侧弹性双舌部 3-2， 限位部 31， 上部端面 (朝向外侧的铅垂面） 31-1， 避让刀具面 （外下角部斜面） 31-2， 下端面 31-3， 上端面 31-4,
上连接部 32， 内侧下端面 32-1， 上端面 32-2， 外端面 32-3，
内舌 33， 内凸部 33-1， 内侧上表面 33-1-1， 内侧下表面 33-1-2， 下端面 33-2， 导 向式外下角部 33-3，
外舌 34， 外凸部 34-1， 外侧上表面 34-1-1， 外侧下表面 34-1-2， 下端面 34-2， 导 向式内下角部 34-3， 外端面 34-4， 弹性变形槽 35， 锁扣副槽 36，
缓冲间隙 61， 内舌缓冲间隙 62， 外舌缓冲间隙 63，
外舌限位槽的所在部位的： 内上方向 71， 内下方向 72，
内舌限位槽的所在部位的： 外上方向 73， 外下方向 74，
内舌的内凸部的： 内上方向 81， 内下方向 82，
外舌的外凸部的： 外上方向 83， 外下方向 84，
PVC锁扣地板 10， 地板主体 10-1， PVC装饰膜 10-2， 装饰图案层 10-2-1， 透明耐 磨层 10-2-2，
PVC锁扣地板 100， PVC锁扣地板 200， PVC锁扣地板 300， PVC锁扣地板 400， PVC锁扣地板 500， PVC锁扣地板 600， PVC锁扣地板 700， PVC锁扣地板 800， PVC 锁扣地板 900， PVC锁扣地板 1000， PVC锁扣地板 1100，
主体部 la，
槽座部 2a，左侧槽座部 2a- 1，前侧槽座部 2a-2，内侧限位部 21a，内下支撑面 21a-l， 内上限位面 21a-2， 中部端面 （朝向外侧的铅垂面） 21a-3， 内定位导向面 21a-4， 内定 位面 21a-5， 上部端面 （朝向外侧的铅垂面） 21a-6， 上端面 21a-7， 下端面 21a-8， 下连接部 22a， 连接部主体 22a-l， 内侧上端面 22a-l-l， 外侧上端面 22a-l-2， 下端 22a- 1-3, 定位凸台 22a-2， 内支撑面 22a-2-l， 外支撑面 22a-2-2，
外侧限位部 23a， 外下支撑面 23a-l， 外上限位面 23a-2， 中部端面 （朝向内侧的铅 垂面） 23a-3， 外定位导向面 （内上角部斜面） 23a-4， 上端面 23a-5， 外端面 23a-6， 下 端面 23a-7， 锁扣主槽 24a， 内槽 24a-l， 外舌限位槽 24a-l-l， 定位导向槽 24a-l-2， 外 槽 24a-2， 内舌限位槽 24a-2- 1，
弹性双舌部 3a， 右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l， 后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2， 限位部 31a， 上部端 面（朝向外侧的铅垂面） 31a-l， 避让刀具面（外下角部斜面） 31a-2， 下端面 31a-3， 上 端面 31a-4，
上连接部 32a， 内侧下端面 32a-l， 上端面 32a-2， 外端面 32a-3，
内舌 33a， 内凸部 33a-l， 内侧上表面 33a-l-l， 内侧下表面 33a-l-2， 下端面 33a-2， 导向式外下角部 33a-3，
外舌 34a， 外凸部 34a-l， 外侧上表面 34a-l-l， 外侧下表面 34a-l-2， 下端面 34a-2， 导向式内下角部 34a-3， 外端面 34a-4， 弹性变形槽 35a， 锁扣副槽 36a，
缓冲间隙 61a， 内舌缓冲间隙 62a， 外舌缓冲间隙 63a，
外舌限位槽的所在部位的： 内上方向 71a， 内下方向 72a，
内舌限位槽的所在部位的： 外上方向 73a， 外下方向 74a，
内舌的内凸部的： 内上方向 81a， 内下方向 82a，
外舌的外凸部的： 外上方向 83a， 外下方向 84a，
地板块 10a，
锁扣地板块 100a， 锁扣地板块 200a， 锁扣地板块 300a， 锁扣地板块 400a， 锁扣地 板块 500a， 锁扣地板块 600a， 锁扣地板块 700a， 锁扣地板块 800a， 锁扣地板块 900a， 锁扣地板块 1000a， 锁扣地板块 1100a。
具体实施方式
(实施例 1、 PVC锁扣地板）
本实施例的描述方位按照图 1所示的上下左右方位进行描述，即沿地板的宽度方向 为左右方向， 地板的厚度方向为上下方向， 以地板的长度方向为前后方向 （即图 1左下 方为前侧， 图 1右上方为后侧）， 以靠近地板中心的方向称为内侧， 以远离地板中心的 方向称为外侧。 图中双点划线为各部分之间的分界示意线。
见图 1和图 2， 本实施例的 PVC锁扣地板 10包括地板主体 10-1、 装饰图案 10-2-1 和透明耐磨层 10-2-2; 装饰图案层 10-2-1全覆盖且熔合在地板主体 10-1的上表面上， 透明耐磨层 10-2-2全覆盖且熔合在装饰图案层 10-2-1的上表面上。
PVC锁扣地板 10的上表面的行走面的形状为四边形， 所述四边形为长方形、 正方 形或菱形 （本实施例的 PVC锁扣地板 10的上表面的行走面的形状为长方形）。 PVC锁 扣地板 10包括主体部 1、 2个槽座部 2以及 2个弹性双舌部 3。 PVC锁扣地板 10的主 体部 1是上表面形状与 PVC锁扣地板 10的行走面的四边形的形状相对应的四边形棱柱 体（本实施例为长方体）； PVC锁扣地板 10的主体部 1的厚度通常为 3.5至 30毫米（本 实施例为 4毫米）。 2个槽座部 2的结构形状基本相同， 两者的一端相邻， 且该相邻的 2 个端部沿各自的槽座部 2的长度方向延伸且相互重合在一起。 2个弹性双舌部 3的结构 形状基本相同， 两者的一端相邻， 且该相邻的 2个端部沿各自的弹性双舌部 3的长度方 向延伸且相互重合在一起。各弹性双舌部 3的结构形状和与其位于相对一侧的槽座部 2 的结构形状相对应。 PVC锁扣地板 10 (以下简称本地板 10) 的各个槽座部 2是使用时 能从下方与相邻的 PVC锁扣地板的弹性双舌部 3相互锁扣连接的部位， 该相邻的 PVC 锁扣地板简称为相邻的地板， 相邻的地板的结构形状与本地板 10的结构形状相同。 本 地板 10的各个弹性双舌部 3是使用时能从上方与相邻的地板的槽座部 2相互锁扣连接 的部位。
见图 3， 2个弹性双舌部 3均包括沿弹性双舌部 3的长度方向伸展的且长度相同的 限位部 31、上连接部 32和双舌。双舌按照相距主体部 1的近远分为内舌 33和外舌 34。 2个弹性双舌部 3均由各自的限位部 31从主体部 1的四侧周边的相邻的右侧和后侧两 侧的侧面连接在主体部 1上。 位于主体部 1右侧的弹性双舌部 3称为右侧弹性双舌部 3-1 , 位于主体部 1后侧的弹性双舌部 3称为后侧弹性双舌部 3-2。
右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的限位部 31从右侧连接在主体部 1上， 且位于主体部 1的右 侧并从后方伸出主体部 1， 从而使得右侧弹性双舌部 3-1从右方连接在主体部 1上并从 后方伸出主体部 1。右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的限位部 31的右侧下部设有朝向右下方且沿前 后向伸展的用于避让刀具的斜面， 该斜面称为避让刀具面 31-2， 避让刀具面 31-2与水 平面的夹角为 40度至 60度 （本实施例为 51度）。
见图 3和图 6，右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的上连接部 32从靠近主体部 1的一侧的右侧连 接在限位部 31的右侧部上方， 其截面形状基本呈矩形。 内舌 33和外舌 34依照距离主 体部 1的近远 （也即从左至右） 的次序分别从下方连接在上连接部 32上。 从而在外舌 34、上连接部 32和内舌 33之间形成开口向下的截面形状为倒 U形槽的弹性变形槽 35， 弹性变形槽 35从右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的长度方向上贯通右侧弹性双舌部 3-1。在右侧弹 性双舌部 3-1的内舌 33、 上连接部 32和限位部 31之间形成开口向下的锁扣副槽 36， 锁扣副槽 36从右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的长度方向上贯通右侧弹性双舌部 3-1。右侧弹性双 舌部 3-1的限位部 31、 锁扣副槽 36、 内舌 33、 弹性变形槽 35和外舌 34按照从近至远 (也即从左至右） 依次远离主体部 1的右侧的顺序设置。
见图 3、 图 6和图 8， 右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的内舌 33的内侧下部设有截面形状为尖 角朝内的三角形向内（也即左方）凸起的内凸部 33-1。内凸部 33-1的内侧上表面 33-1-1 与水平面的夹角 α为 40度至 60度（本实施例为 51度）。内凸部 33-1的内侧下表面 33-1-2 与水平面的夹角 β为 45度至 65度 （本实施例为 55度）。 内凸部 33-1的内外向长度 L 为 0.2至 1毫米 （本实施例为 0.3毫米）。 右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的内舌 33的外下角部是 截面的外周形状为圆弧形的导向式外下角部 33-3，导向式外下角部 33-3的半径 R为 0.25 毫米至 0.75毫米 （本实施例为 0.43毫米）。
见图 3、 图 6和图 8， 右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的外舌 34的外侧下部设有截面形状为尖 角朝外的三角形向外（也即右方）凸起的外凸部 34-1。外凸部 34-1的外侧上表面 34-1-1 与水平面的夹角 α 1为 40度至 60度 （本实施例为 51度）。 外凸部 34-1的外侧下表面 34-1-2与水平面的夹角 β 1为 45度至 65度（本实施例为 55度）。外凸部 34-1的内外向 长度 L1为 0.2至 1毫米（本实施例为 0.3毫米）。右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的外舌 34的内下 角部是截面的外周形状为圆弧形的导向式内下角部 34-3， 导向式内下角部 34-2的半径 R1为 0.25毫米至 0.75毫米 （本实施例为 0.43毫米）。
PVC锁扣地板 10的弹性双舌部 3的上连接部 32的上端面 32-2至内舌 33的下端面 33-2之间的距离为 PVC锁扣地板 10的主体部 1的厚度的 3/5至 7/10; PVC锁扣地板 10的弹性双舌部 3的上连接部 32的上端面 32-2到其内侧下端面 32-1的距离 S1与内舌 33的上端面到其下端面 33-2的距离 S2之比为 1： 0.8至 1： 1.2。PVC锁扣地板 10的弹 性双舌部 3的上连接部 32的上端面 32-2到外舌 34的下端面 34-2的距离为 PVC锁扣地 板 10的主体部 1的厚度的 3/5至 7/10; 弹性双舌部 3的外舌 34与内舌 33相对于沿弹 性双舌部 3的长度方向设置的铅垂面对称设置。
见图 2，后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的限位部 31从后侧连接在主体部 1上，且位于主体部 1 的后侧并从右方伸出主体部 1， 从而使得后侧弹性双舌部 3-2从后方连接在主体部 1 上并从右方伸出主体部 1。后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的限位部 31的后侧下部设有朝向后下方 且沿左右向伸展的用于避让刀具的斜面，该斜面称为避让刀具面 31-2，避让刀具面 31-2 与水平面的夹角为 40度至 60度 （本实施例为 51度）。
后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的上连接部 32从靠近主体部 1的一侧的右侧连接在限位部 31 的右侧部上方，其截面形状基本呈矩形。内舌 33和外舌 34依照距离主体部 1的近远 (此 时也即从前至后） 的次序分别从下方连接在上连接部 32上。 从而在外舌 34、 上连接部 32和内舌 33之间形成开口向下的截面形状为倒 U形槽的弹性变形槽 35， 弹性变形槽 35从后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的长度方向上贯通后侧弹性双舌 3-2。 在后侧弹性双舌部 3-2 的内舌 33、上连接部 32和限位部 31之间形成开口向下的锁扣副槽 36， 锁扣副槽 36从 后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的长度方向上贯通后侧弹性双舌部 3-2。 后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的限 位部 31、 锁扣副槽 36、 内舌 33、 弹性变形槽 35和外舌 34按照由前至后 （也即从近至 远） 依次远离主体部 1的后侧的顺序依次设置。 后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的内舌 33的内侧下部设有截面形状为尖角朝内的三角形向内 (也即前方） 凸起的内凸部 33-1。 内凸部 33-1的内侧上表面 33-1-1与水平面的夹角 α 为 40度至 60度 （本实施例为 51度）。 内凸部 33-1的内侧下表面 33-1-2与水平面的夹 角 β为 45度至 65度 （本实施例为 55度）。 内凸部 33-1的前后向长度 L为 0.2至 1毫 米 （本实施例为 0.3毫米）。 后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的内舌 33的外下角部是截面的外周形 状为圆弧形的导向式外下角部 33-3， 导向式外下角部 33-3的半径 R为 0.25毫米至 0.75 毫米 （本实施例为 0.43毫米）。
后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的外舌 34的外侧下部设有截面形状为尖角朝外的三角形向外 (也即后方）凸起的外凸部 34-1。外凸部 34-1的外侧上表面 34-1-1与水平面的夹角 ct 1 为 40度至 60度 （本实施例为 51度）。 外凸部 34-1的外侧下表面 34-1-2与水平面的夹 角 β 1为 45度至 65度 （本实施例为 55度）。 外凸部 34-1的前后向长度 L1为 0.2至 1 毫米 （本实施例为 0.3毫米）。 后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的外舌 34的内下角部是截面的外周 形状为圆弧形的导向式内下角部 34-3， 导向式内下角部 34-2的半径 R1为 0.25毫米至 0.75毫米 （本实施例为 0.43毫米）。
见图 3、 图 5和图 7， 2个槽座部 2包括均沿槽座部 2的长度方向伸展的且长度相 同的内侧限位部 21、 下连接部 22和外侧限位部 23。 2个槽座部 2均由各自的内侧限位 部 21从主体部 1的四侧周边的相邻的左侧和前侧两侧的侧面连接在主体部 1上。 位于 主体部 1左侧的槽座部 2称为左侧槽座部 2-1， 位于主体部前侧的槽座部 2称为前侧槽 座部 2-2。
左侧槽座部 2-1的内侧限位部 21从左侧连接在主体部 1上， 且位于主体部 1的左 侧并从前方伸出主体部 1， 从而使得左侧槽座部 2-1从左方连接在主体部 1上并从前方 伸出主体部 1。 下连接部 22从靠近主体部 1的一侧的左侧连接在内侧限位部 21的外侧 (即左侧） 部下方上。 外侧限位部 23从靠近主体部 1的一侧的左侧下部连接在下连接 部 22上。 左侧槽座部 2-1的下连接部 22包括连接部主体 22-1和定位凸台 22-2; 下连 接部 22的连接部主体 22-1和定位凸台 22-2的长度也相同。 定位凸台 22-2朝上凸起且 从上方连接在连接部主体 22-1上。定位凸台 22-2设有朝向外上方的外支撑面 22-2-2和 朝向内上方的内支撑面 22-2-1 ; 定位凸台 22-2的外支撑面 22-2-2和内支撑面 22-2-1对 称设置于相对于沿槽座部 2的长度方向设置的铅垂面。 从而在外侧限位部 23、 下连接 部 22和内侧限位部 21之间形成开口向上的锁扣主槽 24， 且内侧限位部 21的朝向外侧 的端面上设有形状与弹性双舌部 3的外舌 34的外凸部 34-1的形状相对应的开口向外的 外舌限位槽 24-1-1， 外侧限位部 23 的朝向内侧的端面上设有形状与内舌 33 的内凸部 33-1 的形状相对应的开口向内的内舌限位槽 24-2-1 ; 外舌限位槽 24-1-1和内舌限位槽 24-2-1均属于锁扣主槽 24的一部分。槽座部 2的锁扣主槽 24则从槽座部 2的长度方向 上贯通槽座部 2。 下连接部 22的定位凸台 22-2的内支撑面 22-2-1、 下连接部 22-1的连 接部主体 22-1和内侧限位部 21之间形成从长度方向贯通槽座部 2的内槽 24-1，且内槽 24-1是锁扣主槽 24的一部分，而外舌限位槽 24-1-1则是内槽 24-1的一部分。下连接部 22的定位凸台 22-2的外支撑面 22-2-2、 下连接部 22的连接部主体 22-1和外侧限位部 23之间形成从长度方向贯通槽座部 2的外槽 24-4， 且外槽 24-4是锁扣主槽 24的一部 分， 而内舌限位槽 24-2-1则是外槽 24-4的一部分。槽座部 2的内侧限位部 21的朝向外 侧的表面上还设有开口向外的且与弹性双舌部 3的外舌 34的外凸部 34-1的形状相对应 的从槽座部 2的长度方向贯通槽座部 2的定位导向槽 24-1-2， 且该定位导向槽 24-1-2 位于外舌限位槽 24-1-1的上方； 定位导向槽 24-1-2是内槽 24-3的一部分。
见图 3、 图 5和图 7， 左侧槽座部 2-1的锁扣主槽 24的内舌限位槽 24-2-1的截面形 状与弹性双舌部 3的内舌 33的内凸部 33-1的截面形状相对应， 为开口向内的 V形， 该 V形的内舌限位槽 24-2-1由开设在外侧限位部 23上的外下支撑面 23-1和位于外下支撑 面 23-1上方的外上限位面 23-2组成。外下支撑面 23-1是朝向内上方的斜面， 外上限位 面 23-2是朝向内下方的斜面。 外下支撑面 23-1与水平面的夹角 β 2相同于相应的弹性 双舌部 3的内舌 33的内凸部 33-1的内侧下表面 33-1-2与水平面的夹角 β；外上限位面 23-2与水平面的夹角 α 2相同于相应的弹性双舌部 3的内舌 33的内凸部 33-1的内侧上 表面 33-1-1与水平面的夹角 ct。 外侧限位部 23的内侧上部设有外定位导向面 23-4， 外 定位导向面 23-4是朝向内上方的斜面。 外下支撑面 23-1与水平面的夹角 β 2的度数减 去外定位导向面 23-4与水平面的夹角 α 4的度数的值为 0至 15度 （本实施例的外定位 导向面 23-4与外下支撑面 23-1平行， 即 β 2- α 4=0度）。
见图 3、 图 5和图 7， 左侧槽座部 2-1的锁扣主槽 24的外舌限位槽 24-1-1的截面形 状与弹性双舌部 3的外舌 34的外凸部 34-1的截面形状相对应， 为开口向外的 V形， 该 V形的外舌限位槽 24-1-1由开设在内侧限位部 21上的内下支撑面 21-1和位于内下支撑 面 21-1上方的内上限位面 21-2组成； 内下支撑面 21-1是朝向外上方的斜面， 内上限位 面 21-2是朝向外下方的斜面。 内下支撑面 21-1与水平面的夹角 β 3相同于相应的弹性 双舌部 3的外舌 34的外凸部 34-1的外侧下表面 34-1-2与水平面的夹角 β 1。 内上限位 面 21-2与水平面的夹角 ct 3相同于相应的弹性双舌部 3的外舌 34的外凸部 34-1的外侧 上表面 34-1-1与水平面的夹角 α 1。
定位导向槽 24-1-2为开口向外的 V形， 该 V形的定位导向槽 24-1-2由开设在内侧 限位部 21上的内定位导向面 21-4和位于内定位导向面 21-4上方的内定位面 21-5组成； 内定位导向面 21-4是朝向外上方的斜面， 内定位面 21-5是朝向外下方的斜面。 内定位 面 21-5与水平面的夹角 Y的度数大于弹性双舌部 3的外舌 34的外凸部 34-1的外侧上 表面 34-1-1与水平面的夹角 α 1的度数 5至 20度 （本实施例为 12度）。
PVC锁扣地板 10的槽座部 2的外侧限位部 23的上下两侧的距离 D1为 PVC锁扣 地板 10的主体部 1的厚度的 11/25至 14/25。 槽座部 2的下连接部 22的上下两侧的距 离 D2为主体部 1的厚度的 1/2至 3/5。 PVC锁扣地板 10的槽座部 2的下连接部 22的 内外向的距离根据刀具加工槽座部 2的内侧限位部 21的内下支撑面 21-1和内上限位面 21-2所需的距离来设定。
见图 2，前侧槽座部 2-2的内侧限位部 21从前侧连接在主体部 1上，且位于主体部
1的前侧并从左方伸出主体部 1， 从而使得前侧槽座部 2-2从前方连接在主体部 1上并 从左方伸出主体部 1。 下连接部 22从靠近主体部 1的一侧的后侧连接在内侧限位部 21 的外侧 （即前侧） 下部上。 外侧限位部 23从靠近主体部 1的一侧的后侧下部连接在下 连接部 22上。 前侧槽座部 2-2的下连接部 22包括连接部主体 22-1和定位凸台 22-2; 下连接部 22的连接部主体 22-1和定位凸台 22-2的长度也相同。 定位凸台 22-2朝上凸 起且从上方连接在连接部主体 22-1上。定位凸台 22-2设有朝向外上方的外支撑面 22-2-2 和朝向内上方的内支撑面 22-2-1 ; 定位凸台 22-2的外支撑面 22-2-2和内支撑面 22-2-1 对称设置于相对于沿前侧槽座部 2-2的长度方向设置的铅垂面。 从而在外侧限位部 23、 下连接部 22和内侧限位部 21之间形成开口向上的锁扣主槽 24， 且内侧限位部 21的朝 向外侧的端面上设有形状与弹性双舌部 3的外舌 34的外凸部 34-1的形状相对应的开口 向外的外舌限位槽 24-1-1，外侧限位部 23的朝向内侧的端面上设有形状与内舌 33的内 凸部 33-1的形状相对应的开口向内的内舌限位槽 24-2-1 ; 外舌限位槽 24-1-1和内舌限 位槽 24-2-1均属于锁扣主槽 24的一部分。 槽座部 2的锁扣主槽 24则从槽座部 2的长 度方向上贯通槽座部 2。下连接部 22的定位凸台 22-2的内支撑面 22-2-1、下连接部 22-1 的连接部主体 22-1和内侧限位部 21之间形成从长度方向贯通槽座部 2的内槽 24-1，且 内槽 24-1是锁扣主槽 24的一部分， 而外舌限位槽 24-1-1则是内槽 24-1的一部分。 下 连接部 22的定位凸台 22-2的外支撑面 22-2-2、 下连接部 22的连接部主体 22-1和外侧 限位部 23之间形成从长度方向贯通槽座部 2的外槽 24-4， 且外槽 24-4是锁扣主槽 24 的一部分， 而内舌限位槽 24-2-1则是外槽 24-4的一部分。槽座部 2的内侧限位部 21的 朝向外侧的表面上还设有开口向外的且与弹性双舌部 3的外舌 34的外凸部 34-1的形状 相对应的从槽座部 2的长度方向贯通槽座部 2的定位导向槽 24-1-2， 且该定位导向槽 24-1-2位于外舌限位槽 24-1-1的上方； 定位导向槽 24-1-2是内槽 24-3的一部分。
前侧槽座部 2-2的锁扣主槽 24的内舌限位槽 24-2-1的截面形状与弹性双舌部 3的 内舌 33的内凸部 33-1的截面形状相对应， 为开口向内的 V形， 该 V形的内舌限位槽 24-2-1由开设在外侧限位部 23上的外下支撑面 23-1和位于外下支撑面 23-1上方的外上 限位面 23-2组成。外下支撑面 23-1是朝向内上方的斜面，外上限位面 23-2是朝向内下 方的斜面。 外下支撑面 23-1与水平面的夹角 β 2相同于相应的弹性双舌部 3的内舌 33 的内凸部 33-1的内侧下表面 33-1-2与水平面的夹角 β ;外上限位面 23-2与水平面的夹 角 α 2相同于相应的弹性双舌部 3的内舌 33的内凸部 33-1的内侧上表面 33-1-1与水平 面的夹角^。外侧限位部 23的内侧上部设有外定位导向面 23-4， 外定位导向面 23-4是 朝向内上方的斜面。外下支撑面 23-1与水平面的夹角 β 2的度数减去外定位导向面 23-4 与水平面的夹角 α 4的度数的值为 0至 15度 （本实施例的外定位导向面 23-4与外下支 撑面 23-1平行， 即 β 2- α 4=0度）。
见图 3、 图 5和图 7， 前侧槽座部 2-2的锁扣主槽 24的外舌限位槽 24-1-1的截面形 状与弹性双舌部 3的外舌 34的外凸部 34-1的截面形状相对应， 为开口向外的 V形， 该 V形的外舌限位槽 24-1-1由开设在内侧限位部 21上的内下支撑面 21-1和位于内下支撑 面 21-1上方的内上限位面 21-2组成； 内下支撑面 21-1是朝向外上方的斜面， 内上限位 面 21-2是朝向外下方的斜面。 内下支撑面 21-1与水平面的夹角 β 3相同于相应的弹性 双舌部 3的外舌 34的外凸部 34-1的外侧下表面 34-1-2与水平面的夹角 β 1。 内上限位 面 21-2与水平面的夹角 ct 3相同于相应的弹性双舌部 3的外舌 34的外凸部 34-1的外侧 上表面 34-1-1与水平面的夹角 α 1。
定位导向槽 24-1-2为开口向外的 V形， 该 V形的定位导向槽 24-1-2由开设在内侧 限位部 21上的内定位导向面 21-4和位于内定位导向面 21-4上方的内定位面 21-5组成； 内定位导向面 21-4是朝向外上方的斜面， 内定位面 21-5是朝向外下方的斜面。 内定位 面 21-5与水平面的夹角 Υ的度数大于弹性双舌部 3的外舌 34的外凸部 34-1的外侧上 表面 34-1-1与水平面的夹角 α 1的度数 5至 20度 （本实施例为 12度）。
PVC锁扣地板 10的主体部 1的上表面、 2个弹性双舌部 3的限位部 31的上端面 31-4、 2个弹性双舌部 3的上连接部 32的上端面 32-2及 2个槽座部 2的内侧限位部 21 的上端面 21-7共同形成 PVC锁扣地板 10的上表面。
PVC锁扣地板 10的主体部 1的下表面、 2个槽座部 2的内侧限位部 21的下端面 21-8、 2个槽座部 2的下连接部 22的下端面 22-1-3、 2个槽座部 2的外侧限位部 23的 下端面 23-7及 2个弹性双舌部的限位部 31的下端面 31-3共同形成 PVC锁扣地板 10 的下表面。
上述锁扣地板的制造方法可以有两种：
一种是： 以聚氯乙烯及其共聚树脂为主要原料， 加入填料、 增塑剂、 稳定剂、 着色 剂等辅料， 经压延、 挤出或挤压工艺生产出的大张的 PVC板材。 通常大张的 PVC板材 的上表面尺寸为 1000毫米 X 1500毫米， 厚度根据需要可以为 3.5毫米至 30毫米（本实 施例为 4毫米）。装饰图案层 20-2-1来源于与 PVC装饰纸（采用广东丽强转移印花有限 公司生产的 PVC印花膜系列产品）， 透明耐磨层 20-2-2来源于 PVC耐磨纸 （采购于上 海亚豪塑胶科技有限公司的 PVC地板膜）。 三者复合时， 装饰纸放置在 PVC板材上， 耐磨纸放置在装饰纸上， 装饰纸和耐磨纸同时用热压机在 3兆帕至 8兆帕压力（本实施 例为 4兆帕压力）， 热压机的系统工作油压在 12兆帕至 25兆帕， 140至 160摄氏度温 度条件下相互间同材质热熔 1至 50分钟（本实施例为 30分钟）后粘结固定连接在一起， 装饰纸则成为装饰图案层 20-2-1 (见图 4)， 耐磨纸则成为透明耐磨层 20-2-2 (见图 4)， 从而得到大张的 PVC地板板材。然后将含有装饰图案层 20-2-1和透明耐磨层 20-2-2的 PVC地板板材裁切成 PVC锁扣地板所需要的相应尺寸大小的板材， 再加工出相应的弹 性双舌部 3和相应的槽座部 2而制成 PVC锁扣地板 10。
另一种是： 先将 PVC装饰纸和 PVC耐磨纸装饰热熔粘结固定在一起成为 PVC装 饰膜 20-2，其中装饰纸则成为装饰图案层 20-2-1，耐磨纸则成为透明耐磨层 20-2-2。PVC 装饰膜 20-2可采用上海吉兴装饰材料有限公司生产的 PVC半硬质或 PVC硬质系列的 产品。 然后将 PVC装饰膜 20-2全覆盖在大张的 PVC板材上， 二者复合时， PVC板材 和 PVC装饰膜 20-2同时用热压机在 3兆帕至 8兆帕压力 （本实施例为 4兆帕压力）， 热压机的系统工作油压为 12兆帕至 25兆帕， 140至 160摄氏度温度条件下相互间同材 质热熔 1至 50分钟 （本实施例为 30分钟） 后粘结固定连接在一起， 从而得到大张的 PVC地板板材。然后将复合了 PVC装饰膜 20-2的 PVC地板板材裁切成 PVC锁扣地板 所需要的相应尺寸大小的板材，再加工出相应的弹性双舌部 3和相应的槽座部 2而制成 PVC锁扣地板 10。
(实施例 2、 PVC锁扣地板）
本实施例其余与实施例 1相同， 其不同之处在于： 弹性双舌部的内舌 33的内侧下 部设有截面形状为凸出方向朝内的弓形的内凸部 33-1 (见图 15 )。 内凸部 33-1 的内外 向的距离 L3为 0.24至 1毫米 （本实施例为 0.3毫米）。 外舌 34的外侧下部设有截面形 状为凸出方向朝内的弓形的外凸部 34-1 (见图 15 )。 外凸部 34-1的内外向的距离 L4为 0.24至 1毫米 （本实施例为 0.3毫米）。
见图 14，槽座部 2的锁扣主槽 24的内舌限位槽 24-2-1的截面形状是与弹性双舌部 3的内舌 33的内凸部 33-1的截面形状相对应的开口方向朝内的弓形。 槽座部 2的锁扣 主槽 24的外舌限位槽 24-1-1的截面形状是与弹性双舌部的外舌 34的外凸部 34-1的截 面形状相对应的开口方向朝外的弓形。 槽座部 2的锁扣主槽 24的定位导向槽 24-1-2的 截面形状为弓形，且其截面形状与相应的弹性双舌部 3的外舌部的外凸部的截面形状相 对应， 定位导向槽 24-1-2沿槽座部 2的长度方向贯穿内侧限位部 21且水平设置。
(安装应用例 1、 PVC锁扣地板的安装）
本安装应用例的描述方位按照图 1所示的上下左右方位进行描述，即沿地板的宽度 方向为左右方向， 地板的厚度方向为上下方向， 以地板长度的方向为前后方向 （即图 1 右下方为前侧， 左上方为后侧， 左下方为左侧， 右上方为右侧）。
见图 9， 本安装应用例的各相同结构的 PVC锁扣地板即为实施例 1所述的 PVC锁 扣地板。
见图 9和图 10， 本安装应用例的 PVC锁扣地板在相互拼接组装时， 采用下述方法 步骤进行各 PVC锁扣地板相互之间的锁扣连接固定：
第 1步骤： 先将 PVC锁扣地板 100以水平放置的方式铺设在地面上 （此时的 PVC 锁扣地板 100成为半铺地板 100)， 然后将 PVC锁扣地板 200 (此时的 PVC锁扣地板 200为在铺地板 200) 由其后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的内舌 33的下端面 33-2放置在半铺地 板 100的前侧槽座部 2-2的外侧限位部 23的上端面 23-5上； 再对在铺地板 200施加水 平向后的推力 F而将在铺地板 200水平向后推向半铺地板 100， 当在铺地板 200的后侧 弹性双舌部 3-2的内舌 33的内侧下表面 33-1-2与内舌 33的下端面 33-2的交界处同半 铺地板 100的前侧槽座部 2-2的外侧限位部 23的外定位导向面 23-4与上端面 23-5的交 界处相接触时 （见图 10中的①）， 在铺地板 200继续保持整体水平并沿着半铺地板 100 的前侧槽座部 2-2的外侧限位部 23的外定位导向面 23-4向后下方的方向继续运动。 当 运动到在铺地板 200的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的上连接部 32的外端面 32-3与半铺地板 100 的前侧槽座部 2-2的内侧限位部 21的上部端面 21-6相接触时 （见图 10中的②）， 此时 在铺地板 200的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的限位部 31的朝向外侧的上部端面 31-1与半铺地 板 100的前侧槽座部 2-2的外侧限位部 23的外端面 23-6之间具有 0.03-0.1毫米的配合 间隙 HI (本实施例为 0.1毫米），在铺地板 200的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的外舌 34的外凸 部 34-1的外侧下表面 34-1-2与半铺地板 100的前侧槽座部 2-2的内侧限位部 21的内定 位导向面 21-4也处于相接触的状态， 此时的在铺地板 200与半铺地板 100处于相对稳 定的第一稳定状态 （见图 10中的②）。
然后在在铺地板 200的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的上方向在铺地板 200施加竖直向下的 力 Fl， 在铺地板 200由于受力而会保持以整体处于水平的状态而竖直向下运动， 此时 在铺地板 200的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的外舌 34受到半铺地板 100的前侧槽座部 2-2的 内侧限位部 21的阻挡向内产生弹性形变， 在铺地板 200的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的内舌 33受到半铺地板 100的前侧槽座部 2-2的外侧限位部 23的阻挡向外产生弹性形变， 此 时弹性变形槽 35的空间变小， 使得在铺地板 200的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的内舌和外舌 部能继续向下运动 （见图 10中的③）。
当在铺地板 200的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的内舌 33运动到该内舌 33的内凸部 33-1 的内侧上表面 33-1-1与内侧下表面 33-1-2的交界处与半铺地板 100的前侧槽座部 2-2 的外侧限位部 23的中部端面（朝向内侧的铅垂面） 23-3与外上限位面 23-2的交界处相 接触时 （见图 10中的④）， 在铺地板 200的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的内舌 33将逐渐恢复 原状， 并且当在铺地板 200的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的内舌 33继续向下运动到该内舌 33 的导向式外下角部 33-3与半铺地板 100的前侧槽座部 2-2的定位凸台 22-2的外支撑面 22-2-2相接触时， 由于受到定位凸台 22-2的阻挡，定位凸台 22-2会帮助该内舌 33恢复 原状； 在铺地板 200的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的外舌 34运动到外凸部 34-1的外侧上表面 34-1-1与外侧下表面 34-1-2的交界处相接触于半铺地板 100的前侧槽座部 2-2的内侧限 位部 21 的中部端面 （朝向外侧的铅垂面） 21-3与内上限位面 21-2的交界处时 （见图 10中的④），则在铺地板 200的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的外舌 34将逐渐恢复原状，并且当 在铺地板 200的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的外舌 34继续向下运动到该外舌 34的导向式内下 角部 34-3与半铺地板 100的前侧槽座部 2-2的定位凸台 22-2的内支撑面 22-2-1相接触 时， 由于受到定位凸台 22-2的阻挡， 定位凸台 22-2会帮助该外舌恢复原状， 而且定位 凸台 22-2还可以有效防止内舌和外舌的回缩。
当在铺地板 200的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的内舌和外舌基本恢复原状时，此时在铺地 板 200的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2和半铺地板 100的前侧槽座部 2-2处于相互连接配合的稳 定状态 （见图 10中的⑤）， 且内舌与前槽在上下方向上之间留有 0.1毫米至 0.3毫米的 内舌缓冲间隙 62 (本实施例为 0.1毫米）； 外舌与后槽之间留有 0.1毫米至 0.3毫米的外 舌缓冲间隙 63 (本实施例为 0.1毫米）。
在在铺地板 200受到竖直向下的力 F1的作用而保持以整体处于水平的状态竖直向 下运动直到半铺地板 100的行走面与在铺地板 200的行走面同一水平面而完成半铺地板 100与在铺地板 200的固定连接的整个过程中， 在铺地板 200的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2在 侧部的内外向的方向上由其限位部 31和内舌 33的内凸部 33-1共同对半铺地板 100的 前侧槽座部 2-2的外侧限位部 23保持弹性夹持式滑动限位， 以及在铺地板 200的后侧 弹性双舌部 3-2在侧部的内外向的方向上由其外舌 34的外凸部 34-1对半铺地板 100的 前侧槽座部 2-2的内侧限位部 21的朝向外侧的上部端面 （朝向外侧的铅垂面） 21-6保 持弹性接触式滑动限位。 也即在铺地板 200的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的内舌 33向外发生 弹性形变而产生的向内的弹力将前侧槽座部 2-2的外侧限位部 23顶向后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的限位部 31，因此后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的限位部 31和内舌 33形成对前侧槽座部 2-2 的外侧限位部 23的弹性夹持。 由于在铺地板 200的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的限位部 31的 上部端面 31-1与半铺地板 100的前侧槽座部 2-2的外侧限位部 23的外端面 23-6之间具 有 0.03-0.1毫米的配合间隙 Hl， 因此当在铺地板 200的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2向下运动 挤压半铺地板 100的前侧槽座部 2-2的外侧限位部 23时， 半铺地板 100的前侧槽座部 2-2的外侧限位部 23可以向外下侧产生很小弹性形变，又因为上述配合间隙较小， 因此 在铺地板 200的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的限位部 31能将半铺地板 100的前侧槽座部 2-2 的外侧限位部 23限位保护住，使半铺地板 100的前侧槽座部 2-2的外侧限位部 23的弹 性形变不会导致半铺地板 100的前侧槽座部 2-2的外侧限位部 23断裂， 而且在铺地板 200的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的限位部 31的外侧上部端面 （朝向外侧的铅垂面） 31-1与 半铺地板 100的前侧槽座部 2-2的外侧限位部 23的外端面 23-6可以处于滑动配合的状 态。 当在铺地板 200与半铺地板 100完成固定连接时， 在铺地板 200的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的锁扣副槽 36能将半铺地板 100的前侧槽座部 2-2的外侧限位部 23牢牢地锁定固 定住。
此时完成在铺地板 200与半铺地板 100的锁扣固定连接。在铺地板 200的后侧弹性 双舌部 3-2在水平的前后方向和竖直方向上均被半铺地板 100的前侧槽座部 2-2锁定而 不易脱落， 同时半铺地板 100的前侧槽座部 2-2的外侧限位部 23也在水平的前后方向 和竖直方向上均被在铺地板 200的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2的锁扣副槽锁定而不易脱落，确 保在铺地板 200与半铺地板 100之间可靠固定连接。
在铺地板 200的后侧双舌部的上连接部 32与半铺地板 100的前侧槽座部 2-2的外 侧限位部 23直间留有 0.1毫米至 0.3毫米的缓冲间隙 61 (本实施例为 0.1毫米）。
完成与半铺地板 100的锁扣固定连接的在铺地板 200则成为新的半铺地板 200。 第 2步骤： 见图 9， 当安装 PVC锁扣地板 400时 （此时的 PVC锁扣地板 400为在 铺地板 400)， 用上述的第 1步骤所述的方法， 将在铺地板 400的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2 与半铺地板 200的前侧双槽部进行相互锁扣连接固定，从而将在铺地板 400固定连接在 半铺地板 200的前端。完成与半铺地板 200的锁扣固定连接的在铺地板 400则成为新的 半铺地板 400。
第 3步骤： 当依次安装 PVC锁扣地板 600和 PVC锁扣地板 800时（安装时的 PVC 锁扣地板 600为在铺地板 600， 安装时的 PVC锁扣地板 800为在铺地板 800)， 重复上 述的第 2步骤所述的方法，将在铺地板 600的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2与半铺地板 400的前 侧双槽部进行相互锁扣连接固定，从而将在铺地板 600固定连接在半铺地板 400的前端， 此时的在铺地板 600则成为新的半铺地板 600。 重复上述的第 2步骤所述的方法， 将在 铺地板 800的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2与半铺地板 600的前侧双槽部进行相互锁扣连接固定， 从而将将在铺地板 800固定连接在半铺地板 600的前端，此时的在铺地板 800则成为新 的半铺地板 800。
第 4步骤： 见图 9， 当安装 PVC锁扣地板 300时 （此时的 PVC锁扣地板 300为在 铺地板 300)，用上述的第 1步骤所述的方法将在铺地板 300的右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的前 侧部分和后侧部分同时固定连接在相应的半铺地板 100的左侧槽座部 2-1的前侧部分与 半铺地板 200的左侧槽座部 2-1的后侧部分上， 从而将在铺地板 300固定连接在半铺地 板 100与半铺地板 200上。此时的在铺地板 300则成为新的半铺地板 300。半铺地板 100 则成为新的全铺地板 100 (在主动铺装 PVC锁扣地板 300之前， 先要主动铺装长度减 半的辅助锁扣地板至半铺地板 100的左侧槽座部的前侧部分；而铺装 PVC锁扣地板 300 时，还需将在铺地板 300的后侧弹性双舌部同时与上述辅助锁扣地板的前侧槽座部进行 固定连接）。
第 5步骤：当安装 PVC锁扣地板 500时（此时 PVC锁扣地板 500为在铺地板 500)， 结合上述的第 1步骤和第 2步骤所述的方法，将在铺地板 500的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2锁 扣连接固定在相应的半铺地板 300的前侧双槽部，同时将在铺地板 500的右侧弹性双舌 部 3-1的前侧部分固定连接在相应的半铺地板 200的左侧双槽部的前侧部分， 而将在铺 地板 500的右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的后侧部分同时固定连接在半铺地板 400的左侧双槽部 的后侧部分上，实现在铺地板 500同时与相应的半铺地板 200和半铺地板 400以及半铺 地板 300之间的锁扣连接。此时的在铺地板 500成为新的半铺地板 500，而半铺地板 200 则成为新的全铺地板 200。
第 6步骤： 当安装 PVC锁扣地板 700和 PVC锁扣地板 900时 （安装时的 PVC锁 扣地板 700为在铺地板 700， 安装时的 PVC锁扣地板 900为在铺地板 900)， 重复上述 第 5步骤安装 PVC锁扣地板 500的方法， 将在铺地板 700的后侧弹性双舌部 3-2锁扣 连接固定在相应的半铺地板 500的前侧双槽部，同时将在铺地板 700的右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的前侧部分和后侧部分同时固定连接在相应的半铺地板 400的左侧双槽部的前侧部 分与半铺地板 600的左侧双槽部的后侧部分上，实现在铺地板 700同时与相应的半铺地 板 400和半铺地板 600以及半铺地板 500之间的锁扣连接，此时的在铺地板 700则成为 新的半铺地板 700。 重复主动铺装在铺地板 700的方法， 实现在铺地板 900同时与相应 的半铺地板 600和半铺地板 800以及新的半铺地板 700之间的锁扣连接，使得在铺地板 900成为新的半铺地板 900。
第 7步骤： 当安装 PVC锁扣地板 1000时（此时的 PVC锁扣地板 1000为在铺地板 1000), 用上述的第 4步骤安装 PVC锁扣地板 300的方法将在铺地板 1000的右侧弹性 双舌部 3-1 的前侧部分和后侧部分同时固定连接在相应的半铺地板 300 的左侧槽座部 2-1的前侧部分和半铺地板 500的左侧槽座部 2-1的后侧部分上， 从而将在铺地板 1000 固定连接在半铺地板 300和半铺地板 500上。 此时的在铺地板 1000成为新的半铺地板 1000,而半铺地板 300则成为新的全铺地板 300 (在主动铺装 PVC锁扣地板 1000之前， 先要主动铺装另一块 PVC锁扣地板， 由其右侧弹性双舌部与前述的辅助锁扣地板的左 侧槽座部以及半铺地板 300的左侧槽座部的前侧部分相互锁扣固定连接； 而铺装 PVC 锁扣地板 1000时， 还需将在铺地板 1000的后侧弹性双舌部同时与上述另一块 PVC锁 扣地板的前侧槽座部进行锁扣固定连接）。
第 8步骤： 当安装 PVC锁扣地板 1100时（此时的 PVC锁扣地板 1100为在铺地板 1100), 采用上述第 5步骤安装 PVC锁扣地板 500的方法， 将在铺地板 1100的后侧弹 性双舌部 3-2锁扣连接固定在相应的半铺地板 1000的前侧双槽部，同时将在铺地板 1100 的右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的前侧部分和后侧部分同时固定连接在相应的半铺地板 500的左 侧双槽部的前侧部分和半铺地板 700的左侧双槽部的后侧部分上， 实现在铺地板 1100 同时与相应的半铺地板 500和半铺地板 700以及半铺地板 1000之间的锁扣连接。 当完 成在铺地板 1100的安装时， 半铺地板 500则成为新的全铺地板， 而在铺地板 1100则成 为新的半铺地板。
见图 11， 此时， PVC锁扣地板 500 (全铺地板） 的左侧槽座部 2-1 由其锁扣主槽 24的外舌限位槽 24-1-1的所在部位在其内上方向 71上与相邻的相应的 PVC锁扣地板 1000的右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的外舌 34的外凸部 34-1的前段部位及相邻的相应的 PVC 锁扣地板 1100的右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的外舌 34的外凸部 34-1的后段部位的相互接触限 位， 即全铺地板 500的左侧槽座部 2-1的内侧限位部 21的内上限位面 21-2与上述相邻 的相应的 2块 PVC锁扣地板的右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的外舌 34的外凸部 34-1的外侧上表 面 34-1-1的前后接续的相互接触限位。而全铺地板 500的左侧槽座部 2-1由其锁扣主槽 24的外舌限位槽 24-1-1的所在的部位在其内下方向 72上与相邻的相应的 PVC锁扣地 板 1000的右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的外舌 34的外凸部 34-1的前段部位及相邻的相应的 PVC 锁扣地板 1100的右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的外舌 34的外凸部 34-1的后段部位的相互接触限 位， 即全铺地板 500的左侧槽座部 2-1的内侧限位部 21的内下支撑面 21-1与上述相邻 的相应的 2块 PVC锁扣地板的右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的外舌 34的外凸部 34-1的外侧下表 面 34-1-2的前后接续的相互接触限位。
仍见图 11， 全铺地板 500的左侧槽座部 2-1由其锁扣主槽 24的内舌限位槽 24-2-1 的所在部位在其外上方向 73上相对于相邻的相应的 PVC锁扣地板 1000的右侧弹性双 舌部 3-1的内舌 33的内凸部 33-1的前段部位及相邻的相应的 PVC锁扣地板 1100的右 侧弹性双舌部 3-1的内舌 33的内凸部 33-1的后段部位的相互接触限位，即全铺地板 500 的左侧槽座部 2-1 的外侧限位部 23的外上限位面 23-2与上述相邻的相应的 2块 PVC 锁扣地板的右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的内舌 33的内凸部 33-1的内侧上表面 33-1-1的相互接 触限位。 而全铺地板 500的左侧槽座部 2-1由其锁扣主槽 24的内舌限位槽 24-2-1的所 在部位在其外下方向 74上与相邻的相应的 PVC锁扣地板 1000的右侧弹性双舌部 3-1 的内舌 33的内凸部 33-1的前段部位及相邻的相应的 PVC锁扣地板 1100的右侧弹性双 舌部 3-1的内舌 33的内凸部 33-1的后段部位的相互接触限位， 即全铺地板 500的左侧 槽座部 2-1的外侧限位部 23的外下支撑面 23-1与上述相邻的相应的 2块 PVC锁扣地板 的右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的内舌 33的内凸部 33-1的内侧下表面 33-1-2的相互接触限位。
见图 12， 同理， 可实现全铺地板 500的前侧槽座部 2-2相对于前侧相邻的相应的
PVC锁扣地板 700的后侧弹性双舌部在内上方向 71、 内下方向 72、 外上方向 73和外 下方向 74的相互接触限位。
参见图 11， PVC锁扣地板 500 (图中位于左侧） 的右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的内舌 33 的内凸部 33-1在其内上方向 81上与相邻的相应的 PVC锁扣地板 200 (图中位于右侧） 的左侧槽座部 2-1的锁扣主槽 24的内舌限位槽 24-2-1的前段所在的部位及相邻的相应 的 PVC锁扣地板 400 (图中位于右侧） 的左侧槽座部 2-1的锁扣主槽 24的内舌限位槽 24-2-1的后段所在的部位的相互接触限位， 即全铺地板 500的右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的内 舌 33的内凸部 33-1的内侧上表面 33-1-1与上述相邻的相应的 2块 PVC锁扣地板左侧 槽座部 2-1的外侧限位部 23的外上限位面 23-2的前后接续的相互接触限位。 全铺地板 500的右弹性双舌部的内舌 33的内凸部 33-1在其内下方向 82上与相邻的相应的 PVC 锁扣地板 200的左侧槽座部 2-1的锁扣主槽 24的内舌限位槽 24-2-1的的前段所在的部 位及相邻的相应的 PVC锁扣地板 400的左侧槽座部 2-1 的锁扣主槽 24的内舌限位槽 24-2-1的的后段所在的部位的相互接触限位， 即全铺地板 500的右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的 内舌 33的内凸部 33-1的内侧下表面 33-1-2与上述相邻的相应的 2块 PVC锁扣地板的 左侧槽座部 2-1的内侧限位部 21的内下支撑面 21-1的前后接续的相互接触限位。
全铺地板 500的右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的外舌 34的外凸部 34-1在其外上方向 83上 相对于相邻的相应的 PVC锁扣地板 200的的左侧槽座部 2-1的锁扣主槽 24的内舌限位 槽 24-2-1的前段所在的部位及相邻的相应的 PVC锁扣地板 400的的左侧槽座部 2-1的 锁扣主槽 24的内舌限位槽 24-2-1的后段所在的部位的相互接触限位， 即全铺地板 500 的右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的外舌 34的外凸部 34-1的外侧上表面 34-1-1与上述相邻的相应 的 2块 PVC锁扣地板的左侧槽座部 2-1的内侧限位部 21的内上限位面 21-2的相互接触 限位； 全铺地板 500的右侧弹性双舌部 3-1的外舌 34的外凸部 34-1在其外下方向 84 上与相邻的相应的 PVC锁扣地板 200的左侧槽座部 2-1 的锁扣主槽 24的外舌限位槽 24-1-1的前段所在的部位及相邻的相应的 PVC锁扣地板 400的左侧槽座部 2-1的锁扣 主槽 24的外舌限位槽 24-1-1的后段所在的部位的相互接触限位， 即全铺地板 500的右 侧弹性双舌部 3-1的外舌 34的外凸部 34-1的外侧下表面 34-1-2与上述相邻的相应的 2 块 PVC锁扣地板的左侧槽座部 2-1的内侧限位部 21的内下支撑面 21-1的相互接触限位。
参见图 12，同理，可实现全铺地板 500的后侧双舌部相对于后侧相邻的相应的 PVC 锁扣地板 300的前侧槽座部在内上方向 81、 内下方向 82、 外上方向 83和外下方向 84 的相互接触限位。 最终实现 PVC锁扣地板 500与相邻的相应的 6块锁扣地板的锁扣连 接。
采用上述各步骤所述的方法按照依次从后向前，从右向左的铺设次序可以完成多个 PVC锁扣地板相互之间的固定连接。
(安装应用例 2、 PVC锁扣地板的安装）
见图 13至图 15， 本安装应用例其余与安装应用例 1相同， 其不同之处在于， 本安 装应用例的锁扣地板即为实施例 2所述的结构和形状的 PVC锁扣地板。
(实施例 3、 锁扣地板块）
本实施例的描述方位按照图 16所示的上下左右方位进行描述， 即沿地板的宽度方 向为左右方向， 地板的厚度方向为上下方向， 以地板的长度方向为前后方向 （即图 16 左下方为前侧， 图 16右上方为后侧）， 以靠近地板中心的方向称为内侧， 以远离地板中 心的方向称为外侧。 图中双点划线为各部分之间的分界示意线。 本实施例所描述的锁扣地板块为背景技术中所述的第一种含义的锁扣地板块，即未 涂覆表面装饰涂层的锁扣素板， 对该素板进行开榫槽的机械加工得到锁扣地板块， 而得 到的锁扣地板块， 也即本发明的第一种含义的锁扣地板块是开有榫槽的锁扣素板。
本实施例的锁扣地板块 10a (以下简称地板块 10a) 可以为同材质一体件、 复合板 材一体件或者是混合材质一体件， 从而地板块 10a的材质可以是木材、 竹材、 有色金属 板材、 塑料、 中密度纤维板或高密度纤维板等等。
见图 16和图 17， 地板块 10a的上表面的行走面的形状为多边形， 所述多边形为等 腰三角形、 四边形或正六边形， 所述四边形为等腰梯形或平行四边形， 所述的平行四边 形为长方形、 正方形或菱形， 或者是非等边非直角的平行四边形 （本实施例的地板块 10a的上表面的行走面的形状为长方形）。地板块 10a包括主体部 1、 2个槽座部 2a以及 2个弹性双舌部 3a。 地板块 10a的主体部 la是上表面形状与地板块 10a的行走面的四 边形的形状相对应的多边形棱柱体（本实施例为长方体）； 地板块 10a的主体部 la的厚 度通常为 4至 30毫米 （本实施例为 7毫米）。 2个槽座部 2a的结构形状基本相同， 两 者的一端相邻， 且该相邻的 2个端部沿各自的槽座部 2a的长度方向延伸且相互重合在 一起。 2个弹性双舌部 3a的结构形状基本相同， 两者的一端相邻， 且该相邻的 2个端 部沿各自的弹性双舌部 3a的长度方向延伸且相互重合在一起。各弹性双舌部 3a的结构 形状和与其位于相对一侧的槽座部 2a的结构形状相对应。 地板块 10a的各个槽座部 2a 是使用时能从下方与相邻的锁扣地板块的弹性双舌部 3a相互锁扣连接的部位， 该相邻 的锁扣地板块简称为相邻的地板块，相邻的地板块的结构形状与本地板块 10a的结构形 状相同。 本地板块 10a的各个弹性双舌部 3a是使用时能从上方与相邻的地板块的槽座 部 2a相互锁扣连接的部位。
见图 18， 2个弹性双舌部 3a均包括沿弹性双舌部 3a的长度方向伸展的且长度相同 的限位部 31a、上连接部 32a和双舌。双舌按照相距主体部 la的近远分为内舌 33a和外 舌 34a。 2个弹性双舌部 3a均由各自的限位部 31a从主体部 1的四侧周边的相邻的右侧 和后侧两侧的侧面连接在主体部 la上。 位于主体部 la右侧的弹性双舌部 3a称为右侧 弹性双舌部 3a-l， 位于主体部 la后侧的弹性双舌部 3a称为后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2。
右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l 的限位部 31a从右侧连接在主体部 la上， 且位于主体部 la 的右侧并从后方伸出主体部 la， 从而使得右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l从右方连接在主体部 la 上并从后方伸出主体部 la。 右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l的限位部 31a的右侧下部设有朝向右 下方且沿前后向伸展的用于避让刀具的斜面， 该斜面称为避让刀具面 31a-2， 避让刀具 面 31a-2与水平面的夹角为 40度至 60度 （本实施例为 51度）。 见图 18和图 21， 右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l的上连接部 32a从靠近主体部 la的一侧的 右侧连接在限位部 31a的右侧部上方， 其截面形状基本呈矩形。 内舌 33a和外舌 34a依 照距离主体部 la的近远 （也即从左至右） 的次序分别从下方连接在上连接部 32a上。 从而在外舌 34a、上连接部 32a和内舌 33a之间形成开口向下的截面形状为倒 U形槽的 弹性变形槽 35a，弹性变形槽 35a从右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l的长度方向上贯通右侧弹性双 舌部 3a-l。在右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l的内舌 33a、上连接部 32a和限位部 31a之间形成开 口向下的锁扣副槽 36a，锁扣副槽 36a从右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l的长度方向上贯通右侧弹 性双舌部 3a-l。 右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l的限位部 31a、 锁扣副槽 36a、 内舌 33a、 弹性变 形槽 35a和外舌 34a按照从近至远 （也即从左至右） 依次远离主体部 la的右侧的顺序 设置。
见图 18、 图 21和图 23， 右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l的内舌 33a的内侧下部设有截面形 状为尖角朝内的三角形向内 （也即左方） 凸起的内凸部 33a-l。 内凸部 33a-l 的内侧上 表面 33a-l-l与水平面的夹角 ct a为 40度至 60度 （本实施例为 51度）。 内凸部 33a-l 的内侧下表面 33a-l-2与水平面的夹角 P a为 45度至 65度 （本实施例为 55度）。 内凸 部 33a-l的内外向长度 La为 0.2至 1毫米（本实施例为 0.3毫米）。右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l 的内舌 33a的外下角部是截面的外周形状为圆弧形的导向式外下角部 33a-3， 导向式外 下角部 33a-3的半径 Ra为 0.25毫米至 0.75毫米 （本实施例为 0.43毫米）。
见图 18、 图 21和图 23， 右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l的外舌 34a的外侧下部设有截面形 状为尖角朝外的三角形向外 （也即右方） 凸起的外凸部 34a-l。 外凸部 34a-l 的外侧上 表面 34a-l-l与水平面的夹角 a al为 40度至 60度 （本实施例为 51度）。 外凸部 34a-l 的外侧下表面 34a-l-2与水平面的夹角 β al为 45度至 65度（本实施例为 55度）。 外凸 部 34a-l的内外向长度 L1为 0.2至 1毫米（本实施例为 0.3毫米）。右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l 的外舌 34a的内下角部是截面的外周形状为圆弧形的导向式内下角部 34a-3， 导向式内 下角部 34a-2的半径 Ral为 0.25毫米至 0.75毫米 （本实施例为 0.43毫米）。
地板块 10a的弹性双舌部 3a的上连接部 32a的上端面 32a-2至内舌 33a的下端面
33a-2之间的距离为地板块 10a的主体部 la的厚度的 3/5至 7/10; 地板块 10a的弹性双 舌部 3a的上连接部 32a的上端面 32a-2到其内侧下端面 32a-l的距离 Sal与内舌 33a的 上端面到其下端面 33a-2的距离 Sa2之比为 1： 0.8至 1： 1.2。地板块 10a的弹性双舌部 3a的上连接部 32a的上端面 32a-2到外舌 34a的下端面 34a-2的距离为地板块 10a的主 体部 la的厚度的 3/5至 7/10; 弹性双舌部 3a的外舌 34a与内舌 33a相对于沿弹性双舌 部 3a的长度方向设置的铅垂面对称设置。 见图 17， 后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的限位部 31a从后侧连接在主体部 la上， 且位于主 体部 la的后侧并从右方伸出主体部 la，从而使得后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2从后方连接在主 体部 la上并从右方伸出主体部 la。后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的限位部 31a的后侧下部设有 朝向后下方且沿左右向伸展的用于避让刀具的斜面， 该斜面称为避让刀具面 31a-2， 避 让刀具面 31a-2与水平面的夹角为 40度至 60度 （本实施例为 51度）。
后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的上连接部 32a从靠近主体部 la的一侧的右侧连接在限位部 31a的右侧部上方， 其截面形状基本呈矩形。 内舌 33a和外舌 34a依照距离主体部 la 的近远 （此时也即从前至后） 的次序分别从下方连接在上连接部 32a上。 从而在外舌 34a, 上连接部 32a和内舌 33a之间形成开口向下的截面形状为倒 U形槽的弹性变形槽 35a, 弹性变形槽 35a从后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的长度方向上贯通后侧弹性双舌 3a-2。 在 后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的内舌 33a、上连接部 32a和限位部 31a之间形成开口向下的锁扣 副槽 36a，锁扣副槽 36a从后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的长度方向上贯通后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2。 后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的限位部 31a、 锁扣副槽 36a、 内舌 33a、 弹性变形槽 35a和外舌 34a按照由前至后 （也即从近至远） 依次远离主体部 la的后侧的顺序依次设置。
后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的内舌 33a的内侧下部设有截面形状为尖角朝内的三角形向 内 （也即前方） 凸起的内凸部 33a-l。 内凸部 33a-l的内侧上表面 33a-l-l与水平面的夹 角 α a为 40度至 60度（本实施例为 51度）。 内凸部 33a-l的内侧下表面 33a-l-2与水平 面的夹角 P a为 45度至 65度 （本实施例为 55度）。 内凸部 33a-l的前后向长度 La为 0.2至 1毫米（本实施例为 0.3毫米）。后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的内舌 33a的外下角部是截 面的外周形状为圆弧形的导向式外下角部 33a-3， 导向式外下角部 33a-3 的半径 Ra为 0.25毫米至 0.75毫米 （本实施例为 0.43毫米）。
后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的外舌 34a的外侧下部设有截面形状为尖角朝外的三角形向 外（也即后方） 凸起的外凸部 34a-l。 外凸部 34a-l的外侧上表面 34a-l-l与水平面的夹 角 a al为 40度至 60度 （本实施例为 51度）。 外凸部 34a-l的外侧下表面 34a-l-2与水 平面的夹角 β al为 45度至 65度（本实施例为 55度）。 外凸部 34a-l的前后向长度 Lai 为 0.2至 1毫米 （本实施例为 0.3毫米）。 后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的外舌 34a的内下角部 是截面的外周形状为圆弧形的导向式内下角部 34a-3，导向式内下角部 34a-2的半径 Ral 为 0.25毫米至 0.75毫米 （本实施例为 0.43毫米）。
见图 18、 图 20和图 22， 2个槽座部 2a包括均沿槽座部 2a的长度方向伸展的且长 度相同的内侧限位部 21 a、 下连接部 22a和外侧限位部 23a。 2个槽座部 2a均由各自的 内侧限位部 21a从主体部 la的四侧周边的相邻的左侧和前侧两侧的侧面连接在主体部 la上。位于主体部 la左侧的槽座部 2a称为左侧槽座部 2a-l，位于主体部前侧的槽座部 2a称为前侧槽座部 2a-2。
左侧槽座部 2a-l 的内侧限位部 21a从左侧连接在主体部 la上， 且位于主体部 la 的左侧并从前方伸出主体部 la，从而使得左侧槽座部 2a-l从左方连接在主体部 la上并 从前方伸出主体部 la。 下连接部 22a从靠近主体部 la的一侧的左侧连接在内侧限位部 21a的外侧（即左侧）部下方上。外侧限位部 23a从靠近主体部 la的一侧的左侧下部连 接在下连接部 22a上。左侧槽座部 2a-l的下连接部 22a包括连接部主体 22a-l和定位凸 台 22a-2; 下连接部 22a的连接部主体 22a-l和定位凸台 22a-2的长度也相同。定位凸台 22a-2朝上凸起且从上方连接在连接部主体 22a-l上。定位凸台 22a-2设有朝向外上方的 外支撑面 22a-2-2和朝向内上方的内支撑面 22a-2-l ;定位凸台 22a-2的外支撑面 22a-2-2 和内支撑面 22a-2-l对称设置于相对于沿槽座部 2a的长度方向设置的铅垂面。从而在外 侧限位部 23a、 下连接部 22a和内侧限位部 21a之间形成开口向上的锁扣主槽 24a， 且 内侧限位部 21a的朝向外侧的端面上设有形状与弹性双舌部 3a 的外舌 34a 的外凸部 34a-l的形状相对应的开口向外的外舌限位槽 24a-l-l，外侧限位部 23a的朝向内侧的端 面上设有形状与内舌 33a 的内凸部 33a-l 的形状相对应的开口向内的内舌限位槽 24a-2-l ; 外舌限位槽 24a-l-l和内舌限位槽 24a-2-l均属于锁扣主槽 24a的一部分。 槽 座部 2a的锁扣主槽 24a则从槽座部 2a的长度方向上贯通槽座部 2a。下连接部 22a的定 位凸台 22a-2的内支撑面 22a-2-l、下连接部 22a-l的连接部主体 22a- 1和内侧限位部 21a 之间形成从长度方向贯通槽座部 2a的内槽 24a-l， 且内槽 24a-l是锁扣主槽 24a的一部 分， 而外舌限位槽 24a-l-l则是内槽 24a-l 的一部分。 下连接部 22a的定位凸台 22a-2 的外支撑面 22a-2-2、下连接部 22a的连接部主体 22a- 1和外侧限位部 23a之间形成从长 度方向贯通槽座部 2a的外槽 24a-4， 且外槽 24a-4是锁扣主槽 24a的一部分， 而内舌限 位槽 24a-2-l则是外槽 24a-4的一部分。槽座部 2a的内侧限位部 21a的朝向外侧的表面 上还设有开口向外的且与弹性双舌部 3a的外舌 34a的外凸部 34a-l的形状相对应的从 槽座部 2a的长度方向贯通槽座部 2a的定位导向槽 24a-l-2，且该定位导向槽 24a-l-2位 于外舌限位槽 24a-l-l的上方； 定位导向槽 24a-l-2是内槽 24a-3的一部分。
见图 18、 图 20和图 22， 左侧槽座部 2a- 1的锁扣主槽 24a的内舌限位槽 24a-2-l的 截面形状与弹性双舌部 3a的内舌 33a的内凸部 33a-l的截面形状相对应， 为开口向内 的 V形， 该 V形的内舌限位槽 24a-2-l由开设在外侧限位部 23a上的外下支撑面 23a-l 和位于外下支撑面 23a-l上方的外上限位面 23a-2组成。 外下支撑面 23a-l是朝向内上 方的斜面， 外上限位面 23a-2是朝向内下方的斜面。 外下支撑面 23a-l与水平面的夹角 β a2相同于相应的弹性双舌部 3a的内舌 33a的内凸部 33a-l的内侧下表面 33a-l-2与水 平面的夹角 β a;外上限位面 23a-2与水平面的夹角 ct a2相同于相应的弹性双舌部 3a的 内舌 33a的内凸部 33a-l的内侧上表面 33a-l-l与水平面的夹角 ct a。 外侧限位部 23a的 内侧上部设有外定位导向面 23a-4， 外定位导向面 23a-4是朝向内上方的斜面。 外下支 撑面 23a-l与水平面的夹角 β a2的度数减去外定位导向面 23a-4与水平面的夹角 a a4的 度数的值为 0至 15度（本实施例的外定位导向面 23a-4与外下支撑面 23a-l平行， 即 β a2- a a4=0度）。
见图 18、 图 20和图 22， 左侧槽座部 2a- 1的锁扣主槽 24a的外舌限位槽 24a-l-l的 截面形状与弹性双舌部 3a的外舌 34a的外凸部 34a-l的截面形状相对应， 为开口向外 的 V形， 该 V形的外舌限位槽 24a-l-l由开设在内侧限位部 21a上的内下支撑面 21a-l 和位于内下支撑面 21a-l上方的内上限位面 21a-2组成； 内下支撑面 21a-l是朝向外上 方的斜面， 内上限位面 21a-2是朝向外下方的斜面。 内下支撑面 21a-l与水平面的夹角 β a3相同于相应的弹性双舌部 3a的外舌 34a的外凸部 34a-l的外侧下表面 34a-l-2与水 平面的夹角 β al。 内上限位面 21a-2与水平面的夹角 ct a3相同于相应的弹性双舌部 3a 的外舌 34a的外凸部 34a-l的外侧上表面 34a-l-l与水平面的夹角 ct al。
定位导向槽 24a-l-2为开口向外的 V形， 该 V形的定位导向槽 24a-l-2由开设在内 侧限位部 21a上的内定位导向面 21a-4和位于内定位导向面 21a-4上方的内定位面 21a-5 组成； 内定位导向面 21a-4是朝向外上方的斜面， 内定位面 21a-5是朝向外下方的斜面。 内定位面 21a-5与水平面的夹角 Y a的度数大于弹性双舌部 3a的外舌 34a的外凸部 34a-l 的外侧上表面 34a-l-l与水平面的夹角 ct al的度数 5至 20度 （本实施例为 12度）。
地板块 10a的槽座部 2a的外侧限位部 23a的上下两侧的距离 Dal为地板块 10a的 主体部 la的厚度的 11/25至 14/25。 槽座部 2a的下连接部 22a的上下两侧的距离 Da2 为主体部 la的厚度的 1/2至 3/5。地板块 10a的槽座部 2a的下连接部 22a的内外向的距 离根据刀具加工槽座部 2a的内侧限位部 21a的内下支撑面 21a-l和内上限位面 21a-2所 需的距离来设定。
见图 17， 前侧槽座部 2a-2的内侧限位部 21a从前侧连接在主体部 la上， 且位于主 体部 la的前侧并从左方伸出主体部 la，从而使得前侧槽座部 2a-2从前方连接在主体部 la上并从左方伸出主体部 la。下连接部 22a从靠近主体部 la的一侧的后侧连接在内侧 限位部 21a的外侧 （即前侧） 下部上。 外侧限位部 23a从靠近主体部 la的一侧的后侧 下部连接在下连接部 22a上。前侧槽座部 2a-2的下连接部 22a包括连接部主体 22a-l和 定位凸台 22a-2; 下连接部 22a的连接部主体 22a-l和定位凸台 22a-2的长度也相同。定 位凸台 22a-2朝上凸起且从上方连接在连接部主体 22a-l上。 定位凸台 22a-2设有朝向 外上方的外支撑面 22a-2-2和朝向内上方的内支撑面 22a-2-l ; 定位凸台 22a-2的外支撑 面 22a-2-2和内支撑面 22a-2-l对称设置于相对于沿前侧槽座部 2a-2的长度方向设置的 铅垂面。 从而在外侧限位部 23a、 下连接部 22a和内侧限位部 21a之间形成开口向上的 锁扣主槽 24a，且内侧限位部 21a的朝向外侧的端面上设有形状与弹性双舌部 3a的外舌 34a的外凸部 34a-l的形状相对应的开口向外的外舌限位槽 24a-l-l， 外侧限位部 23a的 朝向内侧的端面上设有形状与内舌 33a的内凸部 33a-l的形状相对应的开口向内的内舌 限位槽 24a-2-l； 外舌限位槽 24a-l-l和内舌限位槽 24a-2-l均属于锁扣主槽 24a的一部 分。 槽座部 2a的锁扣主槽 24a则从槽座部 2a的长度方向上贯通槽座部 2a。 下连接部 22a的定位凸台 22a-2的内支撑面 22a-2-l、 下连接部 22a-l的连接部主体 22a-l和内侧 限位部 21a之间形成从长度方向贯通槽座部 2a的内槽 24a-l， 且内槽 24a-l是锁扣主槽 24a的一部分， 而外舌限位槽 24a-l-l则是内槽 24a-l的一部分。下连接部 22a的定位凸 台 22a-2的外支撑面 22a-2-2、下连接部 22a的连接部主体 22a-l和外侧限位部 23a之间 形成从长度方向贯通槽座部 2a的外槽 24a-4， 且外槽 24a-4是锁扣主槽 24a的一部分， 而内舌限位槽 24a-2-l则是外槽 24a-4的一部分。槽座部 2a的内侧限位部 21a的朝向外 侧的表面上还设有开口向外的且与弹性双舌部 3a的外舌 34a的外凸部 34a-l的形状相 对应的从槽座部 2a的长度方向贯通槽座部 2a的定位导向槽 24a-l-2， 且该定位导向槽 24a- 1-2位于外舌限位槽 24a-l-l的上方； 定位导向槽 24a-l-2是内槽 24a-3的一部分。
前侧槽座部 2a-2的锁扣主槽 24a的内舌限位槽 24a-2-l的截面形状与弹性双舌部 3a 的内舌 33a的内凸部 33a-l的截面形状相对应， 为开口向内的 V形， 该 V形的内舌限 位槽 24a-2-l 由开设在外侧限位部 23a上的外下支撑面 23a-l和位于外下支撑面 23a-l 上方的外上限位面 23a-2组成。外下支撑面 23a-l是朝向内上方的斜面，外上限位面 23a-2 是朝向内下方的斜面。外下支撑面 23a-l与水平面的夹角 β a2相同于相应的弹性双舌部 3a的内舌 33a的内凸部 33a-l 的内侧下表面 33a-l-2与水平面的夹角 β a; 外上限位面 23a-2与水平面的夹角 a a2相同于相应的弹性双舌部 3a的内舌 33a的内凸部 33a-l的内 侧上表面 33a-l-l 与水平面的夹角 ct a。 外侧限位部 23a的内侧上部设有外定位导向面 23a-4, 外定位导向面 23a-4是朝向内上方的斜面。 外下支撑面 23a-l与水平面的夹角 β a2的度数减去外定位导向面 23a-4与水平面的夹角 ct a4的度数的值为 0至 15度 （本实 施例的外定位导向面 23a-4与外下支撑面 23a-l平行， 即 β a2- a a4=0度）。
见图 18、 图 20和图 22， 前侧槽座部 2a-2的锁扣主槽 24a的外舌限位槽 24a-l-l的 截面形状与弹性双舌部 3a的外舌 34a的外凸部 34a-l的截面形状相对应， 为开口向外 的 V形， 该 V形的外舌限位槽 24a-l-l由开设在内侧限位部 21a上的内下支撑面 21a-l 和位于内下支撑面 21a-l上方的内上限位面 21a-2组成； 内下支撑面 21a-l是朝向外上 方的斜面， 内上限位面 21a-2是朝向外下方的斜面。 内下支撑面 21a-l与水平面的夹角 β a3相同于相应的弹性双舌部 3a的外舌 34a的外凸部 34a-l的外侧下表面 34a-l-2与水 平面的夹角 β al。 内上限位面 21a-2与水平面的夹角 ct a3相同于相应的弹性双舌部 3a 的外舌 34a的外凸部 34a-l的外侧上表面 34a-l-l与水平面的夹角 ct al。
定位导向槽 24a-l-2为开口向外的 V形， 该 V形的定位导向槽 24a-l-2由开设在内 侧限位部 21a上的内定位导向面 21a-4和位于内定位导向面 21a-4上方的内定位面 21a-5 组成； 内定位导向面 21a-4是朝向外上方的斜面， 内定位面 21a-5是朝向外下方的斜面。 内定位面 21a-5与水平面的夹角 Y a的度数大于弹性双舌部 3a的外舌 34a的外凸部 34a-l 的外侧上表面 34a-l-l与水平面的夹角 ct al的度数 5至 20度 （本实施例为 12度）。
地板块 10a的主体部 la的上表面、 2个弹性双舌部 3的限位部 31a的上端面 31a-4、 2个弹性双舌部 3a的上连接部 32a的上端面 32a-2及 2个槽座部 2a的内侧限位部 21a 的上端面 21a-7共同形成地板块 10a的上表面。
地板块 10a的主体部 la的下表面、 2个槽座部 2a的内侧限位部 21a的下端面 21a-8、
2个槽座部 2a的下连接部 22a的下端面 22a-l-3、 2个槽座部 2a的外侧限位部 23a的下 端面 23a-7及 2个弹性双舌部的限位部 31a的下端面 31a-3共同形成地板块 10a的下表 面。
(安装应用例 3、 锁扣地板块的安装）
本安装应用例的描述方位按照图 16所示的上下左右方位进行描述， 即沿地板的宽 度方向为左右方向， 地板的厚度方向为上下方向， 以地板长度的方向为前后方向（即图 16右下方为前侧， 左上方为后侧， 左下方为左侧， 右上方为右侧）。
见图 24， 本安装应用例的各相同结构的锁扣地板即为实施例 3所述的锁扣地板块
10a。
见图 24和图 25， 本安装应用例的锁扣地板块在相互拼接组装时， 采用下述方法步 骤进行各锁扣地板块相互之间的锁扣连接固定：
第 1步骤： 先将锁扣地板块 100a以水平放置的方式铺设在地面上 （此时的锁扣地 板块 100a成为半铺地板 100a)， 然后将锁扣地板块 200a (此时的锁扣地板块 200a为 在铺地板 200a) 由其后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的内舌 33a的下端面 33a-2放置在半铺地板 100a的前侧槽座部 2a-2的外侧限位部 23a的上端面 23a-5上； 再对在铺地板 200a施加 水平向后的推力 Fa而将在铺地板 200a水平向后推向半铺地板 100a， 当在铺地板 200a 的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的内舌 33a的内侧下表面 33a-l-2与内舌 33a的下端面 33a-2的 交界处同半铺地板 100a的前侧槽座部 2a-2的外侧限位部 23a的外定位导向面 23a-4与 上端面 23a-5的交界处相接触时 （见图 25中的①）， 在铺地板 200a继续保持整体水平 并沿着半铺地板 100a的前侧槽座部 2a-2的外侧限位部 23a的外定位导向面 23a-4向后 下方的方向继续运动。 当运动到在铺地板 200a的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的上连接部 32a 的外端面 32a-3与半铺地板 100a的前侧槽座部 2a-2的内侧限位部 21a的上部端面 21a-6 相接触时 （见图 25中的②）， 此时在铺地板 200a的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的限位部 31a 的朝向外侧的上部端面 31a-l与半铺地板 100a的前侧槽座部 2a-2的外侧限位部 23a的 外端面 23a-6之间具有 0.03-0.1毫米的配合间隙 Hal (本实施例为 0.1毫米）， 在铺地板 200a的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的外舌 34a的外凸部 34a-l的外侧下表面 34a-l-2与半铺地 板 100a的前侧槽座部 2a-2的内侧限位部 21a的内定位导向面 21a-4也处于相接触的状 态， 此时的在铺地板 200a与半铺地板 100a处于相对稳定的第一稳定状态 （见图 25中 的②）。
然后在在铺地板 200a的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的上方向在铺地板 200a施加竖直向 下的力 Fal， 在铺地板 200a由于受力而会保持以整体处于水平的状态而竖直向下运动， 此时在铺地板 200a的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的外舌 34a受到半铺地板 100a的前侧槽座部 2a-2的内侧限位部 21a的阻挡向内产生弹性形变，在铺地板 200a的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2 的内舌 33a受到半铺地板 100a的前侧槽座部 2a-2的外侧限位部 23a的阻挡向外产生弹 性形变， 此时弹性变形槽 35a的空间变小， 使得在铺地板 200a的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2 的内舌和外舌部能继续向下运动 （见图 25中的③）。
当在铺地板 200a的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的内舌 33a运动到该内舌 33a的内凸部 33a-l的内侧上表面 33a-l-l与内侧下表面 33a-l-2的交界处与半铺地板 100a的前侧槽 座部 2a-2的外侧限位部 23a的中部端面（朝向内侧的铅垂面）23a-3与外上限位面 23a-2 的交界处相接触时（见图 25中的④），在铺地板 200a的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的内舌 33a 将逐渐恢复原状， 并且当在铺地板 200a的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的内舌 33a继续向下运 动到该内舌 33a的导向式外下角部 33a-3与半铺地板 100a的前侧槽座部 2a-2的定位凸 台 22a-2的外支撑面 22a-2-2相接触时，由于受到定位凸台 22a-2的阻挡，定位凸台 22a-2 会帮助该内舌 33a恢复原状； 在铺地板 200a的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的外舌 34a运动到 外凸部 34a-l 的外侧上表面 34a-l-l与外侧下表面 34a-l-2的交界处相接触于半铺地板 100a的前侧槽座部 2a-2的内侧限位部 21a的中部端面（朝向外侧的铅垂面） 21a-3与内 上限位面 21a-2的交界处时（见图 25中的④），则在铺地板 200a的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2 的外舌 34a将逐渐恢复原状， 并且当在铺地板 200a的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的外舌 34a 继续向下运动到该外舌 34a的导向式内下角部 34a-3与半铺地板 100a的前侧槽座部 2a-2 的定位凸台 22a-2的内支撑面 22a-2-l相接触时， 由于受到定位凸台 22a-2的阻挡， 定 位凸台 22a-2会帮助该外舌恢复原状， 而且定位凸台 22a-2还可以有效防止内舌和外舌 的回缩。
当在铺地板 200a的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的内舌和外舌基本恢复原状时， 此时在铺 地板 200a的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2和半铺地板 100a的前侧槽座部 2a-2处于相互连接配 合的稳定状态 （见图 25中的⑤）， 且内舌与前槽在上下方向上之间留有 0.1毫米至 0.3 毫米的内舌缓冲间隙 62a (本实施例为 0.1毫米）； 外舌与后槽之间留有 0.1毫米至 0.3 毫米的外舌缓冲间隙 63a (本实施例为 0.1毫米）。
在在铺地板 200a受到竖直向下的力 Fal的作用而保持以整体处于水平的状态竖直 向下运动直到半铺地板 100a的行走面与在铺地板 200a的行走面同一水平面而完成半铺 地板 100a与在铺地板 200a的固定连接的整个过程中， 在铺地板 200a的后侧弹性双舌 部 3a-2在侧部的内外向的方向上由其限位部 31a和内舌 33a的内凸部 33a-l共同对半铺 地板 100a的前侧槽座部 2a-2的外侧限位部 23a保持弹性夹持式滑动限位， 以及在铺地 板 200a的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2在侧部的内外向的方向上由其外舌 34a的外凸部 34a-l 对半铺地板 100a的前侧槽座部 2a-2的内侧限位部 21a的朝向外侧的上部端面 （朝向外 侧的铅垂面） 21a-6保持弹性接触式滑动限位。 也即在铺地板 200a 的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的内舌 33a向外发生弹性形变而产生的向内的弹力将前侧槽座部 2a-2的外侧限位 部 23a顶向后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的限位部 31a， 因此后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的限位部 31a 和内舌 33a形成对前侧槽座部 2a-2的外侧限位部 23a的弹性夹持。 由于在铺地板 200a 的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的限位部 31a的上部端面 31a-l与半铺地板 100a的前侧槽座部 2a-2的外侧限位部 23a的外端面 23a-6之间具有 0.03-0.1毫米的配合间隙 Hal， 因此当 在铺地板 200a的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2向下运动挤压半铺地板 100a的前侧槽座部 2a-2 的外侧限位部 23a时， 半铺地板 100a的前侧槽座部 2a-2的外侧限位部 23a可以向外下 侧产生很小弹性形变， 又因为上述配合间隙较小， 因此在铺地板 200a的后侧弹性双舌 部 3a-2的限位部 31a能将半铺地板 100a的前侧槽座部 2a-2的外侧限位部 23a限位保护 住， 使半铺地板 100a的前侧槽座部 2a-2的外侧限位部 23a的弹性形变不会导致半铺地 板 100a的前侧槽座部 2a-2的外侧限位部 23a断裂，而且在铺地板 200a的后侧弹性双舌 部 3a-2的限位部 31a的外侧上部端面 （朝向外侧的铅垂面） 31a-l与半铺地板 100a的 前侧槽座部 2a-2的外侧限位部 23a的外端面 23a-6可以处于滑动配合的状态。当在铺地 板 200a与半铺地板 100a完成固定连接时， 在铺地板 200a的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的锁 扣副槽 36a能将半铺地板 100a的前侧槽座部 2a-2的外侧限位部 23a牢牢地锁定固定住。
此时完成在铺地板 200a与半铺地板 100a的锁扣固定连接。 在铺地板 200a的后侧 弹性双舌部 3a-2在水平的前后方向和竖直方向上均被半铺地板 100a的前侧槽座部 2a-2 锁定而不易脱落， 同时半铺地板 100a的前侧槽座部 2a-2的外侧限位部 23a也在水平的 前后方向和竖直方向上均被在铺地板 200a的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2的锁扣副槽锁定而不 易脱落， 确保在铺地板 200a与半铺地板 100a之间可靠固定连接。
在铺地板 200a的后侧双舌部的上连接部 32a与半铺地板 100a的前侧槽座部 2a-2 的外侧限位部 23a直间留有 0.1毫米至 0.3毫米的缓冲间隙 61a (本实施例为 0.1毫米）。
完成与半铺地板 100a的锁扣固定连接的在铺地板 200a则成为新的半铺地板 200a。 第 2步骤： 见图 24， 当安装锁扣地板块 400a时 （此时的锁扣地板块 400a为在铺 地板 400a)， 用上述的第 1步骤所述的方法， 将在铺地板 400a的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2 与半铺地板 200a的前侧双槽部进行相互锁扣连接固定，从而将在铺地板 400a固定连接 在半铺地板 200a的前端。 完成与半铺地板 200a的锁扣固定连接的在铺地板 400a则成 为新的半铺地板 400a。
第 3步骤： 当依次安装锁扣地板块 600a和锁扣地板块 800a时（安装时的锁扣地板 块 600a为在铺地板 600a， 安装时的锁扣地板块 800a为在铺地板 800a)， 重复上述的第 2步骤所述的方法，将在铺地板 600a的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2与半铺地板 400a的前侧双 槽部进行相互锁扣连接固定， 从而将在铺地板 600a固定连接在半铺地板 400a的前端， 此时的在铺地板 600a则成为新的半铺地板 600a。 重复上述的第 2步骤所述的方法， 将 在铺地板 800a的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2与半铺地板 600a的前侧双槽部进行相互锁扣连 接固定， 从而将将在铺地板 800a固定连接在半铺地板 600a的前端， 此时的在铺地板 800a则成为新的半铺地板 800a。
第 4步骤： 见图 24， 当安装锁扣地板块 300a时 （此时的锁扣地板块 300a为在铺 地板 300a)， 用上述的第 1步骤所述的方法将在铺地板 300a的右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l的 前侧部分和后侧部分同时固定连接在相应的半铺地板 100a的左侧槽座部 2a-l的前侧部 分与半铺地板 200a的左侧槽座部 2a-l的后侧部分上， 从而将在铺地板 300a固定连接 在半铺地板 100a与半铺地板 200a上。此时的在铺地板 300a则成为新的半铺地板 300a。 半铺地板 100a则成为新的全铺地板 100a (在主动铺装锁扣地板块 300a之前，先要主动 铺装长度减半的辅助锁扣地板至半铺地板 100a的左侧槽座部的前侧部分； 而铺装锁扣 地板块 300a时，还需将在铺地板 300a的后侧弹性双舌部同时与上述辅助锁扣地板的前 侧槽座部进行固定连接）。
第 5步骤： 当安装锁扣地板块 500a时 （此时锁扣地板块 500a为在铺地板 500a)， 结合上述的第 1步骤和第 2步骤所述的方法， 将在铺地板 500a的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2 锁扣连接固定在相应的半铺地板 300a的前侧双槽部， 同时将在铺地板 500a的右侧弹性 双舌部 3a-l的前侧部分固定连接在相应的半铺地板 200a的左侧双槽部的前侧部分， 而 将在铺地板 500a的右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l的后侧部分同时固定连接在半铺地板 400a的 左侧双槽部的后侧部分上，实现在铺地板 500a同时与相应的半铺地板 200a和半铺地板 400a以及半铺地板 300a之间的锁扣连接。此时的在铺地板 500a成为新的半铺地板 500a， 而半铺地板 200a则成为新的全铺地板 200a。
第 6步骤： 当安装锁扣地板块 700a和锁扣地板块 900a时 （安装时的锁扣地板块 700a为在铺地板 700a， 安装时的锁扣地板块 900a为在铺地板 900a)， 重复上述第 5步 骤安装锁扣地板块 500a的方法， 将在铺地板 700a的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2锁扣连接固 定在相应的半铺地板 500a的前侧双槽部，同时将在铺地板 700a的右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l 的前侧部分和后侧部分同时固定连接在相应的半铺地板 400a的左侧双槽部的前侧部分 与半铺地板 600a的左侧双槽部的后侧部分上，实现在铺地板 700a同时与相应的半铺地 板 400a和半铺地板 600a以及半铺地板 500a之间的锁扣连接， 此时的在铺地板 700a则 成为新的半铺地板 700a。重复主动铺装在铺地板 700a的方法， 实现在铺地板 900a同时 与相应的半铺地板 600a和半铺地板 800a以及新的半铺地板 700a之间的锁扣连接， 使 得在铺地板 900a成为新的半铺地板 900a。
第 7 步骤： 当安装锁扣地板块 1000a 时 （此时的锁扣地板块 1000a为在铺地板 1000a), 用上述的第 4步骤安装锁扣地板块 300a的方法将在铺地板 1000a的右侧弹性 双舌部 3a-l的前侧部分和后侧部分同时固定连接在相应的半铺地板 300a的左侧槽座部 2a-l 的前侧部分和半铺地板 500a的左侧槽座部 2a-l 的后侧部分上， 从而将在铺地板 1000a固定连接在半铺地板 300a和半铺地板 500a上。 此时的在铺地板 1000a成为新的 半铺地板 1000a， 而半铺地板 300a则成为新的全铺地板 300a (在主动铺装锁扣地板块 1000a之前， 先要主动铺装另一块锁扣地板块， 由其右侧弹性双舌部与前述的辅助锁扣 地板的左侧槽座部以及半铺地板 300a的左侧槽座部的前侧部分相互锁扣固定连接； 而 铺装锁扣地板块 1000a时，还需将在铺地板 1000a的后侧弹性双舌部同时与上述另一块 锁扣地板块的前侧槽座部进行锁扣固定连接）。
第 8步骤：当安装锁扣地板块 1100a时（此时的锁扣地板块 1100a为在铺地板 1100a)， 采用上述第 5步骤安装锁扣地板块 500a的方法， 将在铺地板 1100a的后侧弹性双舌部 3a-2锁扣连接固定在相应的半铺地板 1000a的前侧双槽部， 同时将在铺地板 1100a的右 侧弹性双舌部 3a-l的前侧部分和后侧部分同时固定连接在相应的半铺地板 500a的左侧 双槽部的前侧部分和半铺地板 700a的左侧双槽部的后侧部分上， 实现在铺地板 1100a 同时与相应的半铺地板 500a和半铺地板 700a以及半铺地板 1000a之间的锁扣连接。当 完成在铺地板 1100a的安装时， 半铺地板 500a则成为新的全铺地板， 而在铺地板 1100a 则成为新的半铺地板。
见图 26，此时，锁扣地板块 500a (全铺地板）的左侧槽座部 2a-l由其锁扣主槽 24a 的外舌限位槽 24a-l-l的所在部位在其内上方向 71a上与相邻的相应的锁扣地板块 1000a 的右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l的外舌 34a的外凸部 34a-l的前段部位及相邻的相应的锁扣地板 块 1100a的右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l的外舌 34a的外凸部 34a-l的后段部位的相互接触限位， 即全铺地板 500a的左侧槽座部 2a-l的内侧限位部 21a的内上限位面 21a-2与上述相邻 的相应的 2块锁扣地板块的右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l的外舌 34a的外凸部 34a-l的外侧上表 面 34a-l-l的前后接续的相互接触限位。 而全铺地板 500a的左侧槽座部 2a-l 由其锁扣 主槽 24a的外舌限位槽 24a-l-l的所在的部位在其内下方向 72a上与相邻的相应的锁扣 地板块 1000a的右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l的外舌 34a的外凸部 34a-l的前段部位及相邻的相 应的锁扣地板块 1100a的右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l的外舌 34a的外凸部 34a-l的后段部位的 相互接触限位， 即全铺地板 500a的左侧槽座部 2a-l 的内侧限位部 21a的内下支撑面 21a-l与上述相邻的相应的 2块锁扣地板块的右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l的外舌 34a的外凸部 34a- 1的外侧下表面 34a-l-2的前后接续的相互接触限位。
仍见图 25， 全铺地板 500a 的左侧槽座部 2a- 1 由其锁扣主槽 24a 的内舌限位槽 24a-2-l的所在部位在其外上方向 73a上相对于相邻的相应的锁扣地板块 1000a的右侧 弹性双舌部 3a-l的内舌 33的内凸部 33a-l的前段部位及相邻的相应的锁扣地板块 1100a 的右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l的内舌 33a的内凸部 33a-l的后段部位的相互接触限位，即全铺 地板 500a的左侧槽座部 2a-l的外侧限位部 23a的外上限位面 23a-2与上述相邻的相应 的 2块锁扣地板块的右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l 的内舌 33a的内凸部 33a-l 的内侧上表面 33a-l-l的相互接触限位。而全铺地板 500a的左侧槽座部 2a-l由其锁扣主槽 24a的内舌 限位槽 24a-2-l的所在部位在其外下方向 74a上与相邻的相应的锁扣地板块 1000a的右 侧弹性双舌部 3a-l 的内舌 33 的内凸部 33a-l 的前段部位及相邻的相应的锁扣地板块 1100a的右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l的内舌 33的内凸部 33a-l的后段部位的相互接触限位， 即全铺地板 500a的左侧槽座部 2a-l的外侧限位部 23a的外下支撑面 23a-l与上述相邻 的相应的 2块锁扣地板块的右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l的内舌 33a的内凸部 33a-l的内侧下表 面 33a-l-2的相互接触限位。
见图 27， 同理， 可实现全铺地板 500a的前侧槽座部 2a-2相对于前侧相邻的相应的 锁扣地板块 700a的后侧弹性双舌部在内上方向 71a、 内下方向 72a、 外上方向 73a和外 下方向 74a的相互接触限位。
参见图 26， 锁扣地板块 500a (图中位于左侧） 的右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l的内舌 33a 的内凸部 33a-l在其内上方向 81a上与相邻的相应的锁扣地板块 200a (图中位于右侧） 的左侧槽座部 2a-l的锁扣主槽 24a的内舌限位槽 24a-2-l的前段所在的部位及相邻的相 应的锁扣地板块 400a (图中位于右侧） 的左侧槽座部 2a-l的锁扣主槽 24a的内舌限位 槽 24a-2-l的后段所在的部位的相互接触限位，即全铺地板 500a的右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l 的内舌 33a的内凸部 33a-l的内侧上表面 33a-l-l与上述相邻的相应的 2块锁扣地板块 左侧槽座部 2a-l的外侧限位部 23a的外上限位面 23a-2的前后接续的相互接触限位。全 铺地板 500a的右弹性双舌部的内舌 33a的内凸部 33a-l在其内下方向 82a上与相邻的相 应的锁扣地板块 200a的左侧槽座部 2a-l的锁扣主槽 24a的内舌限位槽 24a-2-l的的前 段所在的部位及相邻的相应的锁扣地板块 400a的左侧槽座部 2a-l的锁扣主槽 24a的内 舌限位槽 24a-2-l的的后段所在的部位的相互接触限位，即全铺地板 500a的右侧弹性双 舌部 3a-l的内舌 33的内凸部 33a-l的内侧下表面 33a-l-2与上述相邻的相应的 2块锁 扣地板块的左侧槽座部 2a-l的内侧限位部 21a的内下支撑面 21a-l的前后接续的相互接 触限位。
全铺地板 500a的右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l的外舌 34a的外凸部 34a-l在其外上方向 83a 上相对于相邻的相应的锁扣地板块 200a的的左侧槽座部 2a-l的锁扣主槽 24a的内舌限 位槽 24a-2-l 的前段所在的部位及相邻的相应的锁扣地板块 400a的的左侧槽座部 2a-l 的锁扣主槽 24a的内舌限位槽 24a-2-l的后段所在的部位的相互接触限位， 即全铺地板 500a的右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l的外舌 34a的外凸部 34a-l的外侧上表面 34a-l-l与上述相 邻的相应的 2块锁扣地板块的左侧槽座部 2a-l的内侧限位部 21a的内上限位面 21a-2的 相互接触限位； 全铺地板 500a的右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l的外舌 34a的外凸部 34a-l在其 外下方向 84a上与相邻的相应的锁扣地板块 200a的左侧槽座部 2a-l的锁扣主槽 24a的 外舌限位槽 24a-l-l 的前段所在的部位及相邻的相应的锁扣地板块 400a的左侧槽座部 2a-l的锁扣主槽 24a的外舌限位槽 24a-l-l的后段所在的部位的相互接触限位， 即全铺 地板 500a的右侧弹性双舌部 3a-l的外舌 34a的外凸部 34a-l的外侧下表面 34a-l-2与上 述相邻的相应的 2a块锁扣地板块的左侧槽座部 2a-l 的内侧限位部 21a的内下支撑面 21a-l的相互接触限位。
参见图 27， 同理， 可实现全铺地板 500a的后侧双舌部相对于后侧相邻的相应的锁 扣地板块 300a的前侧槽座部在内上方向 81a、 内下方向 82a、 外上方向 83a和外下方向 84a的相互接触限位。 最终实现锁扣地板块 500a与相邻的相应的 6块锁扣地板的锁扣 连接。
采用上述各步骤所述的方法按照依次从后向前，从右向左的铺设次序可以完成多个 锁扣地板相互之间的固定连接。
(实施例 4、 锁扣地板块）
见图 28至图 30， 本实施例其余与实施例 3相同， 其不同之处在于： 弹性双舌部的 内舌 33a的内侧下部设有截面形状为凸出方向朝内的弓形的内凸部 33a-l。内凸部 33a-l 的内外向的距离 La3为 0.24至 1毫米 （本实施例为 0.3毫米）。 外舌 34a的外侧下部设 有截面形状为凸出方向朝内的弓形的外凸部 34a-l。 外凸部 34a-l 的内外向的距离 La4 为 0.24至 1毫米 （本实施例为 0.3毫米）。
(安装应用例 4、 锁扣地板块的安装）
见图 28至图 30， 本安装应用例其余与安装应用例 3相同， 其不同之处在于， 本安 装应用例的锁扣地板即为实施例 4所述的结构和形状的锁扣地板块。
(实施例 5、 锁扣地板块）
本实施例的描述方位按照图 31所示的上下左右方位进行描述。图中标号 2a示意地 板块 10a的槽座部， 图中标号 3a示意地板块 10a的弹性双舌部。
见图 31， 本实施例其余部分与实施例 3相同， 不同之处在于： 本实施例的地板块
10a的上表面的行走面的形状为正六边形，地板块 10a的主体部 la是上表面形状与地板 块 10a的行走面的正六边形的形状相对应的正六边形棱柱体。 所述槽座部 2a为 3个且 依次相邻设置， 而相应的弹性双舌部 3a也为 3个且也依次相邻设置。 铺设时采用安装 应用例 3中所述的弹性双舌部与槽座部的安装方法， 并按照图中从左至右， 从上向下的 顺序依次进行铺装。
(实施例 6、 锁扣地板块）
本实施例的描述方位按照图 32所示的上下左右方位进行描述。图中标号 2a示意地 板块 10a的槽座部， 图中标号 3a示意地板块 10a的弹性双舌部。
见图 32， 本实施例其余部分与实施例 3相同， 不同之处在于： 本实施例的地板块 10a的上表面的行走面的形状为菱形，地板块 10a的主体部 1是上表面形状与地板块 10a 的行走面的菱形的形状相对应的四边形棱柱体。所述槽座部 2a为 2个且依次相邻设置， 而相应的弹性双舌部 3a也为 2个且也依次相邻设置。 铺设时采用安装应用例 3中所述 的弹性双舌部与槽座部的安装方法， 并按照图中从左至右， 从上向下的顺序依次进行铺 装。
(实施例 7、 锁扣地板块）
本实施例的描述方位按照图 33所示的上下左右方位进行描述。图中标号 2a示意地 板块 lOaa的槽座部， 图中标号 3a示意地板块 lOaa的弹性双舌部。
见图 33， 本实施例其余部分与实施例 3相同， 不同之处在于： 本实施例的地板块 lOaa的上表面的行走面的形状为等腰梯形，地板块 lOaa的主体部 la是上表面形状与地 板块 lOaa的行走面的等腰梯形的形状相对应的四边形棱柱体。所述槽座部 2a为 2个且 依次相邻设置在地板块 lOaa的长边一侧和位于下方的一侧上， 而相应的弹性双舌部 3a 也为 2个且也依次相邻设置在地板块 lOaa的其余两侧上。
(实施例 8、 锁扣地板块）
本实施例的描述方位按照图 33所示的上下左右方位进行描述。图中标号 2a示意地 板块 10ba的槽座部， 图中标号 3a示意地板块 10ba的弹性双舌部。
见图 33， 本实施例其余部分与实施例 3相同， 不同之处在于： 本实施例的地板块 10ba的上表面的行走面的形状为等腰梯形，地板块 10ba的主体部 la是上表面形状与地 板块 10ba的行走面的等腰梯形的形状相对应的四边形棱柱体。所述槽座部 2a为 2个且 依次相邻设置在地板块 10ba的短边一侧和位于下方的一侧上， 而相应的弹性双舌部 3a 也为 2个且也依次相邻设置在地板块 10ba的其余两侧上。
(安装应用例 5、 锁扣地板块的安装）
见图 33， 本安装应用例其余部分与安装应用例 3相同， 不同之处在与： 本安装应 用例采用实施例 7结合相应的实施例 8所述的锁扣地板块 10aa、 10ba进行铺设， 铺设 时采用安装应用例 3中所述的弹性双舌部 3a与槽座部 2a的安装方法，并按照图中从左 至右次序依次交错铺设实施例 7所述的锁扣地板块 lOaa和实施例 8所述的锁扣地板块 10ba, 然后再按从上向下的顺序依次交错进行铺装。
(实施例 9、 锁扣地板块）
本实施例的描述方位按照图 34所示的上下左右方位进行描述。图中标号 2a示意地 板块 10da的槽座部， 图中标号 3a示意地板块 10da的弹性双舌部。
见图 34， 本实施例其余部分与实施例 3相同， 不同之处在于： 本实施例的地板块 10da的上表面的行走面的形状为等腰三角形，地板块 10da的主体部 la是上表面形状与 地板块 10da的行走面的等腰梯形的形状相对应的三角形棱柱体。所述槽座部 2a为 1个 且设置在地板块 10da的位于三角形底边方位的一侧上， 而相应的弹性双舌部 3a则为 2 个且依次相邻设置在地板块 10da的其余两侧上。
(实施例 10、 锁扣地板块）
本实施例的描述方位按照图 34所示的上下左右方位进行描述。图中标号 2a示意地 板块 lOca的槽座部， 图中标号 3a示意地板块 lOca的弹性双舌部。
见图 34， 本实施例其余部分与实施例 3相同， 不同之处在于： 本实施例的地板块 lOca的上表面的行走面的形状为等腰三角形，地板块 lOca的主体部 la是上表面形状与 地板块 lOca的行走面的等腰梯形的形状相对应的三角形棱柱体。所述弹性双舌部 3a为 1个且设置在地板块 lOca的位于三角形底边方位的一侧上， 而相应的槽座部 2a则为 2 个且依次相邻设置在地板块 lOca的其余两侧上。 (安装应用例 6、 锁扣地板块的安装）
见图 34， 本安装应用例其余部分与安装应用例 3相同， 不同之处在与： 本安装应 用例采用实施例 9结合相应的实施例 10所述的锁扣地板块 10da、 lOca进行铺设， 铺设 时采用安装应用例 3中所述的弹性双舌部 3a与槽座部 2a的安装方法，并按照图中从左 至右次序依次交错铺设实施例 10所述的地板块 lOca和实施例 9所述的地板块 10da，然 后再按从上向下的顺序依次交错进行铺装。
(实施例 11、 锁扣地板块）
本实施例的描述方位按照图 35所示的上下左右方位进行描述。图中标号 2a示意地 板块 10fa的槽座部， 图中标号 3a示意地板块 10fa的弹性双舌部。
见图 35， 本实施例其余部分与实施例 3相同， 不同之处在于： 本实施例的地板块 10fa的上表面的行走面的形状为等腰三角形， 地板块 10fa的主体部 la是上表面形状与 地板块 10fa的行走面的等腰梯形的形状相对应的三角形棱柱体。 所述槽座部 2a为 1个 且设置在地板块 10&的位于三角形下方右侧腰的方位的一侧上， 而相应的弹性双舌部 3a则为 2个且依次相邻设置在地板块 10&的其余两侧上。
(实施例 12、 锁扣地板块） 本实施例的描述方位按照图 35所示的上下左右方位进行描述。图中标号 2a示意地 板块 10ea的槽座部， 图中标号 3a示意地板块 10ea的弹性双舌部。
见图 35， 本实施例其余部分与实施例 3相同， 不同之处在于： 本实施例的地板块 10ea的上表面的行走面的形状为等腰三角形，地板块 10ea的主体部 la是上表面形状与 地板块 10ea的行走面的等腰梯形的形状相对应的三角形棱柱体。所述弹性双舌部 3a为 1个且设置在地板块 10ea的位于三角形上方右侧腰的方位的一侧上， 而相应的槽座部 2a则为 2个且依次相邻设置在地板块 10ea的其余两侧上。
(安装应用例 7、 锁扣地板块的安装）
见图 35， 本安装应用例其余部分与安装应用例 6相同， 不同之处在与： 本安装应 用例采用实施例 11结合相应的实施例 10a所述的锁扣地板块 10 &、 10ea进行铺设， 铺 设时采用安装应用例 3中所述的弹性双舌部 3a与槽座部 2a的安装方法，并按照图中从 左至右依次交错铺设实施例 12所述的地板块 10ea和实施例 11所述的地板块 10fa， 然 后再按从上向下先的顺序依次交错进行铺装。
(实施例 13、 锁扣地板块）
本实施例的描述方位按照图 36所示的上下左右方位进行描述。图中标号 2a示意地 板块 lOha的槽座部， 图中标号 3a示意地板块 lOha的弹性双舌部。
见图 36， 本实施例其余部分与实施例 3相同， 不同之处在于： 本实施例的地板块 lOha的上表面的行走面的形状为等腰梯形，地板块 lOha的主体部 la是上表面形状与地 板块 lOha的行走面的等腰梯形的形状相对应的四边形棱柱体。所述槽座部 2a为 1个且 设置在地板块 lOha的位于下方的短边一侧， 而相应的弹性双舌部 3a则为 3个， 依次相 邻设置在地板块 lOha的其余三侧上。
(实施例 14、 锁扣地板块）
本实施例的描述方位按照图 18a所示的上下左右方位进行描述。 图中标号 2a示意 地板块 10ka的槽座部， 图中标号 3a示意地板块 10ka的弹性双舌部。
见图 36， 本实施例其余部分与实施例 3相同， 不同之处在于： 本实施例的地板块
10ka的上表面的行走面的形状为等腰梯形， 地板块 10ka的主体部 1是上表面形状与地 板块 10ka的行走面的等腰梯形的形状相对应的四边形棱柱体。 所述弹性双舌部 3a为 1 个且设置在地板块 10ka的位于上方的短边一侧， 而相应的槽座部 2a则为 3个， 依次相 邻设置在地板块 10ka的其余三侧上。 (安装应用例 8、 锁扣地板块的安装）
见图 36， 本安装应用例其余部分与安装应用例 3相同， 不同之处在与： 本安装应 用例采用实施例 13结合相应的实施例 14所述的锁扣地板块 10ha、 10ka进行铺设， 铺 设时采用安装应用例 3中所述的弹性双舌部 3a与槽座部 2a的安装方法，并按照图中从 左至右的次序依次交错铺设实施例 13所述的锁扣地板块 10ka和实施例 14所述的锁扣 地板块 10ha， 然后再按从上向下的顺序依次交错进行铺装。 工业应用性
本发明具有积极的效果：
( 1 )本发明的相邻 2块 PVC锁扣地板之间的锁扣连接结构与通常相邻的 2块锁扣 地板的由榫头和榫槽进行锁扣连接的结构相比， 有了较大的改变， 也带来了在铺装时的 根本性的变化。本发明的地板的弹性双舌部不仅具有双榫舌的功能， 还具有用于弹性变 形的功能， 以及设有用于夹持槽座部的外侧限位部的锁扣副槽， 而本发明的地板的槽座 部则不仅具有与弹性双舌部所对应的双榫槽结构（也即指槽座部的外舌限位槽和内舌限 位槽），而且还由其外侧限位部承担榫头的功能，从而在铺装过程中，将需要铺装的 PVC 锁扣地板 （以下称为在铺地板） 放置到已完成主动铺装作业的露出槽座部的 PVC锁扣 地板（以下称为半铺地板） 的待锁扣位置后， 用木榔头轻轻敲击在铺地板的上表面， 便 可使得该在铺地板沿着从上至下的方向进行运动而同时与位于相邻 2侧的 2块或 3块半 铺地板进行锁扣连接。 因此在进行本发明的 PVC锁扣地板的铺装时， 只需操作者对在 铺地板施加一个方向的作用力也即由上至下的作用力即可完成一 PVC锁扣地板的主动 铺装， 从而实现了铺设简单方便快捷的目的。
(2) 本发明的相邻 2块 PVC锁扣地板在进行相互锁扣连接时， 一块 PVC锁扣地 板由其槽座部对另一块 PVC锁扣地板的弹性双舌部在其内舌的内凸部的内上方向上和 内下方向上以及在外舌的外凸部的外上方向上和外下方向上进行相互接触限位，从而实 现了一块 PVC锁扣地板的弹性双舌部与另一块 PVC锁扣地板的槽座部之间的在 4个方 向上的相互接触限位， 使得 2PVC锁扣地板相互间的锁扣更加牢固， 不易脱落， 也不会 产生脱扣， 解决了 PVC锁扣地板在相互拼接时短边容易扒缝的问题， 从而实现了锁扣 牢固的目的。
(3 ) 当本发明的 PVC锁扣地板的主体部的行走面形状为长方形或正方形时， 其 2 个槽座部可以设置在左侧和前侧， 也可以设置在左侧和后侧， 而 2个弹性双舌部则设置 在另外两侧。 当本发明的 PVC锁扣地板的主体部的形状为菱形时， 则其槽座部设置在 相邻的两侧， 这也有两种选择， 第一种选择是该相邻的两侧的交角为锐角， 另一种选择 是该相邻的两侧的交角为钝角， 而弹性双舌部则设置在另外两侧。上述这些方案的选择 都应属于本发明的保护范围， 因为它们共同的安装特点是： 在铺 PVC锁扣地板由自身 的相邻设置的 2个弹性双舌部与相邻两侧的半铺 PVC锁扣地板的 2个槽座部 （主体部 的行走面形状为长方形时也有可能是 3 个槽座部） 同时进行锁扣连接而成为新的半铺 PVC锁扣地板； 所有的半铺 PVC锁扣地板则由各自自身的相邻的 2个槽座部等待新的 在铺 PVC锁扣地板的锁扣连接。
(4) 在安装本发明的 PVC锁扣地板时， 在位于上方的 PVC锁扣地板由其弹性双 舌部按照从上向下的方向压向位于下方的 PVC锁扣地板的槽座部中的过程中， 下方的 PVC锁扣地板的槽座部的外侧限位部始终被位于上方的 PVC锁扣地板的弹性双舌部的 限位部和内舌的内凸部弹性夹持在内外方向上的中间， 又由于位于上方的 PVC锁扣地 板的弹性双舌部的限位部的侧部上方的端面与位于下方的 PVC锁扣地板的槽座部的外 侧限位部的内外向的外端面之间具有 0.03-0.1毫米的配合间隙 Hl， 因此当位于上方的 PVC锁扣地板的弹性双舌部向下运动挤压位于下方的 PVC锁扣地板的槽座部的外侧限 位部时， 位于下方的 PVC锁扣地板的槽座部的外侧限位部可以有一个很小的弹性变形 的距离，从而可以减少位于上方的 PVC锁扣地板的弹性双舌部的内舌的弹性变形程度， 使位于上方的 PVC锁扣地板的弹性双舌部的内舌与位于下方的 PVC锁扣地板的槽座部 的外侧限位部的滑动弹性配合较为容易和可靠，而且槽座部的外侧限位部的外端面与位 于上方的 PVC 锁扣地板的弹性双舌部的限位部的外侧上部的端面处于滑动配合的状 态， 同时由于所述的配合间隙 HI不大于 0.1毫米， 即便槽座部的外侧限位部产生弹性 形变， 也在安全的尺寸范围之内， 不会造成该部位的损伤， 因此有地效避免中国专利文 献 CN101415893B中的地板块相互拼接后因脱扣产生的扒缝问题，从而实现了安全可靠 的目的。 另外， 本发明的 PVC锁扣地板的弹性双舌部在双舌之间设置弹性变形槽能使 弹性双舌部和槽座部的安装更加轻松可靠，而且有效增强弹性双舌部的内舌和外舌的弹 性， 不仅有利于安装时顺利进行锁扣连接， 也使得因变形产生断裂的可能性降低至零。
(5 )在本发明的 PVC锁扣地板的槽座部的下连接部设置定位凸台的情况下， 则对 PVC 锁扣地板的槽座部的锁扣主槽进行了区域的划分， 位于靠近主体部的区域成为内 槽， 位于远离主体部的区域则成为外槽， 所述的外舌限位槽属于内槽的范围， 而所述的 内舌限位部则属于外槽的范围。 不仅如此， 一 PVC锁扣地板的槽座部对另一 PVC锁扣 地板的弹性双舌部的锁扣，则还包括由定位凸台的外支撑面对内舌的外下部进行支撑而 形成的相互间的接触限位，以及包括由定位凸台的内支撑面对外舌的内下部进行支撑而 形成的相互间的接触限位，从而通过定位凸台的支撑不仅使弹性双舌部的内舌和外舌能 有效顺利的复位， 当内舌和外舌复位后， 定位凸台不仅能阻止内舌和外舌的回缩， 使得 卡接式的锁扣更加牢固可靠， 而且对弹性双舌部起到有效的支撑， 避免了 PVC锁扣地 板拼接过程中的高低差问题。 另外， 本发明的 PVC锁扣地板的弹性双舌部还优选将内 舌的外下部和外舌的内下部均设置成具有的导向圆角的结构，能使内舌和外舌在与定位 凸台相接触的过程较为平顺，有利于 PVC锁扣地板的弹性双舌部的双舌弹入设定位置。 在拆分相互锁扣连接的地板时， 只需用力将处在位于上方的弹性双舌部的 PVC锁扣地 板向上拉起 （可以用吸盘等工具）， PVC锁扣地板的弹性双舌部的双舌即可沿定位凸台 向中间收缩， 最终使各 PVC锁扣地板相互分离。
( 6 )本发明的相邻的 2块 PVC锁扣地板在相互锁扣后， 在弹性双舌部和槽座部之 间留有内舌缓冲间隙和外舌缓冲间隙， 不仅能有效的避免 PVC锁扣地板在安装过程中 相互之间的硬冲击对内舌、外舌及槽座部造成的破坏， 起到一定的缓冲作用， 而且还可 以用来收集安装过程中散落的尘渣，有效的避免了因尘渣的存在而使地板拼接产生高低 不平，也起到了解决 PVC锁扣地板铺设过程中的 PVC锁扣地板之间存在高低差的问题。
( 7 )本发明的 PVC锁扣地板的弹性双舌部设有相应的避让刀具面， 生产加工更加 便捷。
( 8 ) 本发明的相邻 2块锁扣地板块之间的锁扣连接结构与通常相邻的 2块锁扣地 板的由榫头和榫槽进行锁扣连接的结构相比， 有了较大的改变， 也带来了在铺装时的根 本性的变化。本发明的地板块的弹性双舌部不仅具有双榫舌的功能， 还具有用于弹性变 形的功能， 以及设有用于夹持槽座部的外侧限位部的锁扣副槽， 而本发明的地板块的槽 座部则不仅具有与弹性双舌部所对应的双榫槽结构（也即指槽座部的外舌限位槽和内舌 限位槽）， 而且还由其外侧限位部承担榫头的功能， 从而在铺装过程中， 将需要铺装的 锁扣地板块（以下称为在铺地板）放置到已完成主动铺装作业的露出槽座部的锁扣地板 块（以下称为半铺地板） 的待锁扣位置后， 用木榔头轻轻敲击在铺地板的上表面， 便可 使得该在铺地板沿着从上至下的方向进行运动而同时与位于相邻 2侧的 2块或 3块半铺 地板进行锁扣连接。 因此在进行本发明的锁扣地板块的铺装时， 只需操作者对在铺地板 施加一个方向的作用力也即由上至下的作用力即可完成一块锁扣地板块的主动铺装，从 而实现了铺设简单方便快捷的目的。
( 9 ) 本发明的相邻 2块锁扣地板块在进行相互锁扣连接时， 一块锁扣地板块由其 槽座部对另一块锁扣地板块的弹性双舌部在其内舌的内凸部的内上方向上和内下方向 上以及在外舌的外凸部的外上方向上和外下方向上进行相互接触限位，从而实现了一块 锁扣地板块的弹性双舌部与另一块锁扣地板块的槽座部之间的在 4 个方向上的相互接 触限位， 使得 2块锁扣地板块相互间的锁扣更加牢固， 不易脱落， 也不会产生脱扣， 解 决了锁扣地板块在相互拼接时短边容易扒缝的问题， 从而实现了锁扣牢固的目的。
( 10)当本发明的锁扣地板块的行走面形状可以设置成多种的多边形的形状，例如： 等腰三角形、等腰梯形、平行四边形或正六边形， 并优选平行四边形中的长方形或正方 形。 当采用长方形或正方形时， 其 2个槽座部可以设置在左侧和前侧， 也可以设置在左 侧和后侧， 而 2个弹性双舌部则设置在另外两侧。 当本发明的锁扣地板块的行走面的形 状为菱形时， 则其槽座部设置在相邻的两侧， 这也有两种选择， 第一种选择是该相邻的 两侧的交角为锐角， 另一种选择是该相邻的两侧的交角为钝角， 而弹性双舌部则设置在 另外两侧。对行走面的形状为非等边非直角的平行四边形的锁扣地板块来说， 其槽座部 和弹性双舌部的设置也按照同样的方式选择， 因此， 上述这些方案的选择都应属于本发 明的保护范围， 它们共同的安装特点是： 在铺地板由自身的相邻设置的 2个弹性双舌部 与相邻两侧的半铺地板的 2个槽座部（主体部的行走面形状为长方形时也有可能是 3个 槽座部）同时进行锁扣连接而成为新的半铺地板； 所有的半铺地板则由各自自身的相邻 的 2个槽座部等待新的在铺地板的锁扣连接。对于采用上述多边形形状的行走面的锁扣 地板块来说，它们设置槽座部的个数和位置的原则是:在依次进行锁扣地板块的铺装时， 在铺地板的弹性双舌部的个数和位置与相邻的半铺地板的槽座部的个数和位置相对应， 上述这些方案的选择都应属于本发明的保护范围。
( 11 )在安装本发明的锁扣地板块时， 在位于上方的锁扣地板块由其弹性双舌部按 照从上向下的方向压向位于下方的锁扣地板块的槽座部中的过程中，下方的锁扣地板块 的槽座部的外侧限位部始终被位于上方的锁扣地板块的弹性双舌部的限位部和内舌的 内凸部弹性夹持在内外方向上的中间，又由于位于上方的锁扣地板块的弹性双舌部的限 位部的侧部上方的端面与位于下方的锁扣地板块的槽座部的外侧限位部的内外向的外 端面之间具有 0.03-0.1毫米的配合间隙 Hal， 因此当位于上方的锁扣地板块的弹性双舌 部向下运动挤压位于下方的锁扣地板块的槽座部的外侧限位部时，位于下方的锁扣地板 块的槽座部的外侧限位部可以有一个很小的弹性变形的距离，从而可以减少位于上方的 锁扣地板块的弹性双舌部的内舌的弹性变形程度，使位于上方的锁扣地板块的弹性双舌 部的内舌与位于下方的锁扣地板块的槽座部的外侧限位部的滑动弹性配合较为容易和 可靠，而且槽座部的外侧限位部的外端面与位于上方的锁扣地板块的弹性双舌部的限位 部的外侧上部的端面处于滑动配合的状态， 同时由于所述的配合间隙 Hal不大于 0.1毫 米， 即便槽座部的外侧限位部产生弹性形变， 也在安全的尺寸范围之内， 不会造成该部 位的损伤， 因此有地效避免中国专利文献 CN101415893B中的槽座限位部的断裂问题， 从而实现了安全可靠的目的。另外， 本发明的锁扣地板块的弹性双舌部在双舌之间设置 弹性变形槽能使弹性双舌部和槽座部的安装更加轻松可靠，而且有效增强弹性双舌部的 内舌和外舌的弹性， 不仅有利于安装时顺利进行锁扣连接， 也使得因变形产生断裂的可 能性降低至零。
( 12)在本发明的锁扣地板块的槽座部的下连接部设置定位凸台的情况下， 则对锁 扣地板块的槽座部的锁扣主槽进行了区域的划分， 位于靠近主体部的区域成为内槽， 位 于远离主体部的区域则成为外槽， 所述的外舌限位槽属于内槽的范围， 而所述的内舌限 位部则属于外槽的范围。不仅如此，一块锁扣地板块的槽座部对另一块锁扣地板块的弹 性双舌部的锁扣，则还包括由定位凸台的外支撑面对内舌的外下部进行支撑而形成的相 互间的接触限位，以及包括由定位凸台的内支撑面对外舌的内下部进行支撑而形成的相 互间的接触限位，从而通过定位凸台的支撑不仅使弹性双舌部的内舌和外舌能有效顺利 的复位， 当内舌和外舌复位后， 定位凸台不仅能阻止内舌和外舌的回缩， 使得卡接式的 锁扣更加牢固可靠， 而且对弹性双舌部起到有效的支撑， 根本杜绝了锁扣地板块拼接过 程中的高低差问题。另外， 本发明的锁扣地板块的弹性双舌部还优选将内舌的外下部和 外舌的内下部均设置成具有的导向圆角的结构，能使内舌和外舌在与定位凸台相接触的 过程较为平顺， 有利于锁扣地板块的弹性双舌部的双舌弹入设定位置。在拆分相互锁扣 连接的地板块时， 只需用力将处在位于上方的弹性双舌部的锁扣地板块向上拉起（可以 用吸盘等工具）， 锁扣地板块的弹性双舌部的双舌即可沿定位凸台向中间收缩， 最终使 各锁扣地板块相互分离。
( 13 )本发明的相邻的 2块锁扣地板块在相互锁扣后， 在弹性双舌部和槽座部之间 留有内舌缓冲间隙和外舌缓冲间隙，不仅能有效的避免锁扣地板块在安装过程中相互之 间的硬冲击对内舌、外舌及槽座部造成的破坏， 起到一定的缓冲作用， 而且还可以用来 收集安装过程中散落的尘渣， 有效的避免了因尘渣的存在而使地板拼接产生高低不平， 也起到了解决锁扣地板块铺设过程中的锁扣地板块之间存在高低差的问题。
( 14)本发明的锁扣地板块的弹性双舌部设有相应的避让刀具面， 生产加工更加便 捷。
( 15 )本发明的锁扣地板块不仅适用于由各种具有弹性性能的材料制成， 当本发明 的锁扣地板块的弹性双舌部的内舌的内凸部及外舌的外凸部采用弧面结构形式，而槽座 部采用相对应的结构形式时，可用于较脆弱的材料及松软材料制成的锁扣地板块的榫槽 部位。 本发明的锁扣地板块的材质涵盖了包括木材， 竹材， 有色金属， 塑料， 中密度纤 维板或高密度纤维板在内的材料， 从结构上则包括同种材质、复合板材或者是混合材质 构成的地板块， 使用范围极广。
( 16)本发明中， 锁扣地板块的含义有 2种， 锁扣地板块的第一个含义即为单块的 锁扣地板， 锁扣地板块的第二个含义是指锁扣地板的主体部分。本发明的锁扣地板块的 创新在于其采用了新型的锁扣式榫槽结构，只要采用了本发明中的锁扣式榫槽结构的锁 扣地板， 都应属于本发明的保护范围。 锁扣地板其种类繁多， 现举例如下： ①未涂覆表 面装饰涂层的锁扣素板， 例如国家标准 GB/T 15036.1-2001 中定义的实木地板中的未涂 饰地板（也即素板）中的榫接地板， 当这种地板采用本发明的锁扣式榫槽时则为锁扣式 榫接地板， 属于锁扣地板的一种。 ②行业标准 LY/T 1573-2000中定义的竹地板中的未 涂饰竹地板，当这种竹地板采用本发明的锁扣式榫槽时则为锁扣式未涂饰竹地板也属于 锁扣地板的一种； 上述两种形式的锁扣地板在进入消费领域后，一种情况是由用户直接 进行铺装后使用， 另一种情况是在铺装后，再在其表面进行涂装后使用； 因此，上述①、 ②两种锁扣地板就是设有锁扣式榫槽的素板。③层状复合锁扣地板， 包括符合中国国家 标准 GB/T18103-2000的实木复合地板、 符合中国国家标准 GB/T18102-2000的浸渍纸 层压木质地板 （商品名： 强化木地板）。 上述第二个含义的锁扣地板块是先得到锁扣地 板的主体部分，再在该主体部分上进行机械加工开出锁扣式榫槽所得到的锁扣地板的下 半部分， 从使用角度来看， 此时的该种锁扣地板块只是一种半成品； 再将起到表面装饰 层等作用的上层材料粘贴复合固定在该种锁扣地板的下半部分上则得到成品锁扣地板。 或者是先将大张的板材与起到表面装饰层作用的上层材料粘贴复合固定后，切割成相应 锁扣地板的大小的板材，然后再在该板材上进行机械加工开出锁扣式榫槽所得到的锁扣 地板。此时，上述的第二个含义的锁扣地板块则作为主体部分被包含在成品锁扣地板中； 因此本发明的第二个含义的锁扣地板块就是指设有锁扣式榫槽的锁扣地板的主体部分， 且无论所述的主体部分是半成品形态， 还是被包含在成品锁扣地板中的形态， 均属于本 发明的第二个含义的锁扣地板块。
( 17)本发明的锁扣地板块的一种加工方法是： 先得到锁扣地板的主体部分， 再在 该主体部分上进行机械加工开出锁扣式榫槽所得到的锁扣地板的下半部分，此时的该种 锁扣地板块只是一种半成品；再将起到表面装饰层作用的上层材料粘贴复合固定在该种 锁扣地板的下半部分上则得到成品锁扣地板， 即制得本发明的第二个含义的锁扣地板 块。对于由实木加工得到的地板素板半成品（指未油漆的未开榫槽的整体实木块的地板) 来说， 制得本发明的锁扣地板块的一种加工方法是： 直接在其周边部位上进行榫槽的加 工而制得本发明的第一种锁扣地板块， 进行铺装后即可直接使用， 或者在进行铺装后再 在锁扣地板块的上表面上进行油漆的涂装后使用 ,

Claims

权利要求书
1、一种 PVC锁扣地板， PVC锁扣地板（ 10)为块状的 PVC材质的锁扣地板， PVC 锁扣地板（10) 的行走面的形状为四边形， 所述四边形为长方形、 正方形或菱形； 其特 征在于：
PVC锁扣地板 （10)包括主体部 （1)、 2个槽座部 （2) 以及 2个弹性双舌部 （3); 所述主体部（1)是上表面形状与 PVC锁扣地板（10) 的行走面的四边形的形状相对应 的四边形棱柱体， 主体部 （1) 的厚度为 3.5毫米至 30毫米；
各个槽座部 （2) 的结构形状基本相同， 两者的各一端相邻， 且该相邻的 2个端部 沿各自的槽座部 （2) 的长度方向延伸且相互重合在一起； 2个弹性双舌部 （3) 的结构 形状基本相同， 两者的一端相邻， 且该 2个弹性双舌部 （3) 的端部沿各自的弹性双舌 部（3) 的长度方向延伸且相互重合在一起； 各弹性双舌部（3) 的结构形状和与其位于 相对一侧的槽座部 （2) 的结构形状相对应；
2个槽座部 （2) 由各自的内侧限位部 （21) 从主体部 （1) 的四侧周边的相邻的两 侧的侧面连接在主体部 （1) 上， 2个弹性双舌部 （3) 由各自的限位部 （31) 从主体部 (1) 的四侧的周边的相邻的另外两侧的侧面连接在主体部 （1) 上；
所述的各弹性双舌部 （3) 为设有限位部 （31)、 上连接部 （32)、 双舌、 弹性变形 槽 （35) 和锁扣副槽 （36) 的部位； 所述的双舌按照相距主体部 （1) 的近远分为内舌 (33)和外舌 （34); 上连接部 （32) 从靠近主体部 （1) 的一侧连接在限位部 （31) 的 外侧部上方， 内舌 （33) 和外舌 （34) 依照距离主体部 （1) 的近远的次序分别从下方 连接在上连接部 （32) 上， 从而在外舌 （34)、 上连接部 （32) 和内舌 （33) 之间形成 开口向下的弹性变形槽 （35)， 而在内舌 （33)、 上连接部 （32)和限位部 （31)之间形 成开口向下的锁扣副槽（36)， 也使得弹性双舌部 (3)的限位部 (31)、锁扣副槽（36)、 内舌 （33)、 弹性变形槽 （35)和外舌 （34) 按照由近至远依次远离主体部 （1) 的相应 一侧的顺序依次设置； 内舌（33)的内侧下部设有向内凸起的内凸部（33-1); 外舌（34) 的外侧下部设有向外凸起的外凸部 （34-1);
所述的各槽座部（2)为设有内侧限位部（21)、 下连接部（22)和外侧限位部（23) 的部位； 下连接部 （22) 从靠近主体部 （1) 的一侧连接在内侧限位部 （21) 的外侧部 下方， 外侧限位部 （23) 由其靠近主体部 （1) 的一侧的下部连接在下连接部 （22)上， 从而在外侧限位部 （23)、 下连接部 （22) 和内侧限位部 （21) 之间形成开口向上的锁 扣主槽 （24)， 且内侧限位部 （21) 的朝向外侧的端面上设有形状与外舌 （34) 的外凸 部 （34-1) 的形状相对应的开口向外的外舌限位槽（24-1-1)， 外侧限位部 （23) 的朝向 内侧的端面上设有形状与内舌 （33) 的内凸部 （33-1) 的形状相对应的开口向内的内舌 限位槽（24-2-1); 外舌限位槽（24-1-1)和内舌限位槽（24-2-1)均属于锁扣主槽（24) 的一部分；
所述的 PVC锁扣地板（10) 的各个槽座部（2)是使用时能从下方与相邻的相应的 PVC锁扣地板的弹性双舌部 （3) 相互锁扣连接的部位， 该相邻的相应的 PVC锁扣地 板简称为相邻的地板， 而所述的 PVC锁扣地板 （10)则简称为本地板（10); 所述的相 邻的地板的结构形状与本地板（10)的结构形状相同或相对应;所述的使用时本地板（10) 的槽座部 （2)与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部 （3) 的相互锁扣连接， 包括本地板（10) 的 槽座部（2) 由其锁扣主槽（24)的外舌限位槽（24-1-1)的所在部位在其内上方向（71) 和内下方向 （72) 这 2个方向上与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部 （3) 的外舌 （34) 的外凸 部 （34-1) 的相互接触限位， 以及包括本地板 （10) 的槽座部 （2) 由其锁扣主槽 （24) 的内舌限位槽 （24-2-1) 的所在部位在其外上方向 （73) 和外下方向 （74) 这 2个方向 上与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部 （3) 的内舌 （34) 的内凸部 （33-1) 的相互接触限位； 相邻的地板与本地板（10)在进行相互锁扣连接的过程中， 均处于水平状态， 且位于上 方的相邻的地板由其主体部 （1) 按照从上向下的方向相对于位于下方的本地板 （10) 运动， 并且相邻的地板的弹性双舌部 （3) 在侧部的内外向的方向上由其限位部 （31) 和内舌 （33) 的内凸部 （33-1) 共同对本地板 （10) 的槽座部 （2) 的外侧限位部 （23) 保持弹性夹持式滑动限位， 以及相邻的地板的弹性双舌部 （3) 在侧部的内外向的方向 上由其外舌 （34) 的外凸部 （34-1) 对本地板 （10) 的槽座部 （2) 的内侧限位部 （21) 的朝向外侧的表面保持弹性接触式滑动限位；
所述的本地板 （10) 的各个弹性双舌部 （3) 是使用时能从上方与相邻的相应的锁 扣地板的槽座部 （2) 相互锁扣连接的部位， 该相邻的相应的锁扣地板简称为相邻的地 板； 所述的相邻的地板的结构形状与本地板（10) 的结构形状相同或相对应； 所述的使 用时本地板（10) 的弹性双舌部 （3)与相邻的地板的槽座部 （2) 的相互锁扣连接， 包 括本地板 （10) 的弹性双舌部 （3) 的内舌 （33) 的内凸部 （33-1) 在其内上方向 （81) 和内下方向 （82) 这 2个方向上与相邻的地板的槽座部 （2) 的锁扣主槽 （24) 的内舌 限位槽（24-2-1)的所在部位的相互接触限位， 以及包括本地板（10)的弹性双舌部（3) 的外舌 （34) 的外凸部 （34-1) 在其外上方向 （83) 和外下方向 （84) 这 2个方向上与 相邻的地板的槽座部 （2) 的锁扣主槽 （24) 的外舌限位槽 （24-1-1) 的所在部位的相 互接触限位； 本地板（10)与相邻的地板在进行相互锁扣连接的过程中， 均处于水平状 态， 且位于上方的本地板 （10) 由其主体部 （1) 按照从上向下的方向相对于相邻的地 板运动，并且本地板（10)的弹性双舌部（3)在侧部的内外向的方向上由其限位部（31) 和内舌 （33) 的内凸部 （33-1) 共同对相邻的地板的槽座部 （2) 的外侧限位部 （23) 保持弹性夹持式滑动限位， 以及本地板 （10) 的弹性双舌部 （3) 在侧部的内外向的方 向上由其外舌 （34) 的外凸部 （34-1) 对相邻的地板的槽座部 （2) 的内侧限位部 （21) 的朝向外侧的表面保持弹性接触式滑动限位。
2、 根据权利要求 1所述的 PVC锁扣地板， 其特征在于：
所述弹性双舌部 （3) 的限位部 （31)、 上连接部 （32)、 内舌 （33) 和外舌 （34) 均沿弹性双舌部 （3) 的长度方向伸展， 且限位部 （31)、 上连接部 （32)、 内舌 （33) 和外舌 （34) 的长度均相同， 弹性双舌部 （3) 的锁扣副槽 （36) 和弹性变形槽 （35) 则均从弹性双舌部 （3) 的长度方向上贯通弹性双舌部 （3)， 且弹性变形槽 （35) 截面 形状为倒 U形槽；
所述槽座部 （2) 的下连接部 （22) 由连接部主体 （22-1) 和定位凸台 （22-2) 组 成； 定位凸台 （22-2) 朝上凸起且从上方连接在连接部主体 （22-1) 上； 槽座部 （2) 的内侧限位部 （21)、 下连接部 （22)和外侧限位部 （23)均沿槽座部 （2) 的长度方向 伸展， 且内侧限位部 （21)、 下连接部 （22) 和外侧限位部 （23) 的长度均相同， 下连 接部 （22) 的连接部主体 （22-1) 和定位凸台 （22-2) 的长度也相同， 槽座部 （2) 的 锁扣主槽 （24) 则从槽座部 （2) 的长度方向上贯通槽座部 （2); 定位凸台 （22-2) 设 有朝向内上方的内支撑面（22-2-1)和朝向外上方的外支撑面（22-2-2);定位凸台（22-2) 的内支撑面 （22-2-1)和外支撑面 （22-2-2)对称设置于相对于沿槽座部 （2) 的长度方 向设置的铅垂面； 下连接部 （22) 的定位凸台 （22-2) 的内支撑面（22-2-1)、 下连接部 (22-1)的连接部主体（22-1)和内侧限位部（21)之间形成从长度方向贯通槽座部（2) 的内槽 (24-1)， 且内槽 (24-1) 是锁扣主槽 (24) 的一部分， 而外舌限位槽 (24-1-1) 则是内槽（24-1) 的一部分； 下连接部（22) 的定位凸台 （22-2) 的外支撑面（22-2-2)、 下连接部 （22) 的连接部主体 （22-1)和外侧限位部 （23)之间形成从长度方向贯通槽 座部 （2) 的外槽 （24-4)， 且外槽 （24-4) 是锁扣主槽 （24) 的一部分， 而内舌限位槽 (24-2-1) 则是外槽 （24-4) 的一部分； 槽座部 （2) 的内侧限位部 （21) 的朝向外侧的 表面上还设有开口向外的且与弹性双舌部 （3) 的外舌 （34) 的外凸部 （34-1) 的形状 相对应的从槽座部 （2) 的长度方向贯通槽座部 （2) 的定位导向槽 （24-1-2)， 且该定 位导向槽（24-1-2)位于外舌限位槽（24-1-1 )的上方；定位导向槽（24-1-2)是内槽（24-3) 的一部分；
所述的使用时本地板（10) 的槽座部 （2)与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部 （3) 的相互 锁扣连接， 还包括本地板（10)的槽座部（2) 由其定位凸台 （22-2)的外支撑面（22-4) 与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部 （3) 的内舌 （33) 的外下部的相互接触限位， 以及由其定 位凸台 （22-2) 的内支撑面 （22-3) 与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部 （3) 的外舌 （34) 的 内下部的相互接触限位；
在相邻的地板的弹性双舌部 （3)与本地板（10) 的槽座部 （2)完成相互锁扣连接 的状态下， 槽座部 （2) 的外侧限位部 （23) 的外端面 （23-6) 与相邻的地板的弹性双 舌部 （3) 的限位部 （31) 的朝向外侧的上部端面 （31-1) 之间具有 0.03-0.1 毫米的配 合间隙；
所述的使用时本地板（10) 的弹性双舌部 （3)与相邻的地板的槽座部 （2) 的相互 锁扣连接， 还包括本地板 （10) 的弹性双舌部 （3) 由其内舌 （33) 的外下部与相邻的 地板的槽座部 （2) 的定位凸台 （22-2) 的外支撑面的相互接触限位， 以及本地板 （10) 的弹性双舌部 （3) 由其外舌 （34) 的内下部与所述的相邻的锁扣地板的槽座部 （2) 的 定位凸台 （22-2) 的内支撑面的相互接触限位；
在本地板（10) 的弹性双舌部 （3)与相邻的地板的槽座部 （2)完成相互锁扣连接 的状态下， 弹性双舌部 （3) 的限位部 （31) 的朝向外侧的上部端面 （31-1) 与相邻的 地板的槽座部 （2) 的外侧限位部 （23) 的外端面 （23-6) 之间具有 0.03-0.1 毫米的配 合间隙。
3、 根据权利要求 2所述的 PVC锁扣地板， 其特征在于： 所述弹性双舌部 （3) 的 内舌 （33) 的内凸部 （33-1) 的截面形状为尖角朝内的三角形； 内凸部 （33-1) 的内侧 上表面 (33-1-1)与水平面的夹角 α为 40度至 60度；内凸部 (33-1)的内侧下表面 (33-1-2) 与水平面的夹角 β为 45度至 65度； 内凸部（33-1)的内外向的长度 L为 0.2至 1毫米； 所述弹性双舌部 （3) 的外舌 （34) 的外凸部 （34-1) 的截面形状为尖角朝外的三角形； 外凸部 （34-1) 的外侧上表面 （34-1-1) 与水平面的夹角 ct l为 40度至 60度； 外凸部 (34-1) 的外侧下表面 (34-1-2) 与水平面的夹角 β 1为 45度至 65度； 外凸部 (34-1) 的内外向的长度 L1为 0.2至 1毫米；
所述槽座部 （2) 的锁扣主槽 （24) 的内舌限位槽 （24-2-1) 的截面形状与弹性双 舌部 （3) 的内舌 （33) 的内凸部 （33-1) 的截面形状相对应， 为开口向内的 V形， 该 V形的内舌限位槽 （24-2-1) 由开设在外侧限位部 （23) 上的外下支撑面 （23-1) 和位 于外下支撑面 （23-1) 上方的外上限位面 （23-2) 组成； 外下支撑面 （23-1) 是朝向内 上方的斜面， 外上限位面 （23-2) 是朝向内下方的斜面； 外下支撑面 （23-1) 与水平面 的夹角 β 2相同于弹性双舌部（3)的内舌（33)的内凸部（33-1)的内侧下表面（33-1-2) 与水平面的夹角 β ; 外上限位面（23-2)与水平面的夹角 α 2相同于弹性双舌部（3) 的 内舌 （33) 的内凸部 （33-1) 的内侧上表面 （33-1-1) 与水平面的夹角 α ; 外侧限位部 (23) 的内侧上部设有外定位导向面 （23-4)， 外定位导向面 （23-4) 是朝向内上方的 斜面； 外下支撑面 （23-1) 与水平面的夹角 β 2 的度数减去外定位导向面 （23-4) 与水 平面的夹角 α 4的度数的差值为 0度至 15度；
所述槽座部 （2) 的锁扣主槽 （24) 的外舌限位槽 （24-1-1) 的截面形状与弹性双 舌部 （3) 的外舌 （34) 的外凸部 （34-1) 的截面形状相对应， 为开口向外的 V形， 该 V形的外舌限位槽 （24-1-1) 由开设在内侧限位部 （21) 上的内下支撑面 （21-1) 和位 于内下支撑面 （21-1) 上方的内上限位面 （21-2) 组成； 内下支撑面 （21-1) 是朝向外 上方的斜面， 内上限位面 （21-2) 是朝向外下方的斜面； 内下支撑面 （21-1) 与水平面 的夹角 β 3相同于弹性双舌部 (3)的外舌 (34)的外凸部 (34-1)的外侧下表面 (34-1-2) 与水平面的夹角 β ΐ; 内上限位面 （21-2) 与水平面的夹角 α 3相同于弹性双舌部 （3) 的外舌 (34) 的外凸部 (34-1) 的外侧上表面 (34-1-1) 与水平面的夹角 ct l;
定位导向槽 （24-1-2) 为开口向外的 V形， 该 V形的定位导向槽 （24-1-2) 由开设 在内侧限位部 （21) 上的内定位导向面 （21-4) 和位于内定位导向面 （21-4) 上方的内 定位面 （21-5) 组成； 内定位导向面 （21-4) 是朝向外上方的斜面， 内定位面 （21-5) 是朝向外下方的斜面； 内定位面（21-5)与水平面的夹角 Y的度数大于弹性双舌部 （3) 的外舌 （34) 的外凸部 （34-1) 的外侧上表面 （34-1-1) 与水平面的夹角 α 1 的度数 5 至 20度；
所述的使用时本地板（ 10)的槽座部（2)由其锁扣主槽（24)的外舌限位槽（24-1-1 ) 的所在部位在其内上方向 （71) 上与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部 （3) 的外舌 （34) 的外 凸部 （34-1) 的相互接触限位， 是本地板 （10) 的槽座部 （2) 的内侧限位部 （21) 的 内上限位面 （21-2) 与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部 （3) 的外舌 （34) 的外凸部 （34-1) 的外侧上表面 （34-1-1) 的相互接触限位， 而本地板 （10) 的槽座部 （2) 由其锁扣主 槽 （24) 的外舌限位槽 （24-1-1) 的所在的部位在其内下方向 （72) 上与相邻的地板的 弹性双舌部 （3) 的外舌 （34) 的外凸部 （34-1) 的相互接触限位， 是本地板 （10) 的 槽座部（2) 的内侧限位部（21) 的内下支撑面（21-1)与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部（3) 的外舌 (34) 的外凸部 (34-1) 的外侧下表面 (34-1-2) 的相互接触限位；
所述的使用时本地板（ 10)的槽座部（2)由其锁扣主槽（24)的内舌限位槽（24-2-1 ) 的所在部位在其外上方向 （73) 上与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部 （3) 的内舌 （33) 的内 凸部 （33-1) 的相互接触限位， 是本地板 （10) 的槽座部 （2) 的外侧限位部 （23) 的 外上限位面 （23-2) 与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部 （3) 的内舌 （33) 的内凸部 （33-1) 的内侧上表面 （33-1-1) 的相互接触限位， 而本地板 （10) 的槽座部 （2) 由其锁扣主 槽 （24) 的内舌限位槽 （24-2-1) 的所在部位在其外下方向 （74) 上与相邻的地板的弹 性双舌部 （3) 的内舌 （33) 的内凸部 （33-1) 的相互接触限位， 是本地板 （10) 的槽 座部 （2) 的外侧限位部 （23) 的外下支撑面 （23-1) 与相邻的地板的弹性双舌部 （3) 的内舌 （33) 的内凸部 （33-1) 的内侧下表面 （33-1-2) 的相互接触限位；
所述的使用时本地板 （10) 的弹性双舌部 （3) 的内舌 （33) 的内凸部 （33-1) 在 其内上方向（81)上与相邻的地板的槽座部（2)的锁扣主槽（24)的内舌限位槽（24-2-1) 的所在部位的相互接触限位， 是本地板 （10) 的弹性双舌部 （3) 的内舌 （33) 的内凸 部 （33-1) 的内侧上表面 （33-1-1) 与相邻的地板的槽座部 （2) 的外侧限位部 （23) 的 外上限位面 （23-2) 的相互接触限位， 而本地板 （10) 的弹性双舌部 （3) 的内舌 （33) 的内凸部 （33-1) 在其内下方向 （82) 上与相邻的地板的槽座部 （2) 的锁扣主槽 （24) 的内舌限位槽（24-2-1)的所在部位的相互接触限位， 是本地板（10)的弹性双舌部（3) 的内舌 （33) 的内凸部 （33-1) 的内侧下表面（33-1-2) 与相邻的地板的槽座部 （2) 的 内侧限位部 （21) 的内下支撑面 （21-1) 的相互接触限位；
所述的使用时本地板 （10) 的弹性双舌部 （3) 的外舌 （34) 的外凸部 （34-1) 在 其外上方向（83)上与相邻的地板的槽座部（2)的锁扣主槽（24)的外舌限位槽（24-1-1) 的所在部位的相互接触限位， 是本地板 （10) 的弹性双舌部 （3) 的外舌 （34) 的外凸 部 (34-1) 的外侧上表面 (34-1-1) 与相邻的地板的槽座部 (2) 的内侧限位部 (21) 的 内上限位面 （21-2) 的相互接触限位， 而本地板 （10) 的弹性双舌部 （3) 的外舌 （34) 的外凸部 （34-1) 在其外下方向 （84) 上与相邻的地板的槽座部 （2) 的锁扣主槽 （24) 的外舌限位槽（24-1-1)的所在部位的相互接触限位， 是本地板（10)的弹性双舌部（3) 的外舌 (34) 的外凸部 (34-1) 的外侧下表面 (34-1-2) 与相邻的地板的槽座部 (2) 的 内侧限位部 （21) 的内下支撑面 （21-1) 的相互接触限位。
4、 根据权利要求 3所述的 PVC锁扣地板， 其特征在于： 所述弹性双舌部 （3) 的 内舌 （33) 的内凸部 （33-1) 的内侧上表面（33-1-1)与水平面的夹角 α为 46至 56度； 内凸部（33-1)的内侧下表面（33-1-2)与水平面的夹角 β为 50至 60度； 内凸部（33-1) 的长度 L为 0.3至 0.6毫米；
所述弹性双舌部 (3) 的外舌 (34) 的外凸部 (34-1) 的外侧上表面 (34-1-1) 与水 平面的夹角 ct l 与夹角 α相同； 外凸部 （34-1) 的外侧下表面 （34-1-2) 与水平面的夹 角 βΐ与夹角 β相同； 外凸部 （34-1) 的长度 L1与长度 L相同； 所述槽座部 （2) 的外侧限位部 （23) 的外定位导向面 （23-4) 与水平面的夹角 ct 4 等于外下支撑面 （23-1) 与水平面的夹角 β 2;
所述槽座部 （2) 的内侧限位部 （21) 的内定位面 （21-5) 与水平面的夹角 Υ的度 数大于外凸部 （34-1) 的外侧上表面 （34-1-1) 与水平面的夹角 ct 1的度数 11至 13度。
5、 根据权利要求 2所述的 PVC锁扣地板， 其特征在于： 所述弹性双舌部 （3) 的 内舌 （33) 的内凸部 （33-1) 的截面形状为凸出方向朝内的弓形； 内凸部 （33-1) 的内 外向的距离为 0.24至 1毫米； 弹性双舌部 （3) 的外舌 （34) 的外凸部 （34-1) 的截面 形状为凸出方向朝外的弓形； 外凸部 （34-1) 的内外向的距离为 0.24至 1毫米；
所述槽座部 （2) 的锁扣主槽 （24) 的内舌限位槽 （24-2-1) 的截面形状是与弹性 双舌部 （3) 的内舌 （33) 的内凸部 （33-1) 的截面形状相对应的开口方向朝内的弓形； 槽座部 （2) 的锁扣主槽 （24) 的外舌限位槽 （24-1-1) 的截面形状是与弹性双舌部的 外舌（34)的外凸部（34-1)的截面形状相对应的开口方向朝外的弓形； 所述槽座部（2) 的锁扣主槽 （24) 的定位导向槽 （24-1-2) 的截面形状为弓形， 定位导向槽 （24-1-2) 沿槽座部 （2) 的长度方向贯穿内侧限位部 （21) 且水平设置。
6、 根据权利要求 2所述的 PVC锁扣地板， 其特征在于： 所述弹性双舌部 （3) 的 内舌 （33) 的外下角部是截面的外周形状为圆弧形的导向式外下角部 （33-3)， 导向式 外下角部 （33-3) 的半径 R为 0.25毫米至 0.75毫米；
所述弹性双舌部 （3) 的外舌 （34) 的内下角部是截面的外周形状为圆弧形的导向 式内下角部 （34-3)， 导向式内下角部 （34-2) 的半径 R1为 0.25毫米至 0.75毫米。
7、 根据权利要求 1至 6之一所述的 PVC锁扣地板， 其特征在于： 所述弹性双舌部
(3) 的上连接部 （32) 的上端面 （32-2) 至内舌 （33) 的下端面 （33-2) 之间的距离 为主体部 （1) 的厚度的 3/5至 7/10; 所述弹性双舌部 （3) 的上连接部 （32) 的上下两 侧的距离 S1与内舌 （33) 的上下向的距离 S2之比为 1： 0.8至 1： 1.2； 所述弹性双舌 部 （3) 的外舌 （34) 与内舌 （33)相对于沿弹性双舌部 （3) 的长度方向设置的铅垂面 对称设置；
槽座部（2)的外侧限位部（23)的上下两侧的距离 D1为主体部（1)的厚度的 11/25 至 14/25; 所述槽座部 （2) 的下连接部 （22) 的上下两侧的距离 D2为主体部 （1) 的 厚度的 1/2至 3/5;
所述的使用时本地板（10) 的弹性双舌部 （3)与相邻的地板的槽座部 （2)完成了 相互锁扣连接后， 两者在锁扣处的整体厚度与本地板（10) 的主体部（1) 的厚度相同， 且本地板 （10) 的弹性双舌部 （3) 的内舌 （33) 的下端面 （33-2) 与相邻的地板的槽 座部 （2) 的下连接部 （22) 的外侧上端面 （22-1-2)之间在上下方向上具有 0.1毫米至 0.3毫米的内舌缓冲间隙 （62)， 本地板 （10) 的弹性双舌部 （3 ) 的外舌 （34) 的下端 面 （34-2) 与相邻的地板的槽座部 （2) 的下连接部 （22) 的内侧上端面 （22-1-1 )之间 在上下方向上具有外舌缓冲间隙（63 )，外舌缓冲间隙（63 )的大小与内舌缓冲间隙（62) 的大小相等， 本地板 （10) 的弹性双舌部 （3 ) 的上连接部 （32) 的内侧下端面 （32-1 ) 还与相邻的地板的槽座部 （2 ) 的外侧限位部 （23 ) 的上端面 （23-5 ) 之间在上下方向 上具有 0.1毫米至 0.3毫米的缓冲间隙 （61 )。
8、根据权利要求 1至 6之一所述的 PVC锁扣地板，其特征在于： 所述本地板（ 10) 的主体部 （1 ) 的厚度为 6至 18毫米。
9、 根据权利要求 7所述的 PVC锁扣地板， 其特征在于： 所述本地板（10) 的主体 部 （1 ) 的厚度为 6至 18毫米。
10、 根据权利要求 1至 6之一所述的 PVC锁扣地板， 其特征在于： PVC锁扣地 板 （10 ) 包括地板主体 （10-1 )、 装饰图案层 （10-2-1 ) 和透明耐磨层 （10-2-2 ) ; 装饰 图案层 （10-2-1 ) 全覆盖且熔合在地板主体 （10-1 ) 的上表面上， 透明耐磨层 （10-2-2) 全覆盖且熔合在装饰图案层 （10-2-1 ) 的上表面上， 地板主体（10-1 ) 为 PVC同材质一 体件。
11、 一种锁扣地板块， 锁扣地板块 （10a) 为同材质一体件、 复合板材一体件或者 是混合材质一体件， 锁扣地板块 （10a) 的行走面的形状为多边形， 所述多边形为等腰 三角形、 四边形或正六边形； 所述的四边形为等腰梯形或平行四边形； 所述的平行四边 形为长方形、 正方形或菱形， 或者是非等边非直角的平行四边形； 其特征在于：
锁扣地板块 （10a) 包括主体部 （la)、 槽座部 （2a) 以及相应的弹性双舌部 （3a); 所述主体部 （la) 是上表面形状与锁扣地板块 （10a) 的行走面的多边形的形状相对应 的多边形棱柱体， 主体部 （la) 的厚度为 4毫米至 30毫米； 槽座部 （2a) 的个数与弹 性双舌部 （3a) 的个数之和等于所述的多边形的边数；
当锁扣地板块 （10a) 的行走面的形状为等腰三角形时， 所述的槽座部 （2a) 为 1 个或 2个， 而相应的弹性双舌部 （3a) 则为 2个或 1个； 当该锁扣地板块 （10a) 的行 走面的形状为正六边形时， 所述槽座部（2a)为 3个且依次相邻设置， 而相应的弹性双 舌部 （3a) 也为 3个且也依次相邻设置； 当锁扣地板块 （10a) 的行走面的形状为长方 形或正方形时， 所述的槽座部 （2a) 为 1个或 2个或 3个， 而相应的弹性双舌部 （3a) 则为 3个或 2个或 1个， 且当槽座部（2a)为 2个时， 则该 2个槽座部（2a)相邻设置， 相应的 2个弹性双舌部 （3a) 也相邻设置； 当锁扣地板块 （10a) 的行走面的形状为菱 形时， 所述的槽座部 （2a) 为 2个且相邻设置， 而相应的弹性双舌部 （3a) 也为 2个且 也相邻设置； 当锁扣地板块（10a) 的行走面的形状为等腰梯形时， 所述的槽座部 （2a) 为 1个或 2个或 3个， 而相应的弹性双舌部（3a)则为 3个或 2个或 1个， 且当槽座部 (2a) 为 2个时， 则该 2个槽座部 （2a) 相邻设置， 相应的 2个弹性双舌部 （3a) 也相 邻设置；
锁扣地板块（10a)的各个槽座部（2a)的结构形状基本相同，且当锁扣地板块（10a) 包括 2个或 3个相邻的槽座部 （2a) 时， 则相邻的 2个槽座部 （2a) 的端部沿各自的槽 座部 （2a) 的长度方向延伸且相互重合在一起； 锁扣地板块 （10a) 的各个弹性双舌部 ( 3a) 的结构形状基本相同， 且当锁扣地板块 （10a) 包括 2个或 3个相邻的弹性双舌 部 （3a) 时， 则相邻的 2个弹性双舌部 （3a) 的端部沿各自的弹性双舌部 （3a) 的长度 方向延伸且相互重合在一起； 各弹性双舌部 （3a) 的结构形状和各相应的槽座部 （2a) 的结构形状相对应；
各个槽座部 （2a) 由各自的内侧限位部 （21a) 从主体部 （la) 的周边的一侧的侧 面连接在主体部（la)上， 各个弹性双舌部（3a) 由各自的限位部（31a)从主体部（la) 的剩余的周边的一侧的侧面连接在主体部 （la) 上；
所述的各弹性双舌部 （3a) 为设有限位部 （31a)、 上连接部 （32a)、 双舌、 弹性变 形槽 （35a) 和锁扣副槽 （36a) 的部位； 所述的双舌按照相距主体部 （la) 的近远分为 内舌 （33a) 和外舌 （34a); 上连接部 （32a) 从靠近主体部 （la) 的一侧连接在限位部 ( 31a) 的外侧部上方， 内舌 （33a) 和外舌 （34a) 依照距离主体部 （la) 的近远的次 序分别从下方连接在上连接部 （32a) 上， 从而在外舌 （34a)、 上连接部 （32a) 和内舌 ( 33a) 之间形成开口向下的弹性变形槽 （35a)， 而在内舌 （33a)、 上连接部 （32a) 和 限位部 （31a) 之间形成开口向下的锁扣副槽 （36a)， 也使得弹性双舌部 （3a) 的限位 部 ( 31a), 锁扣副槽 ( 36a), 内舌 ( 33a), 弹性变形槽 ( 35a) 和外舌 ( 34a) 按照由近 至远依次远离主体部 （la) 的相应一侧的顺序依次设置； 内舌 （33a) 的内侧下部设有 向内凸起的内凸部 （33a-l ); 外舌 （34a) 的外侧下部设有向外凸起的外凸部 （34a-l ); 所述的各槽座部 （2a) 为设有内侧限位部 （21a)、 下连接部 （22a) 和外侧限位部 (23a) 的部位； 下连接部 （22a) 从靠近主体部 （la) 的一侧连接在内侧限位部 （21a) 的外侧部下方， 外侧限位部 （23a) 由其靠近主体部 （la) 的一侧的下部连接在下连接 部 （22a) 上， 从而在外侧限位部 （23a)、 下连接部 （22a) 和内侧限位部 （21a) 之间 形成开口向上的锁扣主槽 （24a)， 且内侧限位部 （21a) 的朝向外侧的端面上设有形状 与外舌 （34a) 的外凸部 （34a-l ) 的形状相对应的开口向外的外舌限位槽 （24a-l-l )， 外侧限位部 （23a) 的朝向内侧的端面上设有形状与内舌 （33a) 的内凸部 （33a-l ) 的 形状相对应的开口向内的内舌限位槽 （24a-2-l ); 外舌限位槽 （24a-l-l ) 和内舌限位槽 (24a-2-l ) 均属于锁扣主槽 （24a) 的一部分；
所述的锁扣地板块 （10a) 的各个槽座部 （2a) 是使用时能从下方与相邻的相应的 锁扣地板块的弹性双舌部（3a)相互锁扣连接的部位， 该相邻的相应的锁扣地板块简称 为相邻的地板块， 而所述的锁扣地板块 （10a) 则简称为本地板块 （10a); 所述的相邻 的地板块的结构形状与本地板块 （10a) 的结构形状相同或相对应； 所述的使用时本地 板块 （10a) 的槽座部 （2a) 与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部 （3a) 的相互锁扣连接， 包 括本地板块 （10a) 的槽座部 （2a) 由其锁扣主槽 （24a) 的外舌限位槽 （24a-l-l ) 的所 在部位在其内上方向 （71a)和内下方向 （72a)这 2个方向上与相邻的地板块的弹性双 舌部（3a)的外舌（34a)的外凸部（34a-l )的相互接触限位， 以及包括本地板块（10a) 的槽座部（2) 由其锁扣主槽（24a) 的内舌限位槽（24a-2-l ) 的所在部位在其外上方向 ( 73a)和外下方向（ 74a)这 2个方向上与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部（ 3a)的内舌（ 34a) 的内凸部 （33a-l ) 的相互接触限位； 相邻的地板块与本地板块 （10a) 在进行相互锁扣 连接的过程中， 均处于水平状态， 且位于上方的相邻的地板块由其主体部（la)按照从 上向下的方向相对于位于下方的本地板块 （10a) 运动， 并且相邻的地板块的弹性双舌 部 （3a) 在侧部的内外向的方向上由其限位部 （31a) 和内舌 （33a) 的内凸部 （33a-l ) 共同对本地板块（10a)的槽座部（2a)的外侧限位部（23a)保持弹性夹持式滑动限位， 以及相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部 （3a) 在侧部的内外向的方向上由其外舌 （34a) 的外 凸部 （34a-l )对本地板块（10a) 的槽座部 （2a) 的内侧限位部 （21a) 的朝向外侧的表 面保持弹性接触式滑动限位；
所述的本地板块 （10a) 的各个弹性双舌部 （3a) 是使用时能从上方与相邻的相应 的锁扣地板块的槽座部（2a)相互锁扣连接的部位， 该相邻的相应的锁扣地板块简称为 相邻的地板块； 所述的相邻的地板块的结构形状与本地板块 （10a) 的结构形状相同或 相对应； 所述的使用时本地板块 （10a) 的弹性双舌部 （3a) 与相邻的地板块的槽座部 (2a) 的相互锁扣连接， 包括本地板块 （10a) 的弹性双舌部 （3a) 的内舌 （33a) 的内 凸部 （33a-l ) 在其内上方向 （81a) 和内下方向 （82a) 这 2个方向上与相邻的地板块 的槽座部 （2a) 的锁扣主槽 （24a) 的内舌限位槽 （24a-2-l ) 的所在部位的相互接触限 位， 以及包括本地板块（10a) 的弹性双舌部 （3a) 的外舌 （34a) 的外凸部 （34a-l )在 其外上方向 （83a)和外下方向 （84a)这 2个方向上与相邻的地板块的槽座部 （2a) 的 锁扣主槽（24a)的外舌限位槽（24a-l-l )的所在部位的相互接触限位； 本地板块（10a) 与相邻的地板块在进行相互锁扣连接的过程中， 均处于水平状态， 且位于上方的本地板 块 （10a) 由其主体部 （la) 按照从上向下的方向相对于相邻的地板块运动， 并且本地 板块（10a)的弹性双舌部（3a)在侧部的内外向的方向上由其限位部（31a)和内舌（33a) 的内凸部 （33a-l ) 共同对相邻的地板块的槽座部 （2a) 的外侧限位部 （23a) 保持弹性 夹持式滑动限位， 以及本地板块 （10a) 的弹性双舌部 （3a) 在侧部的内外向的方向上 由其外舌（34a)的外凸部（34a-l )对相邻的地板块的槽座部（2a)的内侧限位部（21a) 的朝向外侧的表面保持弹性接触式滑动限位。
12、 根据权利要求 11所述的锁扣地板块， 其特征在于： 所述弹性双舌部 （3a) 的 限位部 （31a)、 上连接部 （32a)、 内舌 （33a) 和外舌 （34a) 均沿弹性双舌部 （3a) 的 长度方向伸展， 且限位部 （31a)、 上连接部 （32a)、 内舌 （33a) 和外舌 （34a) 的长度 均相同， 弹性双舌部 （3a) 的锁扣副槽 （36a)和弹性变形槽 （35a) 则均从弹性双舌部 ( 3a)的长度方向上贯通弹性双舌部（3a)， 且弹性变形槽（35a)截面形状为倒 U形槽； 所述槽座部 （2a) 的下连接部 （22a) 由连接部主体 （22a-l ) 和定位凸台 （22a-2) 组成； 定位凸台（22a-2)朝上凸起且从上方连接在连接部主体（22a-l )上； 槽座部（2a) 的内侧限位部 （21a)、 下连接部 （22a) 和外侧限位部 （23a) 均沿槽座部 （2a) 的长度 方向伸展， 且内侧限位部 （21a)、 下连接部 （22a)和外侧限位部 （23 ) 的长度均相同， 下连接部（22a)的连接部主体（22a-l )和定位凸台（22a-2)的长度也相同，槽座部（2a) 的锁扣主槽（24a)则从槽座部（2a)的长度方向上贯通槽座部（2a); 定位凸台（22a-2) 设有朝向内上方的内支撑面 （22a-2-l ) 和朝向外上方的外支撑面 （22a-2-2); 定位凸台 (22a-2)的内支撑面（22a-2-l )和外支撑面（22a-2-2)对称设置于相对于沿槽座部（2a) 的长度方向设置的铅垂面； 下连接部（22a)的定位凸台（22a-2)的内支撑面（22a-2-l )、 下连接部 （22a-l ) 的连接部主体（22a-l )和内侧限位部 （21a)之间形成从长度方向贯 通槽座部 （2a) 的内槽 （24a-l )， 且内槽 （24a-l ) 是锁扣主槽 （24a) 的一部分， 而外 舌限位槽（24a-l-l )则是内槽（24a-l )的一部分； 下连接部（22a)的定位凸台 （22a-2) 的外支撑面 （22a-2-2)、 下连接部 （22a) 的连接部主体 （22a-l ) 和外侧限位部 （23a) 之间形成从长度方向贯通槽座部（2a)的外槽（24a-4)，且外槽（24a-4)是锁扣主槽（24a) 的一部分， 而内舌限位槽 （24a-2-l ) 则是外槽 （24a-4) 的一部分； 槽座部 （2a) 的内 侧限位部 （21a) 的朝向外侧的表面上还设有开口向外的且与弹性双舌部 （3a) 的外舌 ( 34a) 的外凸部（34a-l ) 的形状相对应的从槽座部（2a) 的长度方向贯通槽座部（2a) 的定位导向槽 （24a-l-2)， 且该定位导向槽 （24a-l-2)位于外舌限位槽 （24a-l-l ) 的上 方； 定位导向槽 （24a-l-2) 是内槽 （24a-3 ) 的一部分； 所述的使用时本地板块 （10a) 的槽座部 （2a) 与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部 （3a) 的相互锁扣连接， 还包括本地板块 （10a) 的槽座部 （2) 由其定位凸台 （22a-2) 的外 支撑面 （22a-4) 与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部 （3a) 的内舌 （33a) 的外下部的相互接 触限位， 以及由其定位凸台 （22a-2) 的内支撑面 （22a-3 ) 与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌 部 （3a) 的外舌 （34a) 的内下部的相互接触限位；
在相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部 （3a) 与本地板块 （10a) 的槽座部 （2a) 完成相互 锁扣连接的状态下， 槽座部 （2a) 的外侧限位部 （23a) 的外端面 （23a-6) 与相邻的地 板块的弹性双舌部（3a)的限位部（31a)的朝向外侧的上部端面（31a-l )之间具有 0.03-0.1 毫米的配合间隙；
所述的使用时本地板块 （10a) 的弹性双舌部 （3a) 与相邻的地板块的槽座部 （2a) 的相互锁扣连接， 还包括本地板块 （10a) 的弹性双舌部 （3a) 由其内舌 （33a) 的外下 部与相邻的地板块的槽座部 （2a) 的定位凸台 （22a-2 ) 的外支撑面的相互接触限位， 以及本地板块 （10a) 的弹性双舌部 （3a) 由其外舌 （34a) 的内下部与所述的相邻的锁 扣地板块的槽座部 （2a) 的定位凸台 （22a-2) 的内支撑面的相互接触限位；
在本地板块 （10a) 的弹性双舌部 （3a) 与相邻的地板块的槽座部 （2a) 完成相互 锁扣连接的状态下， 弹性双舌部（3a) 的限位部（31a) 的朝向外侧的上部端面 G la-l ) 与相邻的地板块的槽座部（2a)的外侧限位部（23a)的外端面（23a-6)之间具有 0.03-0.1 毫米的配合间隙。
13、 根据权利要求 12所述的锁扣地板块， 其特征在于： 所述弹性双舌部 （3a) 的 内舌 （33a) 的内凸部 （33a-l ) 的截面形状为尖角朝内的三角形； 内凸部 （33a-l ) 的内 侧上表面（33a-l-l )与水平面的夹角 et a为 40度至 60度； 内凸部（33a-l ) 的内侧下表 面 （33a-l-2) 与水平面的夹角 P a为 45度至 65度； 内凸部 （33a-l ) 的内外向的长度 La为 0.2至 1毫米； 所述弹性双舌部 （3a) 的外舌 （34a) 的外凸部 （34a-l ) 的截面形 状为尖角朝外的三角形； 外凸部 （34a-l ) 的外侧上表面 （34a-l-l ) 与水平面的夹角 α al为 40度至 60度； 外凸部 （34a-l ) 的外侧下表面 （34a-l-2) 与水平面的夹角 β al为 45度至 65度； 外凸部 （34a-l ) 的内外向的长度 Lai为 0.2至 1毫米；
所述槽座部 （2a) 的锁扣主槽 （24a) 的内舌限位槽 （24a-2-l ) 的截面形状与弹性 双舌部（3a) 的内舌（33a) 的内凸部（33a-l )的截面形状相对应， 为开口向内的 V形， 该 V形的内舌限位槽 （24a-2-l ) 由开设在外侧限位部 （23a) 上的外下支撑面 （23a-l ) 和位于外下支撑面 （23a-l ) 上方的外上限位面 （23a-2) 组成； 外下支撑面 （23a-l ) 是 朝向内上方的斜面， 外上限位面 （23a-2) 是朝向内下方的斜面； 外下支撑面 （23a-l ) 与水平面的夹角 Pa2相同于弹性双舌部 （3a) 的内舌 （33a) 的内凸部 （33a-l) 的内侧 下表面（33a-l-2)与水平面的夹角 Pa; 外上限位面（23a-2)与水平面的夹角 ct a2相同 于弹性双舌部 （3a) 的内舌 （33a) 的内凸部 （33a-l) 的内侧上表面 （33a-l-l) 与水平 面的夹角 eta; 外侧限位部 （23a) 的内侧上部设有外定位导向面 （23a-4)， 外定位导向 面 （23a-4) 是朝向内上方的斜面； 外下支撑面 （23a-l) 与水平面的夹角 β a2的度数减 去外定位导向面 （23a-4) 与水平面的夹角 ct a4的度数的差值为 0度至 15度；
所述槽座部 （2a) 的锁扣主槽 （24a) 的外舌限位槽 （24a-l-l) 的截面形状与弹性 双舌部（3a) 的外舌（34a) 的外凸部（34a-l)的截面形状相对应， 为开口向外的 V形， 该 V形的外舌限位槽 （24a-l-l) 由开设在内侧限位部 （21a) 上的内下支撑面 （21a-l) 和位于内下支撑面 （21a-l) 上方的内上限位面 （21a-2) 组成； 内下支撑面 （21a-l) 是 朝向外上方的斜面， 内上限位面 （21a-2) 是朝向外下方的斜面； 内下支撑面 （21a-l) 与水平面的夹角 Pa3相同于弹性双舌部 （3a) 的外舌 （34a) 的外凸部 （34a-l) 的外侧 下表面 （34a-l-2) 与水平面的夹角 Pal; 内上限位面 （21a-2) 与水平面的夹角 ct a3相 同于弹性双舌部 (3a) 的外舌 (34a) 的外凸部 (34a-l) 的外侧上表面 (34a-l-l) 与水 平面的夹角 ctal;
定位导向槽 （24a-l-2) 为开口向外的 V形， 该 V形的定位导向槽 （24a-l-2) 由开 设在内侧限位部 （21a)上的内定位导向面（21a-4)和位于内定位导向面（21a-4)上方 的内定位面（21a-5)组成；内定位导向面（21a-4)是朝向外上方的斜面，内定位面（21a-5) 是朝向外下方的斜面； 内定位面（21a-5)与水平面的夹角 Y的度数大于弹性双舌部（3a) 的外舌 （34a) 的外凸部 （34a-l) 的外侧上表面（34a-l-l)与水平面的夹角 ct al的度数 5至 20度；
所述的使用时本地板块 （10a) 的槽座部 （2a) 由其锁扣主槽 （24a) 的外舌限位槽 (24a-l-l) 的所在部位在其内上方向 （71a) 上与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部 （3a) 的 外舌 （34a) 的外凸部 （34a-l) 的相互接触限位， 是本地板块（10a) 的槽座部 （2a) 的 内侧限位部 （21a) 的内上限位面 （21a-2) 与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部 （3a) 的外舌 (34a)的外凸部（34a-l)的外侧上表面（34a-l-l)的相互接触限位， 而本地板块（10a) 的槽座部 （2a) 由其锁扣主槽 （24a) 的外舌限位槽 （24a-l-l) 的所在的部位在其内下 方向 （72a)上与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部 （3a) 的外舌 （34a) 的外凸部 （34a-l) 的 相互接触限位， 是本地板块 （10a) 的槽座部 （2a) 的内侧限位部 （21a) 的内下支撑面 (21a-l) 与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部 （3a) 的外舌 （34a) 的外凸部 （34a-l) 的外侧 下表面 （34a-l-2) 的相互接触限位； 所述的使用时本地板块 （10a) 的槽座部 （2a) 由其锁扣主槽 （24a) 的内舌限位槽 (24a-2-l ) 的所在部位在其外上方向 （73a) 上与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部 （3a) 的 内舌 （33a) 的内凸部 （33a-l ) 的相互接触限位， 是本地板块（10a) 的槽座部 （2a) 的 外侧限位部 （23a) 的外上限位面 （23a-2) 与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部 （3a) 的内舌 ( 33a)的内凸部（33a-l )的内侧上表面（33a-l-l )的相互接触限位， 而本地板块（10a) 的槽座部 （2a) 由其锁扣主槽 （24a) 的内舌限位槽 （24a-2-l ) 的所在部位在其外下方 向 （74a)上与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部 （3a) 的内舌 （33a) 的内凸部 （33a-l ) 的相 互接触限位，是本地板块（ 10a)的槽座部（2a)的外侧限位部（23a)的外下支撑面（23a-l ) 与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部 （3a) 的内舌 （33a) 的内凸部 （33a-l ) 的内侧下表面 ( 33a- 1-2) 的相互接触限位；
所述的使用时本地板块（10a)的弹性双舌部（3a)的内舌（33a)的内凸部（33a-l ) 在其内上方向 （81a) 上与相邻的地板块的槽座部 （2a) 的锁扣主槽 （24a) 的内舌限位 槽 （24a-2-l ) 的所在部位的相互接触限位， 是本地板块 （10a) 的弹性双舌部 （3a) 的 内舌（33a) 的内凸部（33a-l ) 的内侧上表面（33a-l-l )与相邻的地板块的槽座部（2a) 的外侧限位部 （23a) 的外上限位面 （23a-2) 的相互接触限位， 而本地板块 （10a) 的 弹性双舌部 （3a) 的内舌 （33a) 的内凸部 （33a-l )在其内下方向 （82a)上与相邻的地 板块的槽座部 （2a) 的锁扣主槽 （24a) 的内舌限位槽 （24a-2-l ) 的所在部位的相互接 触限位， 是本地板块（10a) 的弹性双舌部 （3a) 的内舌 （33a) 的内凸部 （33a-l ) 的内 侧下表面 （33a-l-2) 与相邻的地板块的槽座部 （2a) 的内侧限位部 （21a) 的内下支撑 面 （21a-l ) 的相互接触限位；
所述的使用时本地板块（10a)的弹性双舌部（3a)的外舌（34a)的外凸部（34a-l ) 在其外上方向 （83a) 上与相邻的地板块的槽座部 （2a) 的锁扣主槽 （24a) 的外舌限位 槽（24a-l-l ) 的所在部位的相互接触限位， 是本地板块（10) 的弹性双舌部 （3a) 的外 舌 （34a) 的外凸部 （34a-l ) 的外侧上表面 （34a-l-l ) 与相邻的地板块的槽座部 （2a) 的内侧限位部 （21a) 的内上限位面 （21a-2) 的相互接触限位， 而本地板块 （10a) 的 弹性双舌部 （3a) 的外舌 （34a) 的外凸部 （34a-l )在其外下方向 （84a)上与相邻的地 板块的槽座部 （2a) 的锁扣主槽 （24a) 的外舌限位槽 （24a-l-l ) 的所在部位的相互接 触限位， 是本地板块 （10a) 的弹性双舌部 （3a) 的外舌 （34) 的外凸部 （34a-l ) 的外 侧下表面 （34a-l-2) 与相邻的地板块的槽座部 （2a) 的内侧限位部 （21a) 的内下支撑 面 （21a-l ) 的相互接触限位。
14、 根据权利要求 13所述的锁扣地板块， 其特征在于： 所述弹性双舌部 （3a) 的 内舌 （33a) 的内凸部 （33a-l ) 的内侧上表面 （33a-l-l ) 与水平面的夹角 ct a为 46至 56度； 内凸部 （33a-l ) 的内侧下表面 （33a-l-2) 与水平面的夹角 β a为 50至 60度； 内凸部 （33a-l ) 的长度 La为 0.3至 0.6毫米；
所述弹性双舌部 （3a) 的外舌 （34a) 的外凸部 （34a-l ) 的外侧上表面 （34a-l-l ) 与水平面的夹角 ct al 与夹角 a a相同； 外凸部 （34a-l ) 的外侧下表面 （34a-l-2) 与水 平面的夹角 P al与夹角 P a相同； 外凸部 （34a-l ) 的长度 Lai与长度 La相同；
所述槽座部 （2a) 的外侧限位部 （23a) 的外定位导向面 （23a-4) 与水平面的夹角 a a4等于外下支撑面 （23a-l ) 与水平面的夹角 β a2;
所述槽座部 （2a) 的内侧限位部 （21a) 的内定位面 （21a-5 ) 与水平面的夹角 Y a 的度数大于外凸部 （34a-l ) 的外侧上表面 （34a-l-l ) 与水平面的夹角 ct al 的度数 11 至 13度。
15、 根据权利要求 12所述的锁扣地板块， 其特征在于： 所述弹性双舌部 （3a) 的 内舌 （33a) 的内凸部 （33a-l ) 的截面形状为凸出方向朝内的弓形； 内凸部 （33a-l ) 的 内外向的距离为 0.24至 1毫米； 弹性双舌部 （3a) 的外舌 （34a) 的外凸部 （34a-l ) 的 截面形状为凸出方向朝外的弓形； 外凸部 （34a-l ) 的内外向的距离为 0.24至 1毫米； 所述槽座部 （2a) 的锁扣主槽 （24a) 的内舌限位槽 （24a-2-l ) 的截面形状是与弹 性双舌部 （3a) 的内舌 （33a) 的内凸部 （33a-l ) 的截面形状相对应的开口方向朝内的 弓形； 槽座部 （2a) 的锁扣主槽 （24a) 的外舌限位槽 （24a-l-l ) 的截面形状是与弹性 双舌部的外舌 （34a) 的外凸部 （34a-l ) 的截面形状相对应的开口方向朝外的弓形； 所 述槽座部 （2a) 的锁扣主槽 （24a) 的定位导向槽 （24a-l-2) 的截面形状为弓形， 定位 导向槽 （24a-l-2) 沿槽座部 （2a) 的长度方向贯穿内侧限位部 （21a) 且水平设置。
16、 根据权利要求 12所述的锁扣地板块， 其特征在于： 所述弹性双舌部 （3a) 的 内舌 （33a) 的外下角部是截面的外周形状为圆弧形的导向式外下角部 （33a-3 )， 导向 式外下角部 （33a-3 ) 的半径 Ra为 0.25毫米至 0.75毫米；
所述弹性双舌部 （3a) 的外舌 （34a) 的内下角部是截面的外周形状为圆弧形的导 向式内下角部（34a-3 )， 导向式内下角部（34a-2)的半径 Ral为 0.25毫米至 0.75毫米。
17、根据权利要求 11至 16之一所述的锁扣地板块， 其特征在于： 所述弹性双舌部 ( 3a) 的上连接部 （32a) 的上端面 （32a-2 ) 至内舌 （33a) 的下端面 （33a-2 ) 之间的 距离为主体部 （la) 的厚度的 3/5至 7/10; 所述弹性双舌部 （3a) 的上连接部 （32a) 的上下两侧的距离 Sal与内舌 （33a) 的上下向的距离 Sa2之比为 1： 0.8至 1： 1.2； 所 述弹性双舌部 （3a) 的外舌 （34a) 与内舌 （33a) 相对于沿弹性双舌部 （3a) 的长度方 向设置的铅垂面对称设置；
槽座部 （2a) 的外侧限位部 （23a) 的上下两侧的距离 Dal为主体部 （la) 的厚度 的 11/25至 14/25 ; 所述槽座部 （2a) 的下连接部 （22a) 的上下两侧的距离 Da2为主体 部 （la) 的厚度的 1/2至 3/5 ;
所述的使用时本地板块 （10a) 的弹性双舌部 （3a) 与相邻的地板块的槽座部 （2a) 完成了相互锁扣连接后， 两者在锁扣处的整体厚度与本地板块 （10a) 的主体部 （la) 的厚度相同， 且本地板块 （10a) 的弹性双舌部 （3a) 的内舌 （33a) 的下端面 （33a-2) 与相邻的地板块的槽座部 （2a) 的下连接部 （22a) 的外侧上端面 （22a-l-2) 之间在上 下方向上具有 0.1毫米至 0.3毫米的内舌缓冲间隙 （62a)， 本地板块（10a) 的弹性双舌 部 （3a) 的外舌 （34a) 的下端面 （34a-2) 与相邻的地板块的槽座部 （2a) 的下连接部 (22a) 的内侧上端面 （22a-l-l ) 之间在上下方向上具有外舌缓冲间隙 （63a)， 外舌缓 冲间隙 （63a) 的大小与内舌缓冲间隙 （62a) 的大小相等， 本地板块 （10a) 的弹性双 舌部 （3a) 的上连接部 （32a) 的内侧下端面（32a-l )还与相邻的地板块的槽座部 （2a) 的外侧限位部 （23a) 的上端面 （23a-5 ) 之间在上下方向上具有 0.1毫米至 0.3毫米的 缓冲间隙 （61a)。
18、根据权利要求 11至 16之一所述的锁扣地板块，其特征在于:所述本地板块（10a) 的主体部 （la) 的厚度为 6至 18毫米。
19、 根据权利要求 17所述的锁扣地板块， 其特征在于： 所述本地板块（10a) 的主 体部 （la) 的厚度为 6至 18毫米。
20、根据权利要求 11至 16之一所述的锁扣地板块，其特征在于：当本地板块（ 10a) 的行走面的形状为等腰梯形时， 所述的主体部 （la) 是上表面形状与本地板块 （10a) 的行走面的形状相对应的等腰梯形棱柱体； 所述的槽座部 （2a) 2个， 而相应的弹性双 舌部（3a)则也为 2个； 且该 2个槽座部（2a)相邻设置， 相应的 2个弹性双舌部（3a) 也相邻设置； 2个槽座部 （2a) 的结构形状基本相同， 两者的各一端相邻， 且该相邻的 2个端部沿各自的槽座部（2a)的长度方向延伸且相互重合在一起； 2个弹性双舌部（3a) 的结构形状基本相同，两者的一端相邻，且该相邻的 2个端部沿各自的弹性双舌部 Ga) 的长度方向延伸且相互重合在一起； 各弹性双舌部（3a) 的结构形状和与其位于相对一 侧的槽座部 （2a) 的结构形状相对应；
2个槽座部（2a) 由各自的内侧限位部（21a)从主体部（la) 的四侧周边的相邻的 两侧的侧面连接在主体部 （la)上， 2个弹性双舌部 （3a) 由各自的限位部 （31a)从主 体部 （la) 的四侧周边的相邻的另外两侧的侧面连接在主体部 （la) 上； 所述的使用时本地板块 （10a) 的槽座部 （2a) 与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部 （3a) 的相互锁扣连接， 其中的相邻的地板块的结构形状与本地板块（10a) 的结构形状相同； 所述的使用时本地板块 （10a) 的弹性双舌部 （3a) 与相邻的地板块的槽座部 （2a) 的 相互锁扣连接， 其中的相邻的地板块的结构形状与本地板块 （10a) 的结构形状相同。
21、 根据权利要求 11至 16之一所述的锁扣地板块， 其特征在于： 本地板块（10a) 的行走面的形状为长方形或正方形； 所述主体部 （la)是上表面形状与本地板块（10a) 的行走面的形状相对应的长方体； 所述的槽座部（2a)有 2个， 相应的弹性双舌部 Ga) 也有 2个； 2个槽座部 （2a) 的结构形状基本相同， 两者的各一端相邻， 且该相邻的 2 个端部沿各自的槽座部（2a)的长度方向延伸且相互重合在一起； 2个弹性双舌部（3a) 的结构形状基本相同，两者的一端相邻，且该相邻的 2个端部沿各自的弹性双舌部 Ga) 的长度方向延伸且相互重合在一起； 各弹性双舌部（3a) 的结构形状和与其位于相对一 侧的槽座部 （2a) 的结构形状相对应；
2个槽座部（2a) 由各自的内侧限位部（21a)从主体部（la) 的四侧周边的相邻的 两侧的侧面连接在主体部 （la)上， 2个弹性双舌部 （3a) 由各自的限位部 （31a)从主 体部 （la) 的四侧周边的相邻的另外两侧的侧面连接在主体部 （la) 上；
所述的使用时本地板块 （10a) 的槽座部 （2a) 与相邻的地板块的弹性双舌部 （3a) 的相互锁扣连接， 其中的相邻的地板块的结构形状与本地板块（10a) 的结构形状相同； 所述的使用时本地板块 （10a) 的弹性双舌部 （3a) 与相邻的地板块的槽座部 （2a) 的 相互锁扣连接， 其中的相邻的地板块的结构形状与本地板块 （10a) 的结构形状相同。
PCT/CN2011/076495 2011-04-03 2011-06-28 Pvc锁扣地板和锁扣地板块 WO2012136021A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201110084495.7 2011-04-03
CN201110084490.4 2011-04-03
CN2011100844904A CN102146727B (zh) 2011-04-03 2011-04-03 Pvc锁扣地板
CN2011100844957A CN102182293B (zh) 2011-04-03 2011-04-03 锁扣地板块

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2012136021A1 true WO2012136021A1 (zh) 2012-10-11

Family

ID=46968544

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2011/076495 WO2012136021A1 (zh) 2011-04-03 2011-06-28 Pvc锁扣地板和锁扣地板块

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2012136021A1 (zh)

Cited By (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2884023A1 (de) * 2013-10-30 2015-06-17 Michael Schladt Verlegeelement mit Verbindungsmitteln
WO2019057672A1 (en) * 2017-09-22 2019-03-28 Innovations4Flooring Holding N.V. PANEL AND COVER
EP3543427A1 (de) * 2018-03-23 2019-09-25 Franz Eschlbeck Paneel, zweites paneel, paneelverbindung und verfahren zur herstellung der paneelverbindung
WO2020083616A1 (en) * 2018-10-26 2020-04-30 I4F Licensing Nv Multi-purpose tile system
EP3656944A1 (en) * 2013-03-25 2020-05-27 Välinge Innovation AB Floorboards provided with a mechanical locking system and a method to produce such a locking system
WO2020115415A1 (fr) * 2018-12-07 2020-06-11 Gerflor Panneau a assemblage vertical pour la realisation d'un revêtement
US10808410B2 (en) 2018-01-09 2020-10-20 Valinge Innovation Ab Set of panels
US10837181B2 (en) 2015-12-17 2020-11-17 Valinge Innovation Ab Method for producing a mechanical locking system for panels
US10851549B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2020-12-01 Valinge Innovation Ab Set of panels
US10865571B2 (en) 2014-08-29 2020-12-15 Valinge Innovation Ab Vertical joint system for a surface covering panel
CN112543835A (zh) * 2018-05-23 2021-03-23 I4F许可有限责任公司 多用途砖片系统、砖片覆盖物和砖片
FR3105280A1 (fr) * 2019-12-23 2021-06-25 Gerflor Panneau pour la réalisation d’un revêtement de sol en pose libre

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1318126A (zh) * 2000-05-16 2001-10-17 克罗诺斯番技术有限公司 带接合构件的镶板
EP1350904A2 (de) * 2002-04-05 2003-10-08 tilo GmbH Fussbodendielen
US20070022689A1 (en) * 2005-07-07 2007-02-01 The Parallax Group International, Llc Plastic flooring with improved seal
DE102007019786A1 (de) * 2006-12-22 2008-06-26 Hamberger Industriewerke Gmbh Verbindung für plattenförmige Bauelemente
DE102008021970A1 (de) * 2008-05-02 2009-11-12 Laminatepark Gmbh & Co. Kg Paneel mit vereinfachten Rastelement

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1318126A (zh) * 2000-05-16 2001-10-17 克罗诺斯番技术有限公司 带接合构件的镶板
EP1350904A2 (de) * 2002-04-05 2003-10-08 tilo GmbH Fussbodendielen
US20070022689A1 (en) * 2005-07-07 2007-02-01 The Parallax Group International, Llc Plastic flooring with improved seal
DE102007019786A1 (de) * 2006-12-22 2008-06-26 Hamberger Industriewerke Gmbh Verbindung für plattenförmige Bauelemente
DE102008021970A1 (de) * 2008-05-02 2009-11-12 Laminatepark Gmbh & Co. Kg Paneel mit vereinfachten Rastelement

Cited By (38)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11421426B2 (en) 2013-03-25 2022-08-23 Valinge Innovation Ab Floorboards provided with a mechanical locking system
US11898356B2 (en) 2013-03-25 2024-02-13 Välinge Innovation AB Floorboards provided with a mechanical locking system
US10844612B2 (en) 2013-03-25 2020-11-24 Valinge Innovation Ab Floorboards provided with a mechanical locking system
EP3656944A1 (en) * 2013-03-25 2020-05-27 Välinge Innovation AB Floorboards provided with a mechanical locking system and a method to produce such a locking system
EP2884023A1 (de) * 2013-10-30 2015-06-17 Michael Schladt Verlegeelement mit Verbindungsmitteln
US11661749B2 (en) 2014-08-29 2023-05-30 Valinge Innovation Ab Vertical joint system for a surface covering panel
US10865571B2 (en) 2014-08-29 2020-12-15 Valinge Innovation Ab Vertical joint system for a surface covering panel
US10837181B2 (en) 2015-12-17 2020-11-17 Valinge Innovation Ab Method for producing a mechanical locking system for panels
US10851549B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2020-12-01 Valinge Innovation Ab Set of panels
US11814850B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2023-11-14 Välinge Innovation AB Set of panels
CN111433422B (zh) * 2017-09-22 2022-04-15 I4F许可有限责任公司 镶板和覆盖物
AU2018335209B2 (en) * 2017-09-22 2022-12-01 I4F Licensing Nv Panel and covering
WO2019057672A1 (en) * 2017-09-22 2019-03-28 Innovations4Flooring Holding N.V. PANEL AND COVER
NL2019609B1 (en) * 2017-09-22 2019-03-28 Innovations4Flooring Holding N V Panel and covering
US11603669B2 (en) 2017-09-22 2023-03-14 I4F Licensing Nv Panel and covering
US11149443B2 (en) 2017-09-22 2021-10-19 I4F International B.V. Panel and covering
CN111433422A (zh) * 2017-09-22 2020-07-17 I4F许可有限责任公司 镶板和覆盖物
EA037770B1 (ru) * 2017-09-22 2021-05-19 И4Ф Лайсенсинг Нв Панель и покрытие
US11808045B2 (en) 2018-01-09 2023-11-07 Välinge Innovation AB Set of panels
US10808410B2 (en) 2018-01-09 2020-10-20 Valinge Innovation Ab Set of panels
EP3543427A1 (de) * 2018-03-23 2019-09-25 Franz Eschlbeck Paneel, zweites paneel, paneelverbindung und verfahren zur herstellung der paneelverbindung
WO2019180097A1 (de) * 2018-03-23 2019-09-26 Franz Eschlbeck Paneel, zweites paneel, paneelverbindung und verfahren zur herstellung der paneelverbindung
CN112543835A (zh) * 2018-05-23 2021-03-23 I4F许可有限责任公司 多用途砖片系统、砖片覆盖物和砖片
US11326354B2 (en) * 2018-05-23 2022-05-10 I4F Licensing Nv Multi-purpose tile system, tile covering, and tile
NL2021887B1 (en) * 2018-10-26 2020-05-13 I4F Licensing Nv Multi-purpose tile system, tile covering, and tile
KR102649956B1 (ko) 2018-10-26 2024-03-22 아이4에프 라이센싱 엔뷔 다목적 타일 시스템, 타일 커버링 및 타일
WO2020083616A1 (en) * 2018-10-26 2020-04-30 I4F Licensing Nv Multi-purpose tile system
EP4275892A3 (en) * 2018-10-26 2024-02-14 I4F Licensing Nv Multi-purpose tile system
KR20210081412A (ko) * 2018-10-26 2021-07-01 아이4에프 라이센싱 엔뷔 다목적 타일 시스템, 타일 커버링 및 타일
FR3089534A1 (fr) * 2018-12-07 2020-06-12 Gerflor Panneau a assemblage vertical pour la realisation d’un revêtement
US20220025656A1 (en) * 2018-12-07 2022-01-27 Gerflor Panel with vertical assembly for producing a covering
CN113383138A (zh) * 2018-12-07 2021-09-10 洁福有限公司 用于生产覆盖物的竖直组装的板件
US11828072B2 (en) * 2018-12-07 2023-11-28 Gerflor Panel with vertical assembly for producing a covering
WO2020115415A1 (fr) * 2018-12-07 2020-06-11 Gerflor Panneau a assemblage vertical pour la realisation d'un revêtement
CN114929978A (zh) * 2019-12-23 2022-08-19 洁福有限公司 用于生产自锁式地面覆盖层的面板
WO2021130431A1 (fr) * 2019-12-23 2021-07-01 Gerflor Panneau pour la realisation d'un revetement de sol en pose libre
FR3105280A1 (fr) * 2019-12-23 2021-06-25 Gerflor Panneau pour la réalisation d’un revêtement de sol en pose libre
CN114929978B (zh) * 2019-12-23 2024-06-04 洁福有限公司 用于生产自锁式地面覆盖层的面板

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2012136021A1 (zh) Pvc锁扣地板和锁扣地板块
US11479977B2 (en) Panel
US20210230881A1 (en) Floorboards provided with a mechanical locking system
KR102559702B1 (ko) 플로어 커버링을 형성하기 위한 플로어 패널
KR102184061B1 (ko) 플로어 커버링을 형성하기 위한 플로어 패널, 이러한 플로어 패널들로 형성된 플로어 커버링 및 이러한 플로어 패널들을 제조하기 위한 방법
KR102069909B1 (ko) 플로어 커버링을 형성하기 위한 플로어 패널, 그러한 플로어 패널들로부터 형성된 플로어 커버링 및 그러한 플로어 패널들의 제작 방법
US8037648B2 (en) Interlocking tile
US7886497B2 (en) Floorboard, system and method for forming a flooring, and a flooring formed thereof
KR102130858B1 (ko) 패널
US20120240502A1 (en) Floating, groutable vinyl floor tile
CN103649437A (zh) 用于地板镶板的机械锁定系统
US11891816B2 (en) Panel for producing a free-lying floor covering
US20200277796A1 (en) Floor panel for forming a floor covering
WO2013030686A2 (en) Panel and covering assembled from such panels
CN102182293B (zh) 锁扣地板块
US10400458B1 (en) Interlocking flooring system using locking strips
CN102146727B (zh) Pvc锁扣地板
CN211396461U (zh) 一种设置有机械锁定系统的塑胶地板
CN202012176U (zh) 一种锁扣地板块
EP2754772A1 (en) Floor panel assembly, floor panel and joining members for use therein
CN202012183U (zh) 一种pvc锁扣地板
JPH0657927A (ja) 床 材

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 11862948

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 11862948

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1